Bibliography of Articles / Monographs of Interest In Ethnomethodology and
Conversation Analysis
Compiled by Matthew R. Treadwell (University of Sheffield)
Incorporating information collected by B.J.Fehr, Yoshifumi Mizukawa, Jeff.Stetson and Paul
Ten Have.
Abercrombie, N. (1974). “Sociological indexicality”. Journal for the Theory of Social
Behaviour, 4 (1), 89-95.
Ackroyd, S., Harper, R., Hughes, J., Shapiro, D. & Soothill, K. (1992). New Technology and
Practical Police Work: the social context of technical innovation. Buckingham: Open
University Press.
Adato, A. (1979). “Unanticipated topic continuations”. Human Studies, 2(2), April, 171-186.
Adato, A. (1980). “"Occasionality" As A Constitutent Feature of the Known-in-Common
Character of Topics”. Human Studies, 3 (1), January, 47-64.
Agre, P.E. (1990). “Plans and Situated Actions - the Problem of Human-Machine
Communication - Suchman,La”. Artificial Intelligence, 43 (3) 369-384.
Agre, P. (1999). “Hazards of Design: Ethnomethodology and the Ritual Order of Computing”.
[Online]. Available from http://dlis.gseis.ucla.edu/people/pagre/hazards.html
[Accessed 28 July 2001].
Albert, E. (1982). “Ethnomethodology: The audience that knows the speech discovers it”. In:
McCormack, T. (ed) Culture, code and content analysis, Vol. 2: Studies in
Communications. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Alvarez-Cáccamo, C. & Knoblauch H. (1992). “"I was calling you": Communicative patterns
in leaving a message on an answering machine”. Text 12: 473-505.
Anderson, D.C. (1978). “Some organizational features in the local production of a plausible
text”. Philosophy of the social sciences, 8: 113-35.
Anderson, D.C. (1978). “Social work reports and the grammar of organizational reaction”.
Analytic Sociology, 1 (3).
Anderson, D.C. (1979). “Stories and arguments: Narrative assembly and contrastive
characterization as contributive features to the local organization of a sociology text”.
Pragmatics Microfiche.
Anderson, D.C. & Sharrock, W.W. (1979). “Biasing the news: Technical issues in 'media
studies”. Sociology, 13 (3), 367-385. [Reprinted in Wilhoit (ed) (1981). Sage
Yearbook of Communication Studies.] [Part 1 of 4 part debate. See: Murdock, G.
(1980); McKeganey, N. and Smith, B. (1980); and Sharrock W.W. and Anderson,
D.C. (1982).].
Anderson, D.C. & Sharrock, W.W. (1981). “Irony as a methodological convenience, A sketch
of four variations”. Analytic Sociology, 2 (4). [Version in: Wright, E.L. (Ed.) (1984).
Irony. London, UK: Harvester.]
Anderson, R.J. (1977). “Research activities and professional practices”. Analytic Sociology,
1(1).
Anderson, R.J. (1978a). “Social interaction”. In: Meighan, R. et al. (eds) Perspectives on
society. Nelson.
Anderson, R.J. (1978b). “Listening to conversation”. In: Meighan. R. et al. (eds) Perspectives
on society. Nelson.
Anderson, R.J. (1978c). Rescuing Schutz from the role theorists. University of Manchester:
Department of Sociology (Occasional Papers in Sociology, No. 1).
Anderson, R.J. (1981). A Sociological Analysis Of Some Proceedures For Discerning
Memebership, Ph.D, University of Manchester.
1
Anderson, R.J. (1984). “The empirical study of power”. In: Anderson, R.J. & Sharrock W.W.
(eds) Applied sociological perspectives, pp. 167-189. London, UK: Allen and Unwin.
Anderson, R.J. (1987). “The reality problem in games and simulations”. In: Crookall, D.,
Greenblat, C., Klabbers, J. & Coote, A. (eds) Simulation-gaming in the late 1980's.
Oxford, UK: Pergamon.
Anderson, R.J. (1994).”Representations and requirements: the value of ethnography in
systems design”. Human-Computer Interaction, 9 (2), 151-182.
Anderson, R.J., Heath, C.C., Luff, P.K. & Moran, T. (1993). “The Social and the Cognitive in
Human-Computer Interaction”. International Journal of Man Machine Studies, 38:
999-1016.
Anderson, R.J., Hughes, J.A. & Sharrock, W.W. (1984a). “Wittgenstein and comparative
sociology”. Inquiry, 27 (1/2), 268-276.
Anderson, R.J. & Sharrock, W.W. (1984b). “Analytic work: aspects of the organization of
conversational data”. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 14: 103-24.
Anderson, R.J., Hughes, J.A., & Sharrock, W.W. (1985a). “The sociology game: An
introduction to sociological reasoning”. London, UK: Longman. [Review: Brown,
R.K. (1986) Sociology, 20 (1), 95-96.]
Anderson, R.J., Hughes, J.A. & Sharrock, W.W. (1985b). “The relationship between
ethnomethodology and phenomenology”. Journal of the British Society for
Phenomenology, 16 (1), 221-235.
Anderson, R.J., Hughes, J.A. & Sharrock, W.W. (1986). Philosophy and the human sciences.
Totowa, NJ: Barnes and Noble Books.
Anderson, R.J., Hughes, J.A. & Sharrock, W.W. (1987a). “Executive problem finding: Some
material and initial observations”. Social Psychology Quarterly, 50 (2), 143-159.
Anderson, R.J., Hughes, J.A. & Sharrock, W.W. (1987b). Classic disputes in sociology.
London, UK: Allen and Unwin.
Anderson, R.J., Hughes, J.A. & Sharrock, W.W. (1987c). Some initial problems with the
strong programme in the sociology of knowledge. (Manchester Polytechnic Occasional
Papers, No. 1.).
Anderson, R.J., Hughes, J.A. & Sharrock, W.W. (1989) Working for profit: the social
organization of calculation in an entrepreneurial firm. Aldershot: Avebury.
Anderson, R.J. & Sharrock, W.W. (1981). “Aspects of the distribution of work tasks in
medical encounters”. Analytic Sociology, 2 (4).
Anderson, R.J. & Sharrock, W.W. (1982). “Sociological work: Some procedures sociologists
use for organizing phenomena”. Social Analysis, 11: 79-92.
Anderson, R.J. & Sharrock, W.W. (1984a). “Analytic work: Aspects of the organization of
conversational data”. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 14 (1), 103-124.
Anderson, R.J. & Sharrock, W.W. (1984b). “Under the influence”. Philosophy, 59, 385-388.
Anderson, R.J. & Sharrock, W.W. (eds) (1984c). Applied sociological perspectives. London,
UK: Allen and Unwin.
Anderson, R.J. & Sharrock, W.W. (1986). “Methodological tokenism, or Are good intentions
enough?” Semiotica, 58 (1/2), 1-27.
Anderson, R.J. & Sharrock, W.W. (1993) “Can organization afford knowledge?”. Computer
Supported Cooperative Work, 1: 143-161.
Anderson, R., Sharrock, W.W. & Watson, R. (1989). “Utterances and operations in air traffic
control”. In: Langage et travail, 1989: 221-34.
Anderson, W.T. (1986). “The apostolic function of the dentist”. In: Fisher, S. & Todd, A.
(eds) Discourse and institutional authority: Medicine, education, and law, pp. 78-90.
Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
2
Anderson, W.T. (1989) “Dentistry as an activity system: sequential properties of the dentistpatient encounter”. In: Helm, D.T., Anderson, W.T., Meehan, A.J. & Rawls, A.W.
(eds) The interactional order: New directions in the study of social order, pp. 81-97.
New York: Irvington.
Antaki, C. (1999). “Assessing quality of life of persons with a learning disability: How setting
lower standards may inflate well-being scores”. Qualitative Health Research 9:
437-454.
Antaki, C. & Horowitz, A. (2000). “Using Identity Ascription to Disqualify A Rival Version
of Events as "Interested"”. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 33: 155-177.
Antaki, C., Houtkoop-Steenstra, H. & Rapley, M. (2000). “"Brilliant. Next question...":
High-grade assessment sequences in the completion of interactional units”. Research
on Language and Social Interaction, 33: 235-262.
Antaki, C. & Wetherell, M. (1999). “Show concessions”. Discourse Studies, 1: 1-32.
Antaki, C. & Widdicombe, S. (eds) (1998). Identities in Talk. London: Sage.
Arminen, I. (1996). “On the moral and interactional relevancy of self-repairs for life stories of
members of Alcoholics Anonymous”. Text, 16: 449-480.
Arminen, I. (1998). Therapeutic interaction: a study of mutual help in the meetings of
Alcoholics Anonymous. Helsinki: The Finnish Foundation for Alcohol Studies.
Arminen, I. (1999). “Conversation Analysis: A quest for Order in Social Interaction and
Language Use”. Acta Sociologica, 42: 251-257.
Arminen, I. (2000). “On the context sensitivity of institutional interaction”. Discourse &
Society, 11: 435-458.
Armstrong, E.G. (1979) “Phenomenologophobia”. Human Studies, 2 (1), January.
Ashmore, M. & Reed, D. (2000, December). “Innocence and Nostalgia in Conversation
Analysis: The Dynamic Relations of Tape and Transcript”. Forum Qualitative
Sozialforschung / Forum:Qualitative Social Research [On-line Journal], 1 (3).
Available from
http://qualitative-research.net/fqs-texte/3-00/3-00ashmorereed-e.pdf [Accessed 8 July 2001]
Atkinson, J.M. (1969a). “On the Sociology of Suicide”. Sociological Review, 16, 83-92.
Atkinson, J.M. (1969b). “Suicide and the Student”. Universities Quarterly, 23, 213-224.
Atkinson, J.M. (1971). “Societal reactions to suicide: The role of coroners' definitions”. In:
Cohen, S. (ed) Images of deviance, pp. 165-191. Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.
Atkinson, J.M. (1973). “Status integration, suicide and pseudo-science”. Sociology, 4, 251264.
Atkinson, J.M. (1974). “Versions of deviance”. Sociological Review, 22: 616-625.
Atkinson, J.M. (1978). Discovering suicide: studies in the social organization of sudden
death. London: Macmillan.
Atkinson, J.M. (1979a). “Postscript: Notes on practical implications and possibilities”. In:
Atkinson, J.M. & Drew, P. Order in Court: The Organisation of Verbal Interaction in
Judicial Settings, pp. 217-232. London: Macmillan.
Atkinson, J.M. (1979b). “Sequencing and shared attentiveness to court proceedings”. In:
Psathas, G. (ed) Everyday language: studies in ethnomethodology, pp. 257-286. New
York: Irvington.
Atkinson, J.M. (1981). “Ethnomethodological approaches to socio-legal studies”. In:
Podgorecki, A. & Whelan, C.J. (eds) Sociological approaches to law, pp. 201-223.
London, UK: Croom Helm.
Atkinson, J.M. (1982). “Understanding formality: The categorization and production of
"formal" interaction”. British Journal of Sociology, 33: 86-117.
3
Atkinson, J.M. (1983). “Two devices for generating audience approval: a comparative study
of public discourse and texts”. In: Ehlich K. & van Riemsdijk, H. (eds).
Connectedness in sentence, discourse and text, pp. 199-236. Tilburg: Katholieke
Hogeschool Tilburg:
Atkinson, J.M. (1984a) Our masters' voices: the language and body language of politics.
London: Methuen.
Atkinson, J.M. (1984b). “Public speaking and audience responses: some techniques for
inviting audience applause”. In: Atkinson, J.M. & Heritage, J. (eds) Structures of
Social Action: Studies in Conversation Analysis. pp. 370-407. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Atkinson, J.M. (1985). “Refusing invited applause: preliminary observations from a case
study of charismatic oratory”. In: van Dijk, T.A. (ed). Handbook of discourse analysis,
Vol. III, pp. 161-181. London: Academic Press.
Atkinson, J.M. (1986). “The 1983 election and the demise of live oratory”. In: Crewe, I. &
Harrop, M. (eds) Political communications: The general election campaign of 1983.
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Atkinson, J.M. (1992). “Displaying neutrality: formal aspects of informal court proceedings”.
In: Drew, P. & Heritage, J. (eds) Talk at work: interaction in institutional settings,
pp.199-211. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Atkinson, J.M. (1995). “Majorspeak: Observations on the Prime Minister’s style of speaking”.
In: Crewe, I., & Gosschalk, B. (eds.), Political Communication: The General
Election of 1992, pp. 259-264. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Atkinson, J.M. (forthcoming, 2001). “Mere Rhetoric?” In: Brack, D. (ed.) Great Liberal
Speeches
Atkinson, J.M. & Drew, P. (1979). Order in Court: The Organisation of Verbal Interaction in
Judicial Settings. London: Macmillan.
Atkinson, J.M. & Heritage, J. (eds) (1984) Structures of Social Action: Studies in
Conversation Analysis. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Atkinson, M.A., Cuff, E.C. & Lee, J.R.E. (1978). “The recommencement of a meeting as a
member's accomplishment”. In: Schenkein, J.N. (ed) Studies in the organization of
conversational interaction, pp. 133-153. New York: Academic Press.
Atkinson, M.A. (1980). “Some practical uses of "a natural lifetime"”. Human Studies, 3 (1),
January, 33-46.
Atkinson, P.A. (1981). “Inspecting classroom talk”. In: Adelman, C. (ed) Uttering, muttering,
collection, using and reporting talk for social and educational research. Grant
McIntyre.
Atkinson, P.A. (1985). “Talk and identity: Some convergences in micro-sociology”. In: Helle,
H.J. & Eisenstadt, S.N. (eds) Micro-sociological theory, pp. 117-132. Beverly Hills,
CA: Sage.
Atkinson, P.A. (1988). “Ethnomethodology: A critical review”. Annual review of sociology,
14: 441-465.
Atkinson, P.A. & Heath, C.C. (eds) (1981). Medical work: Realities and routines.
Farnborough, UK: Gower. [Review: Helm, D. (1983) Social Science and Medicine,
17: 51-52.]
Attewell, P. (1974). “Ethnomethodology since Garfinkel”. Theory and Society, 1: 179-210.
[See discussion by Peyrot, M. (1982) in Human Studies.]
Auer, P. (1979). Referenzierungssequenzen in Konversationen: Das Beispiel Ortsangaben
[Reference-establishing sequences in conversation: Local terms]. LB, 62: 94-106.
4
Auer, P. (1981a). Einige konversationsanalytische Aspekte der Organisation von 'CodeSwitching' unter italienischen Immigrantenkindern. Revue de PhonŽtique appliquŽe,
58:126-148.
Auer, P. (1981b). “Wie und warum untersucht man Konversation zwischen Aphasikern und
Normalsprechern?: Zur Anwendung der Konversationsanalyse in der
Aphasietherapieforschung” [How and why do we investigate conversation between
aphasics and normal speakers?: Uses of conversation analysis in research on aphasia
therapy]. In: Peuser, G. & Winter, S. (Hrsg.) Angewandte Sprachwissenschaft, pp.
480-512. Bonn: Bouvier.
Auer, P. (1981c). “Zur indexikalitŠtsmarkierenden Funktion der demonstrativen Artikelform
in deutschen Konversationen”. [The indexicality marking function of the
demonstrative article in German conversation]. In: Hinkelang, G. & Zillig, W. (Hrsg.)
Sprache: Verstehen und Handeln, pp. 301-311. TŸbingen: Niemeyer.
Auer, P. (1982). “Transferierte Rituale in bilingualen Interaktionen italienischer
Migrantenkinder” [Transferred rituals in bilingual interactions of Italian immigrant
children]. In: Bausch, K.-H. (Hrsg.) Mehrsprachigkeit in der Stadtregion, pp. 194-224.
DŸsseldorf, Schwann.
Auer, P. (1983). “berlegungen zur Bedeutung der Namen aus einer 'realistischen' Sichtweise”
[Thoughts on proper names from a 'realistic' point of view]. In: Faust, M. et al. (Hrsg.)
Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft: Sprachtypologie und Textlinguistik, pp. 173-186.
TŸbingen: Narr.
Auer, P. (1984a). Bilingual conversation. Amsterdam, Nederland: Benjamins. [Reviews:
Mahecha, N.R. Language, 62 (4), 953-954; Heller, M. (1988) Studies in Second
Language Acquisition, 10.]
Auer, P. (1984b). “On the meaning of conversational code-switching”. In: Auer, P. & di
Luzio, A. (eds) Interpretive sociolinguistics, pp. 87-112. TŸbingen: Narr.
Auer, P. (1984c). “Referential problems in conversation”. Journal of Pragmatics, 8: 627-648.
Auer, P. (1985). “Code-switching and transfer among Italian migrant children in West
Germany: A summary”. Studi Emigrazione, 79: 298-314.
Auer, P. (1986a). “Kontextualisierung” [Contextualization]. Studium Linguistik, 19: 22-47.
Auer, P. (1986b). “Phonologische und konversationelle Aspekte von Standard/DialektKontinua” [Phonological and conversational aspects of code-switching]. Deutsche Sprache, 5.
Auer, P. (1987a). “Le transfert comme strategie conversationnelle dans le discours en 'L2'”.
In: Ludi, G. (ed) Devenir bilingue - parler bilingue, pp. 57-75. TŸbingen, Niemeyer.
Auer, P. (1987b). “A conversation analytic approach to code-switching and transfer”. In:
Heller, M. (ed) Code-switching: Anthropological and linguistic perspectives. Berlin:
Mouton.
Auer, P. (1988). “LiebeserklŠrungen, oder: ber die Mšglichkeiten einen unmšglichen
Handlungstyp zu realisieren”. [Love declarations, or: Some possibilities to realize an
impossible activity]. Sprache und Literatur, 61: 11-31.
Auer, P. (1990). “Rhythm in telephone closings”. Human Studies 13: 361-392.
Auer, P. (1992). “A "clash of ideas" or an exercise in scholastic 'misunderstanding'?: A
response to Button's response”. Human Studies 15: 291-297.
Auer, P. & di Luzio, A. (1984). Interpretive sociolinguistics. TŸbingen, BRD: Narr.
Auer, P. (with di Luzio, A.) (1986). “IdentitŠtskonstitution in der Migration:
Konversationanalytische und linguistische Aspekte ethnischer Stereotypisierungen”.
[The constitution of identity in migration: Conversation-analytic and linguistic aspects
of ethnic stereotyping]. LB, 104: 327-351.
5
Auer, P. (with Uhmann, S.) (1982). “Aspekte der konversationellen Organisation von
Bewertungen”. [Aspects of the conversational organization of assessments]. Deutsche
Sprache, 1:1-31.
Austin, H. (1996). “Reading Positions and the student-of-literature in a Year Six Classroom”.
Australian Journal of Language and Literacy, 19 (2), 144-153.
Austin, H. (1997a). “Literature for School: Theorising 'The Child' in Talk and Text”.
Language and Education, 11 (2), 77-95.
Austin, H. (1997b). “The 'child' as enacted in a primary school literature classroom”. In: Gale,
T., Erben, A. & Danaher, P.A. (eds) Diversity, Difference and Discontinuity:
(Re)mapping teacher education for the next decade. Refereed Proceedings of the 27th
Annual Conference of the Australian Teacher Education Association (ATEA),
Yeppoon, Queensland Australia, 5-8 July, http://www.ed.cqu.edu.au/ATEA
Avison, N.H. & Wilson, R.J. (eds) (1974). Ethnomethodology, labeling theory and deviant
behavior. London.
Baccus, M.D. (1986a). “Sociological indication and the visibility criterion of real word
theorizing”. In: Garfinkel, H. (ed) Ethnomethodological studies of work, pp. 1-19.
London, UK: Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Baccus, M.D. (1986b). “Multipiece truck wheel accidents and their regulations”. In:
Garfinkel, H. (ed) Ethnomethodological studies of work, pp. 20-59. London, UK:
Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Baker, C.D. (1982a). “The adolescent as theorist: An interpretive view”. Journal of Youth and
Adolescence, 11 (3), 167-181.
Baker, C.D. (1982b). “Adolescent-Adult talk as a practical interpretive problem”. In: Payne,
G.C.F. & Cuff, E.C. (eds) Doing teaching: The practical management of classrooms,
pp. 104-125. London,UK: Batsford.
Baker, C.D. (1983a). “The 'age of consent' controversy: Age and gender as social practice”.
Australian and New Zealand Journal of Sociology, 19(1), 96-112.
Baker, C.D. (1983b). “A 'second look' at interviews with adolescents”. Journal of Youth and
Adolescence, 12 (6), 501-519.
Baker, C.D. (1984). “The search for adultness: membership work in adolescent-adult talk”.
Human Studies, 7 (3/4), 301-323.
Baker, C.D. (1991). “Literary practices and social relations in classroom reading events”. In:
Baker, C.D. & Luke, A. (eds) Towards a critical sociology of reading pedagogy,
pp.161-188. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Baker, C.D. (1992). “Description and Analysis in Classroom Talk and Interaction”. Journal of
Classroom Interaction, 27 (2), 9-14.
Baker, C.D. (1997a). “Ethnomethodological Studies of Talk in Educational Settings”. In:
Davies, B. & Corson, D. (eds) Oral Discourse and Education. Volume 3, Encylopedia
of Language and Education, pp. 43-52. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic.
Baker, C.D. (1997b). “Membership categorization and interview accounts”. In: Silverman
D., (ed) Qualitative research: Theory, method and practice, pp. 130-143. London:
Sage.
Baker, C.D. (1997c). “Ticketing rules: categorization and moral ordening in a school staff
meeting”. In: Hester, S. & Eglin, P. (eds) Culture in action: studies in membership
categorization analysis, pp. 77-98 Washington, D.C.: University Press of America.
Baker, C.D. & Davies, B. (1989). “A lesson on sex roles”. Gender and Education, 1 (1), 6178.
Baker, C.D. & Freebody, P. (1986). “Representations of questioning and answering in
children's first school books”. Language in Society, 15 (4), 451-484.
6
Baker, C.D. & Freebody, P. (1987). “'Constituting the child' in beginning school reading
books”. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 8 (1), 55-76.
Baker, C.D. & Freebody, P. (1988). “Talk around text: Constructions of textual and teacher
authority in classroom discourse”. In: DeCastell, S., Luke, A. & Luke, C. (eds)
Language, authority and criticism: Readings on the school textbook, pp. 263-283.
London, UK: Falmer Press.
Baker, C. & Keogh, J. (1995). “Accounting for achievement in parent-teacher interviews”.
Human Studies, 18: 263-300.
Baker, C. & Keogh, J. (1997). “Mapping moral orders in parent-teacher interviews”. In:
Marcarino, A. (ed) Analisi della conversatione e prospettive di recerca in
etnometodologia. pp. 25-42. Urbino: Editioni QuattroVenti.
Baker, C.D. & Perrott, C. (1988). “The news session in infants and primary classrooms”.
British Journal of Sociology of Education, 9 (1), 19-38.
Bange, P. (1992) Analyse conversationnelle et théorie de l'action. Paris: Hatier/Didier.
Bar-Hillel, Y. (1954). “Indexical expressions”. Mind, 63: 359-379.
Barnes, B. (1981). “On the conventional character of knowledge and cognition”. Philosophy
of the Social Sciences, 11: 303-333.
Barnes, B. (1985). “Essay Review: Ethnomethodology as science”. Social Studies of Science,
15 (4), 751-761.
Barnes, B. & Law, J. (1976). “Whatever should be done with indexical expressions?” Theory
and Society, 3: 223-237.
Baross, Z. (1981). “'Kiss-ass talk': A move in the language game of servants and masters”.
Semiotica, 34: 71-89.
Barraja-Rohan, A-M. (1994). “A very delayed acceptance to an invitation in a French
conversation”. In: Gardner, R. (ed) Spoken Interaction Studies in Australia, Australian
Review of Applied Linguistics, series S, 11:153-172.
Barthélémy, M. (1999). “La lecture-en-action: entre la présupposé d'un monde objectif et son
accomplissement situé”. [Reading-in-action: between the presupposition of an
objective world and its situated accomplishment], langage & société, 89: 95-121.
Barthélémy, M., Bonu, B., Mondada, L. & Relieu, M. (1999). 2Enquêtes en
ethnométhodologie et en analyse conversationnelle: du texte à la video”.
[Ethnomethodological and conversation analytic investigations: from text to video],
langage & société, 89: 5-8.
Baugh, K. & Mohan, R.P. (1985). “Husserl, Schutz and Garfinkel: Some continuities and
contrasts”. Quarterly Journal of Ideology, 9 (1), 2-12.
Baumann, Z. (1973). “On the philosophical status of ethnomethodology”. The Sociological
Review, 21: 5-23.
Beach, W.A. (1982). “Everyday interaction and its practical accomplishment: Progressive
developments in ethnomethodological research”. Quarterly Journal of Speech, 68:
314-327.
Beach, W.A. (1983). “Background understandings and the situated accomplishment of
conversational telling-expansions”. In: Craig, R. & Tracy K. (eds) Conversational
coherence, pp. 196-221. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.
Beach, W.A. (1985). “Temporal density in courtroom interaction: Constraints of the recovery
of past events in legal discourse”. Communication Monographs, 52: 118
Beach, W.A. (1989). “Foreward: Sequential organization of conversational activities”.
Western Journal of Speech Communication, 53 (2), 85-90.
Beach, W.A. (1990a). “Orienting to the phenomenon”. In: Anderson, J.A. (ed)
Communication Yearbook 13. pp. 216-244. Newbury Park: Sage.
7
Beach, W.A. (1990b). “Language as and in technology: facilitating topic organization in a
Videotex focus group meeting”. In: Medhurst, M.J., Gonzalez, A & Peterson, T.R
(eds) Communication and the culture of technology. Pullman: Washington State
University Press.
Beach, W.A. (1991a). “Avoiding ownership for alleged wrongdoings”. Research on Language
and Social Interaction, 24: 1-36.
Beach, W.A. (1991b). “Searching for universal features of conversation”. Research on
Language and Social Interaction, 24: 351-368.
Beach, W.A. (1993). “Transitional regularities for `casual' "Okay" usages”. Journal of
Pragmatics 19: 325-352.
Beach, W.A. (1996). Conversations about illness: family preoccupations with bulimia.
Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum. [Review: Glenn, P.J. (1998). “Review of W.A.
Beach, Conversations about Illness: Family Preoccupations with Bulimia”. Human
Studies, 21 (2), April].
Beach, W.A. & Japp, P. (1983). “Storifying as timetravelling: the knowledgeable use of
temporally structured discourse”. In: Bostrum, R. (ed) Communication Yearbook 7,
pp. 867-888. Beverly Hills: Sage.
Bekaert, S. (1992). “Een interpretatieve kritiek op het etnomethodologisch behaviourisme”.
[An interpretative critique of ethnomethodological bahaviourism], Tijdschrift voor
Sociologie 13: 221-260.
Bekaert, S. (1996). “Olifant-transformatie in Zaïre: Een Sakata genezingsritueel
etnomethodologisch bekeken”. [Elephant-transformation in Zaire: A Sakata healing
ritual, ethnomethodologically considered], Medische Antropologie 8: 278-305.
Bellman, B.L. (1975). Village of curers and assassins: On the production of Fala Kpelle
cosmological categories. The Hague: Mouton.
Bellman, B.L. (1978). “Ethnohermeneutics: On the interpretation of intended meaning in
Kpelle accounts”. In: McCormack & Warm (Eds.) Language and mind. The Hague:
Mouton.
Bellman, B.L. (1979). “The social organization of knowledge in Kpelle ritual”. In: JulesRosette, B. (ed) The new religions of Africa. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
Bellman, B.L. & Jules-Rosette, B. (1978). A paradigm for looking: Cross-cultural research
with visual media. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
Bellman, B.L. (1981). “The paradox of secrecy”. Human Studies, 4 (1), March, 1-24.
Benson, D. (1974). “Reply to Goldthorpe”. Sociology, 8, 124-133. [See: J.H. Goldthorpe,
1973 and 1974.]
Benson, D. & Drew, P. (1978). “"Was there a firing in Sandy Row that night?" Some features
of the organisation of disputes about recorded facts”. Sociological Inquiry, 48: 89-100.
Benson, D. & Hughes J.A. (1983). The perspective of ethnomethodology. London: Longmans.
Benson, D. & Hughes J.A. (1991). “Method: evidence and inference evidence and inference
for ethnomethodology”. In: Button, G. (ed) Ethnomethodology and the human
sciences, pp. 109-36. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Benson, D. (1992). “The police and information technology”. In: Button, G. (ed) Technology
in working order: studies of work, interaction and technology, pp. 81-97. London:
Routledge.
Berard, T. (1998). “Attributions and Avowals of Motive in the Study of Deviance: Resource
or Topic?”. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 28 (2), 193-213.
Berg, W.M. (1979). “Crisis or quandary in social psychology: Warranting the
ethnomethodological approach”. Free Inquiry in Creative Sociology, 7: 142-147,150.
8
Berg, W.M. & Ross, J.M. (1982). “The linguistic organization of public controversy: A note
on the pragmatics of political discourse”. Human Studies, 5: 237-248.
Bergmann, J.R. (1981a). “Ethnomethodologische Konversationsanalyse”. In: Schröder, P.
(hrsg) Sprache der Gegenwart. Mannheim: 951.
Bergmann, J.R. (1981b). “Frage und Frageparaphrase: Aspekte der redezuginternen und
sequentiellen Organisation eines €usserungsformats”. [Question and question
paraphrase: Aspects of the turn internal and sequential organisation of an utterance
format]. In Winkler, P. (Hrsg.) Methoden der analyse von Face-to-Face-Situationen,
pp. 128-142. Stuttgart, BRD: Metzler.
Bergmann, J.R. (1982). “Schweigephasen im GesprŠch: Aspekte ihrer interaktiven
Organisation”. [Silences in conversation: Aspects of their interactive organisation]. In:
Soeffner, H.G. (Hrsg.) BeitrŠge zu einer empirischen sprachsoziologie, pp. 143-184.
TŸbingen, BRD: Narr.
Bergmann, J.R. (1985). “FlŸchtigkieit und methodische Fixierung sozialer Wirklichkeit:
Aufzeichnungen als Daten der interpretativen Soziologie”. [Fleetingness and
methodical fixation of social reality: Recordings as data of interpretive sociology].
Soziale Welt, 3: 299-320.
Bergmann, J.R. (1987a). Klatsch: zur Sozialform der diskreten Indiskretion. Berlin/New
York: Walter de Gruyter.
Bergmann, J.R. (1987b). “Klatsch: Zur Beziehungsstruktur und Interaktionsdynamik einer
Gattung der alltŠglichen Kommunikation” [Gossip: On the relational structure and
interactional dynamics of a genre of everyday communication]. Der
Deutschunterricht, 39 (6), 69-82.
Bergmann, J.R. (1988a). Ethnomethodologie und Konversations-analyse. Hagen, BRD:
FernuniversitŠt GHS Hagen.
Bergmann, J.R. (1988b). “Haustiere als kommunikative Resourcen” [Pets as communicative
resources]. Soziale Welt, 6: 299-312.
Bergmann, J.R. (1990). “On the local sensitivity of conversation”. In: Markovà, I. & Foppa,
K. (eds) The Dynamics of Dialogue, pp. 201-226. Hemel Hempstead: Harvester
Wheatsheaf:
Bergmann, J.R. (1992). “Veiled morality: notes on discretion in psychiatry”. In: Drew, P. &
Heritage, J. (eds) Talk at work: interaction in institutional settings, pp. 13762Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Bergmann, J.R. (1993). Discreet indiscretions. The social organization of gossip. New York,
Aldine de Gruyter.
Bergmann, J.R. (1998). “Introduction: Morality in Discourse”. Research on Language and
Social Interaction, 31
Bilmes, J. (1975). “Misinformation in verbal accounts: Some fundamental considerations”.
Man, 10: 60-71.
Bilmes, J. (1976a). “Meaning and interpretation”. Semiotica, 16 (2), 115-128.
Bilmes, J. (1976). “Rules and rhetoric: Negotiating the social order in a Thai village”. Journal
of Anthropological Research, 32: 44-57.
Bilmes, J. (1981b). “Proposition and confrontation in a legal discussion”. Semiotica, 34: 251275.
Bilmes, J. (1982). “The joke's on you, Goldilocks: A reinterpretation of The Three Bears”.
Semiotica, 39: 269-283.
Bilmes, J. (1985). “"Why that now?": Two kinds of conversational meaning”. Discourse
Processes, 8: 319-355.
9
Bilmes, J. (1986). Discourse and behavior. New York, NY: Plenum Press. [Review: Corsaro,
W. (1989) Language in Society, 18 (1), 94-97.]
Bilmes, J. (1988a). “The concept of preference in conversation analysis”. Language in Society
17: 161-181.
Bilmes, J. (1988b). “Category and rules in conversation analysis”. IPrA Papers in Pragmatics
2: 25-59.
Bilmes, J. (1991). “Toward a theory of argument in conversation: The preference for
disagreement”. In: van Eemeren, F. h., Grootendorst, R., Blair, J. A. & Willard, C.A.
(eds) Proceedings of the Second International Conference on Argumentation, pp.
462-469 Amsterdam: SISCAT: International Centre For The Study Of Argumentation.
Bilmes, J. (1992a). “Dividing the rice: a micro analysis of the mediators role in a Northern
Thai negotiation”. Language in Society 21: 569.
Bilmes, J. (1992b). “Mishearings”. In: Watson, G. & Seiler, R.M (eds) Text in Context:
Contributions to ethnomethodology, pp. 79-98. London: Sage.
Bilmes, J. (1992c). “Referring to internal occurrences: a reply to Coulter.” (Response to Jeff
Coulter's 'Bilmes on internal states: a critical commentary.'), Journal For The Theory
Of Social Behavior: 253-262.
Bilmes, J. (1993). “Ethnomethodology, culture, and implicature: Toward an empirical
pragmatics”. Pragmatics, 3: 387-409.
Bilmes, J. (1994). “Constituting silence: life in the world of total meaning”. Semiotica, 98:
73-87
Bilmes, J. (1995a). “Negotiation and compromise: a microanalysis of a discussion in the
United States Federal Trade Commission”. In: Firth, A. (ed) The discourse of
negotiation: studies of language in the workplace, pp. 61-82. Oxford: Pergamon:
Bilmes, J. (1995b). “Dividing the rice II: reaching agreement”. In: Bilmes, J., Liang, A.C. &
Ostapirat, W. (eds) Proceedings of the twenty-first annual meeting of the Berkeley
Linguistics Society, pp.16-32. Ann Arbor, Michigan: Braun-Brumfield
Bilmes, J. (1996a). “Le silence reconstitué: La vie dans un monde de plénitude de sens”
Reseaux 80: 129-142 (a translation of Bilmes, 1994).
Bilmes, J. (1996b). “Problems and resources in analyzing Northern Thai conversation for
English language readers”. Journal of Pragmatics 26: 171-188.
Bilmes, J. (1997). “Being interrupted”. Language in Society, 26: 1-25.
Bilmes, J. (1999). “Questions, answers, and the organization of talk in the 1992 vice
presidential debate: Fundamental considerations.”. Research in Language and Social
Interaction, 32: 213-242.
Bilmes, J. (with Amerine, R.) (1984). “Following instructions”. Quarterly Newsletter of the
Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition, 6; 81-87. [Reprinted in Human Studies,
1988, 11: 327-339.]
Bilmes, J. & Boggs, S.T. (1979). “Language and communication: The foundations of culture”.
In: Marsella, A.J. Ciborowski, T. & Tharp, R. (eds) Perspectives on cross-cultural
psychology, pp. 47-76. New York, NY: Academic Press.
Bittner, E. (1963). “Radicalism and the organization of social movements”. American
Sociological Review, 28, 928-940.
Bittner, E. (1965). “The concept of organization” Social Research, 32: 239-255 [Reprinted in
Turner, R. (ed) (1974). Ethnomethodology, pp. 69-81. Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.]
Bittner, E. (1967a). “The police on skid row: a study of peace keeping”. American
Sociological Review, 32: 699-715.
Bittner, E. (1967b). “Police discretion in emergency apprehension of mentally ill persons”.
Social Problems, 14: 278-292.
10
Bittner, E. (1968). “The structure of psychiatric influence”. Mental Hygiene, 52 (3), 423-430.
Bittner, E. (1973). “Objectivity and realism in sociology”. In: Psathas, G. (ed)
Phenomenological Sociology, pp. 109-125. New York: John Wiley Sons.
Bittner, E. (1975). “Police research and police work”. In: Viano, E. (ed) Criminal justice
research.
Bittner, E. (1976). “Policing juveniles: The social bases of common practice”. In: Rosenheim,
M. (ed) Pursing justice for the child.
Bittner, E. (1977). “Must we say what we mean?” In: Ostwald, P. (ed) Communication and
social interaction.
Bittner, E. (1980). Popular interests in psychiatric remedies: A study of social control.
New York, NY: Arno Press.
Bittner, E. (1983a). “Technique and the conduct of life”. Social Problems, 30(3), 249-261.
Bittner, E. (1983b). “Supervision and accountability in policing”. In: Punch, M. (ed) Control
in the police organization. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Bittner, E. (with Bayley, D.) (1985). “Learning the skill of policing”. Law and Contemporary
Problems, 48.
Bittner, E. (with Conklin, J.) (1973). “Burglary in a suburb”. Criminology, 11.
Bittner, E. (with Krantz, S.) (1977). Police handling of juvenile problems. Cambridge, MA:
Ballinger.
Bittner, E. (with Platt, A.) (1966). “The meaning of punishment”. Issues in Criminology, 2.
Bittner, E. (with Silbey, S.) (1982). “The availability of law”. The Law and Police Quarterly,
4.
Bjelic, D. (1987). “On hanging up in telephone conversation”. Semiotica, 67 (3/4), 195-210.
Bjelic, D. (1992). “The praxiological validity of natural scientific practices as a criterion for
identifying their unique socialobject character: The case of 'Authentication' of Goethe's
morphological theorem”. Qualitative sociology, 15: 221- 245.
Bjelic, D.I. (1995). “An ethnomethodological clarification of Husserl's concepts of
"Regressive Inquiry" and "Galilean Physics" by means of discovering praxioms”,
Human Studies, 18: 189-225.
Bjelic, D.I. (1996). “Lebenswelt structures of Galilean Physics: The case of Galileo's
Pendulum”. Human Studies, 19 (4), October, 409-432.
Bjelic, D.I. (1999). “"Frenching" the "Real" and preaxeological therapy: an
ethnomethodological clarification of the new French theory of the media”. In: Jalbert,
P.L. (ed) Media Studies: Ethnomethodological Approaches, pp. 231-257.Lanham,
New York, Oxford: University Press of America.
Bjelic, D. & Lynch, M. (1992). “The work of a (scientific) demonstration: respecifying
Newton's and Goethe's theories of prismatic color”. In: Watson, G. & Seiler, R.M.
(eds) Text in Context: Contributions to ethnomethodology, pp. 52-78. London: Sage.
Bjelic, D. & Lynch, M. (1994). “Goethe’s ‘Protestant Reformation’ as a textual
demonstration: Comment on Jackson”. Social Studies of Science, 24 (4), 703-724.
Bleiberg, S. & Churchill, L. (1975). “Notes on confrontation in conversation”. Journal of
Psycholinguistic Research, 4: 273-278.
Blum, A.F. (1970a). Theorizing. In J.D. Douglas (Ed.) Understanding everyday life: Toward
the reconstruction of sociological knowledge (pp. 305-323). Chicago, IL: Aldine
Publishing Co.
Blum, A.F. (1970b). “The sociology of mental illness”. In: Douglas, J.D. (ed) Deviance and
respectability: the social construction of moral meanings, pp. 31-60. New York: Basic
Books.
11
Blum, A.F. (1970c). “The corpus of knowledge as a normative order: Intellectual critiques of
the social order of knowledge and the commonsense features of bodies of knowledge”.
In: McKinney, J.C. & Tiryakian, E.A. (eds) Theoretical sociology. New York, NY:
Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Blum, A.F., and McHugh, D. (1971). “The social ascription of motives”. American
Sociological Review, 36: 98-109. [See discussion by J. Coulter (1979). The social
construction of mind p. 55ff.]
Boden, D. (1985). “Review: Conversation: How talk is organized, by Margaret McLaughlin”.
Contemporary Sociology, 14 (4), 464-465.
Boden, D. (1990a) “The world as it happens: ethnomethodology and conversation analysis”.
In: Ritzer, G. (ed) Frontiers of social theory: the new synthesis, pp. 185-213. New
York: Columbia University Press.
Boden, D. (1990b). “People are Talking: Conversation Analysis and Symbolic Interaction”.
In: Becker, H. S. & McCall, M. (eds) Symbolic Interaction and Cultural Studies, pp.
244-273. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Boden, D. (1994a). The business of talk: organizations in action. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Boden, D. (1994b). “Talk, Text and History: President Kennedy and the Mississippi Crisis”.
In: Crowley, D. & Mitchell, D. (eds) Communication Theory Today. Cambridge:
Polity Press.
Boden, D. (1995). “Agendas and arrangements: everyday negotiations in meetings”. In: Firth,
A. (ed) The discourse of negotiation: studies of language in the workplace. pp. 83100. Oxford: Pergamon
Boden, D. & Bielby D. (1983). “The past as resource: a conversational analysis of elderly
talk”. Human development, 26: 308-319.
Boden, D. & Bielby, D.B. (1986). “The way it was: topical organization in elderly
conversation”. Language and Communication, 6 (12) 73-89.
Boden, D, & Molotch, H.L. (1994). “The compulsion of proximity”. In: Friedland, R. &
Boden, D. (eds) NowHere: space, time and modernity, pp. 257-286 Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Boden, D. & Zimmerman, D.H. (eds) (1991). Talk and social structure: studies in
ethnomethodology and conversation analysis. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Bogen, D. (1989). “A reappraisal of Habermas's Theory of Communicative Action in light of
detailed investigations of social praxis”. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour,
19: 47-77.
Bogen, D. (1990). “Beyond the limits of Mundane Reason”. Human Studies, 13: 405-416.
Bogen, D. (1991). “Linguistic forms and social obligations: a critique of the doctrine of literal
expression in Searle”. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 21: 31-62.
Bogen, D. (1992). “The organization of talk”. Qualitative Sociology, 15: 273-296.
Bogen, D. (1995). “Do Winograd and Flores have politics?”. Computer Supported
Cooperative Work, 3: 79-83.
Bogen, D. (1996). “The Allure of a "Truly General Theory of Knowledge and Science": A
Comment on Pels”. Sociological Theory, 14: 187-192.
Bogen, D. (1999). Order without rules: Critical theory and the logic of conversation. New
York: SUNY Press.
Bogen, D. & Lynch, M. (1989). “Taking account of the hostile native: plausible deniability
and the production of conventional history in the Iran-contra Hearings”. Social
Problems, 36 (3),197-224.
Bogen, D. & Lynch, M. (1990). “Social critique and the logic of description: a response
to McHoul”. Journal of Pragmatics, 14 (3), 505-521.
12
Bogen, D. & Lynch, M. (1993). “Do we need a general theory of social problems?”. In:
Miller, G. & Holstein, J. (eds) Reconsidering social constructionism, pp. 213-237.
Hawthorne, New York: Aldine de Gruyter.[ Simultaneously published in: Miller, G. &
Holstein, J. (eds.) (1993). Constructionist Controversies: Issues in Social Problems
Theory, pp. 83-107. Hawthorne, New York: Aldine de Gruyter.]
Bonu, B. (1992). “Analyse de conversation: une discipline de l'action sociale”. [Conversation
analysis: a social action discipline], Quaderni, 17: 51-64.
Bonu, B. (1995). “Questions sur la préférence en Analyse de Conversation: hiérarchisation des
actions dans les entretiens de recrutement”. Cahiers de l'ILSL 7: 199-230.
Bonu, B. (1997). “Remarques sur le traitement de l'erreur dans la classe”. [Remarks on the
treatment of errors in the classroom]. In: Marcarino, A. (ed) Analisi della
conversatione e prospettive di recerca in etnometodologia, pp. 179-186. Urbino:
Editioni QuattroVenti.
Bonu B. (1998). “Narration et interaction”. In: Desgouttes, J.-P. (eds) Les figures du sujet en
sciences humaines: motifs de rupture. Paris: L'Harmattan.
Bonu, B. (1999). “Perturbation et négociation dans l'entretient de recrutement” [Perturbation
and negotiation in job interviews], langage & société 89: 69-93.
Bonu, B., Mondada, L. & Relieu, M. (1994). “Catégorisation: l'approche de Sacks”. In:
Fradin, B., Quéré, L. & Widmer, J. (eds) L'enquête sur les categories, pp. 129-148.
Paris: École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales [Raisons pratiques:
Épistémologie, sociologie, théorie sociale/5].
Borzeix, A. (1987a). “Ce que parler peut faire”. [What talking can do]. Sociologie du travail,
2: 157-176.
Borzeix, A. (1987b). “La negociation ordinaire” [Ordinary negotiations in films]. Connexions,
50: 97-107.
Boyd, E. (1998). “Bureaucratic authority in the "company of equals:" the interactional
management of medical peer review”. American Sociological Review, 63 (2), 200-224.
Boyle, R. (2000a). “Whatever happened to preference organisation?”. Journal of Pragmatics,
32 (5) April, 583-604.
Boyle, R. (2000b). “'You've worked with Elizabeth Taylor!': Phatic functions and implicit
compliments”. Applied Linguistics, 21 (1), March, 26-46.
Brannigan, A. (1981). The social basis of scientific discoveries. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Brannigan, A. & Lynch, M. (1987). “On bearing false witness: perjury and credibility as
interactional accomplishments”. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 16 (2), 115146.
Brewer, J.D. (1979). “Is a phenomenological sociology possible?: The ethnomethodological
solution”. Die Suid-Afrikaanse Tydskrif vir Sociologie, 20: 24-35.
Brewer, J.D., McBride, G. & Yearley, S. (1991). “Orchestrating an Encounter: A note on the
talk of mentally handicapped children”. Sociology of Health and Illness, 13: 58-68.
Brockopp, G.W. (1973). “The telephone call: Conversation or therapy”. In: Lester, D. &
Brockopp, G.W. (eds) Crisis intervention and counselling by telephone. Springfield,
IL: Charles C. Thomas Pub.
Brotz, H. (1974). “Theory and practice: Ethnomethodology versus humane ethnography”.
Jewish Journal of Sociology, 16: 225-236.
Bruce, S. & Wallis, R. (1983). “Rescuing motives”. British Journal of Sociology, 34 (1), 6171. [Part 1 in 4 part debate. See: W.W. Sharrock and D.R. Watson, 1984 and 1986.]
13
Bruce, S. & Wallis, R. (1985). “Rescuing motives' rescued: A reply to Sharrock and Watson”.
British Journal of Sociology, 36 (3), 467-470. [Part 3 in 4 part debate. See: Sharrock,
W.W. & Watson, D.R. 1984 and 1986.]
Brun-Cottan, F. (1990/1991). “Talk in the workplace: occupational relevance”. Research on
Language and Social Interaction 24: 277-295.
Burns, S. (1996). “Lawyers' work in the Menendez brothers' murder trial”. Issues in Aplied
Linguistics 7: 19-32.
Burns, S. (1997). “Practicing law: a study of pedagogic interchange in a law school
classroom”. In: Travers, M. & Manzo, J.F. (eds) Law in Action: Ethnomethodological
& Conversation Analytic Approaches to Law, pp. 265-87. Aldershot, UK: Dartmouth
Publishing Co.
Buttny, R. (1986). “The ascription of meaning: A Wittgensteinian perspective”. Quarterly
Journal of Speech, 72: 261-273.
Buttny, R. (1987). “Sequence and practical reasoning in accounts episodes”.
Communication Quarterly, 35: 125-143.
Buttny, R. (1993). Social accountability in communication. London: Sage
Button, G. (1978). “Remarks on conversation analysis”. Analytic Sociology, 1 (2), D¯9-E14.
Button, G. (1987a). “Answers as interactional products: two sequential practices used in
interviews”. Social Psychology Quarterly, 50: 160-71.
Button, G. (1987b). “Moving out of closings”. In: Button, G. & Lee, J.R.E. (eds) Talk and
social organisation, pp. 101-51.Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.
Button, G. (1988/1989). “Review of research on language and social interaction in the U.K.”.
Research on language and social interaction, 22: 327-346.
Button, G. (1990a). “On varieties of closings”. In: Psathas, G. (ed) Interactional Competence,
pp. 93-147. Washington: University Press of America.
Button, G. (1990b). “Going up a blind alley: conflating conversation analysis and
computational modelling”. In: Luff, P., Gilbert, G.N. & Frohlich, D.M. (eds)
Computers and conversation, pp. 67-90. London: Academic Press.
Button, G. (1990c). “A clash of ideas: a response to Auer”. Human Studies, 13: 393-404.
Button, G. (1991a). “Conversation-in-a-series”. In: Boden, D. & Zimmerman, D.H. (eds) Talk
and social structure: studies in ethnomethodology and conversation analysis, pp. 251277. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Button, G., (ed) (1991b). Ethnomethodology and the human sciences. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Button, G. (1991c). “Introduction: ethnomethodology and the foundational respecification of
the human sciences”. In: Button, G. (ed.) Ethnomethodology and the human sciences,
pp.1-9. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Button, G. (1992). “Answers as interactional products: two sequential practices used in job
interviews”. In: Drew, P. & Heritage, J. (eds) Talk at work: interaction in institutional
settings, pp. 212-231. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Button, G., (ed.) (1993a). Technology in working order: studies of work, interaction and
technology. London: Routledge
Button, G. (1993b). “The curious case of the vanishing technology”. In: Button, G. (ed) (1993)
Technology in working order: studies of work, interaction and technology, pp. 10-28.
London: Routledge.
Button, G. (1995). “What's Wrong with Speech-Act Theory”. Computer Supported
Cooperative Work, 3: 39-42.
Button, G. (1997). “Cognition in the Wild, Edwin Hutchins”. Computer Supported
Cooperative Work, 6: 391-395.
14
Button, G. (2001). “L'ethnométhodologie est-elle constructiviste ?”. In: Fornel, Michel de,
Ogien, A. & Quéré, L. (dir.) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale, pp.161174. [Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection "Recherches"]
Button, G. & Casey, N. J. (1985). “Topic nomination and pursuit”. Human Studies, 8 (1), 355.
Button, G. & Casey, N. J. (1984). “Generating the topic: the use of topic initial elicitors”. In:
Atkinson, J.M. & Heritage, J. (eds) Structures of Social Action: Studies in
Conversation Analysis. pp. 167-190. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Button, G. & Casey, N. J. (1989). “Topic initiation: business-at-hand”. Research on
Language and Social Interaction 22: 61-92
Button, B., Coulter, J., Lee, J.R.E. & Sharrock W.W. (1995). Computers, minds and conduct.
Cambridge: Polity Press.
Button, G., Drew, P. & Heritage, J.C. (1986). Guest editors for a special issue of Human
Studies: Interaction and language use, 9(2/2).
Button, G. & Harper, R. (1995/1996). “The Relevance of `Work-Practice' for Design”.
Computer Supported Cooperative Work 4: 263-280.
Button, G. & Lee, J.R.E. (eds) (1987). Talk and social organisation. Clevedon: Multilingual
Matters.
Button, G. & Sharrock, W.W. (1994). “Occasioned practices in the work of software
engineers”. In: Jorotka, M. & Goguen, J.A. (eds) Requirements engineering: social
and technical issues, pp. 217-240. London: Academic Press.
Button, G. & Sharrock, W.W. (1995a). “Practices in the work of ordering software
development”. In: Firth, A. (ed) The discourse of negotiation: studies of language in
the workplace, pp. 159-180. Oxford: Pergamon.
Button, G. & Sharrock, W.W. (1995b). “The mundane work of writing and reading computer
programs”. In: Have, P. ten. & Psathas, G. (eds) Situated order: Studies in the social
organization of talk and embodied activities, pp. 231-258. Washington, D.C.:
University Press of America.
Button, G. & Sharrock, W.W. (1995c). “On simulacrums of conversation: toward a
clarification of the relevance of conversation analysis for human-computer
interaction”. In: Thomas, P. (ed) The Social and Interactional Dimensions of HumanComputer Interfaces, pp. 107-125. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Button, G. & Sharrock, W.W. (1996). “Project Work: The Organisation of Collaborative
Design and Development in Software Engineering”. Computer Supported Cooperative
Work (CSCW) 5: 369-386.
Button, G. & Sharrock, W.W. (1998). “The organizational accountability of technological
work”. Social Studies of Science 28: 73-102.
Button, G. & Sharrock, W.W. (2000). “Design by problem solving”. In: Luff, P., Hindmarsh,
J. & Heath C.C. (eds) (2000). Workplace Studies: Recovering Work Practice and
Informing Systems Design, pp. 46-67. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Cappai, G. (2000). “Cultural relativism and the translatability of the cultural strange in the
view of Quine and Davidson. An observation from the point of view of the social
sciences”. Zeitschrift Fur Soziologie, 29 (4), Aug, 253-276.
Carlin, A. (1999). “The works of Edward Rose: a bibliography” Ethnographic Studies, 4:
Autumn, 61-77.
Cavan, S. (1966). Liquor license: an ethnography of bar behavior. Chicago: Aldine
Cefaï,Daniel; Nathalie Depraz (2001) 'De la méthode phénoménologique dans la démarche
ethnométhodologique'. In: Fornel, Michel de, Albert Ogien, Louis Quéré (dir.)
L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale [Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La
Découverte [Collection "Recherches"]: 99-119
15
Chanial, Philippe (2001) 'L' ethnométhodologie comme anticonstructivisme'. In: Fornel,
Michel de, Albert Ogien, Louis Quéré (dir.) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie
radicale [Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection
"Recherches"]: 297-314
Chikudate, N. (2000). “A phenomenological approach to inquiring into an ethically
bankrupted organization: A case study of a japanese company”. Journal of Business
Ethics, 28 (1), November, 59-72.
Chua, B-H. (1974a). “On the commitments of ethnomethodology”. Sociological Inquiry, 44
(4), 241-256.
Chua, B-H. (1974b). “On roles, rules and interpretive understanding”. Journal for the Theory
of Social Behaviour, 4: 71-87.
Chua, B-H. (1974c). “Comment on Mayrl”. Catalyst, 8: 76-85. [See: W.M. Mayrl, 1973,
1974; R.G. Wegmann, 1974.]
Chua, B-H. (1977d). “Delineating a Marxist interest in ethnomethodology”. The American
Sociologist, 12: 24-32.
Chua, B-H. (1978). “Sociology and the linguistic distance: A comment”. Philosophy and
Social Criticism, 5: 174-190.
Chua, B-H. (1979). “Describing a National Crisis: An Exploration in Textual Analysis”.
Human Studies, 2 (1), January.
Churchill, L. (1971). “Ethnomethodology and measurement”. Social Forces, 50, Dec, 182191.
Churchill, L. (1972-3). The grammar of questioning. In R.W. Shuy (Ed.) 23rd Georgetown
University Roundtable on Language and Linguistics. Washington, DC: Georgetown
University Press.
Churchill, L. (1978). Questioning strategies in sociolinguistics. Rowley, MA: Newbury House
Publishers, Inc.
Cicourel, A.V. (1964). Method and measurement in sociology. New York, NY: Free Press.
[German translation: (1970). Methode und Messung in der Soziologie. Frankfurt.]
Cicourel, A.V. (1967a). Fertility, family planning and the social organization of family life:
Some methodological issues. Journal of Social Issues, 23, 57-81.
Cicourel, A.V. (1967b). Kinship, marriage, and divorce in comparative family law. Law and
Society Review, 1.
Cicourel, A.V. (1967c). The acquisition of social structure: Toward a developmental
sociology of language and meaning. Rassegna Italiana di Sociologia, Vol. 9.
[Reprinted in J.D. Douglas (Ed.) (1970). Understanding everyday life (pp. 136-168).
Chicago, IL: Aldine Publishing Co.] [Also reprinted in A.V. Cicourel (1974).
Cognitive sociology: Language and meaning in social interaction (pp. 42-73). New
York, NY: The Free Press.]
Cicourel, A.V. (1968). The social organization of juvenile justice. New York: John Wiley
Sons. [Excerpted version, Police practices and official records. In R. Turner (Ed.)
(1974). Ethnomethodology (pp. 112-123). Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.] [Review: J.
Lemson, Sociological Quarterly, 1973, 10, 546; P.E. Rock, British Journal of
Sociology, 1968, 19, 474-475.]
Cicourel, A.V. (1970a). Language as a variable in social research. Sociological Focus, 3(2).
Cicourel, A.V. (1970b). Basic and normative rules in the negotiation of status and role. In
H.P. Dreitzel (Ed.) Recent sociology No. 2: Patterns of communicative behavior (pp.
4-45). New York, NY: Macmillan Press. [Reprinted in D.N. Sudnow (Ed.) (1972).
Studies in social interaction (pp. 229-258). New York, NY: Free Press.] [Also
reprinted as: Interpretive procedures and normative rules in the negotiation of status
16
and role. In A.V. Cicourel (1974). Cognitive sociology: Language and meaning in
social interaction (pp. 11-41). New York, NY: The Free Press.] [German translation:
(1981). Basisregeln und normative Regeln im Prozess des Aushandelns von Status und
Rolle. In Arbeitsgruppe Bielefelder Soziologen (Hrsg.) Alltagswissen, Interaktion und
gesellschaftliche Wirklichkeit (pp. 147-188). Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag.]
Cicourel, A.V. (1970c). Generative semantics and the structure of social interaction. In
International Days of Sociolinguistics. Rome, Italy: Luigi Sturzo Institute. [Reprinted
in A.V.
Cicourel (1974). Cognitive sociology: Language and meaning in social interaction (pp. 74-98).
New York, NY: The Free Press.]
Cicourel, A.V. (1972). Ethnomethodology. In T.A. Sebeck, et al. (Eds.) Current trends in
linguistics, Vol. 12. The Hague, Nederland: Mouton. [Reprinted in A.V. Cicourel
(1974). Cognitive sociology: Language and meaning in social interaction (pp. 99-140).
New York, NY: The Free Press.]
Cicourel, A.V. (1973a) Cognitive sociology: language and meaning in social interaction.
Harmondsworth: Penguin
Cicourel, A.V. (1973b). Memory and interviewing. In C. Cherry (Ed.) Theory and
decision. Dordrecht, Nederland: Reidel.
Cicourel, A.V. (1974a). Cognitive sociology: Language and meaning in social interaction.
New York, NY: Free Press. [Review: E.C. Cuff, Sociology, 1974, (April).] [German
translation: (1975). Sprache in der sozialen Interaktion. MŸnchen, BRD: Paul List
Verlag.]
Cicourel, A.V. (1974b). Gestural sign language and the study of nonverbal communication.
Sign Language Studies, 4, 35-76.
Cicourel, A.V. (1974c) Theory and method in a study of Argentine fertility. New York: Wiley
Cicourel, A.V. (1975a). Discourse, and text: Cognitive and linguistic processes in studies of
social structure. Versus, 12, 33-84.
Cicourel, A.V. (1975b). A response from Aaron Cicourel to the review of his Argentine
fertility study. Contemporary Sociology, 5, 397-399.
Cicourel, A.V. (1978a). Language and society: Cognitive, linguistic aspects of language use.
Sozialwiss. Annual, 2, B25-58.
Cicourel, A.V. (1978b). Interpretation and summarization: Issues in the child's acquisition of
social structure. In J. Glick, and K.A. Clarke-Stewart (Eds.) The development of social
understanding (pp. 251-281). Gardner.
Cicourel, A.V. (1979). Speech acts and conversations: Bringing language back into sociology.
Contemporary Sociology, 8(2), 168-170.
Cicourel, A.V. (1980a). Language and social interaction: Philosophical and empirical issues.
Sociological Inquiry, 50(3/4), 1-30.
Cicourel, A.V. (1980b). Three models of discourse analysis: The role of social structure.
Discourse Process, 3(2), 101-132.
Cicourel, A.V. (1981a). Language and medicine. In C.A. Ferguson and S.B. Heath (Eds.)
Language in the USA (pp. 407-429). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Cicourel, A.V. (1981b). Notes on the integration of micro- and macro-levels of analysis. In K.
Knorr-Cetina, and A.V. Cicourel (Eds.) Analysis in social theory and methodology:
Toward an integration of micro- and macro-sociologies (pp. 51-80). Boston, MA:
Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Cicourel, A.V. (1981c). “The role of cognitive-linguistic concepts in understanding everyday
social interactions”. Annual Review of Sociology, 7: 87-106.
17
Cicourel, A.V. (1982a). “Interviews, Surveys, and the Problem of Ecological Validity”. The
American Sociologist, 17 (1), 11-20.
Cicourel, A.V. (1982b). Language and belief in a medical setting. In H. Burns (Ed.)
Contemporary perspectives of language: Interdisciplinary dimensions. 33rd Round
Table on Language and Linguistics. Georgetown University, Washington, DC:
Georgetown University Press.
Cicourel, A.V. (1985) 'Doctor-patient discourse'. In: T.A. van Dijk,ed. Handbook of discourse
analysis. London: Academic Press, vol. III: 193-202
Cicourel, A.V. (1987). The interpretation of communicative contexts: Examples from medical
encounters. Social Psychology Quarterly, 50(2), 217-226.
Cicourel, A.V. et al. {Jennings, S.H.M., Jennings, K.H., Leiter, K.C.W., Mackay, R., Mehan,
H., and Roth, D.R.} (1974) Language use and school performance. New York:
Academic Press
Cicourel, A.V., and Kitsuse, J.I. (1963). The educational decision makers. New York: Bobbs
Merrill.
Clark, H.H., and French, J.W. (1981). Telephone goodbyes. Language in Society, 10(1), 1-19.
Clark, C., T. Pinch (1988) 'Microsociology and microeconomics: selling by social control'. In:
N.G. Fielding, ed. Actions and structure: research methods and social theory. London:
Sage: 117-41
Clark, C., T. Pinch (1992) 'The anatomy of a deception: fraud and finesse in the mock auction
sales con', Qualitative Sociology 15: 151-75
Clark, C., Drew, P. & Pinch T.(1994). “Managing customer 'objections' during reallife sales
negotiations”. Discourse and Society, 5: 437-462.
Clayman, S.E. (1988) 'Displaying neutrality in television news interviews', Social Problems
35: 474-92
Clayman, S.E. (1989) 'The production of punctuality: social interaction, temporal
organization, and social structure', American Journal of Sociology 95: 659-91
Clayman, S.E. (1990) 'From talk to text: newspaper accounts of reporter-source interactions',
Media, Culture and Society 12: 79-103
Clayman, S.E. (1992) 'Footing in the achievement of neutrality: the case of news interview
discourse'. In: Drew, P., J. Heritage, eds. Talk at work: interaction in institutional
settings. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: 163-98
Clayman, S.E. (1993) 'Booing: The anatomy of a disaffiliative response', American
Sociological Review, 58: 110-130
Clayman, S.E. (1993) 'Reformulating the question: a device for answering/not answering
questions in news interviews and press conferences', Text 13:
Clayman, S. (1998) 'Gatekeeping in action: editorial conferences and assessments of
newsworthiness', American Sociological Review 63(2): 178-99
Clayman, S.E. & Maynard D.W. (1995) 'Ethnomethodology and conversation analysis'. In: P.
ten Have, G. Psathas, eds., Situated order: Studies in the social organization of talk
and embodied activities. Washington, D.C.: University Press of America: 1-30
Clayman, S.E. & Whalen J. (1988/89) 'When the medium becomes the message: the case of
the Rather-Bush encounter', Research on Language and Social Interaction 22: 241-72
Collins, S., Markova, I. & Murphy, J. (1997). “Bringing conversations to a close: the
management of closings in interactions between AAC users and "natural" speakers”.
Journal of Clinical Linguistics and Phonetics, 11 (6) 467-493.
Collins, S., J. Murphy (1994) 'The development of news-tellings in conversations between
AAC users and 'natural' speakers', Communication Matters 8: 20-4
18
Conein, B. (1985a). L'enqu•te sociologique et l'analyse du langage: Les formes linguistiques
de la connaissance sociale. Arguments EthnomŽthodologiques: Probl•mes
d'ŽpistŽmologie en sciences sociales III(pp. 5-30). E.H.E.S.S.
Conein, B. (1985b). Actes de parole et organisation des relations sociales: Comment fait-on
des offres au tŽlŽphone? RŽseaux, 13, 111-126.
Conein, B. (1986). L'ethnomŽthodologie en France ou le sociologue chez les autophages.
Pratiques de Formation, Analyses, 11/12, 103-113.
Conein, B. (Ed.) (1987a). Lexique et faits sociaux [The lexicon and social accomplishments].
Lexique, 5.
Conein, B. (1987b). PrŽsentation: L'interprŽtation de l'action en analyse de conversation
[Introduction: The interpretation of action in the analysis of conversation]. Lexique, 5,
7-14.
Conein, B. (1987c). Quelques formes de l'interprŽtation de la conversation dans la
conversation [Some forms of interpretation of conversation in conversation]. Lexique,
5, 37-64.
Conein, Bernard (2001) 'Classification sociale et catégorisation'. In: Fornel, Michel de, Albert
Ogien, Louis Quéré (dir.) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale [Colloque de
Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection "Recherches"]: 239-58
Conein, B., et al. (1986) Lexique et faits sociaux. (Lexique 5). Lille: Presses Universitaires de
Lille
Conein, B., M. de Fornel, L. Quéré, (1990) Les formes de la conversation, vol. 1. Issy les
Moulineaux: CNET "Reseaux"
Conein, B., M. de Fornel, L. Quéré, (1991) Les formes de la conversation, vol. 2. Issy les
Moulineaux: CNET "Reseaux"
Conein, B, B. Laks (1989) 'A quoi servent les recettes? Savoir et savoir faire dans la cuisine
domestique'. In: Langage et travail, 1989: 24-42
Conroy, T.M. (1999). “‘I Don’t Want To Burst Your Bubble’: Affiliation and Disaffiliation in
a Joint Accounting by Affiliated Pair Partners”. Human Studies, 22 (2-4), Oct, 339359.
Corsaro, W. (1979). We're friends, right?: Children's use of access rituals in a nursery school.
Language in Society, 8, 315-336.
Corsaro, W. (1985). Friendship and peer culture in the early years. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
Coser, L.A. (1975). “ASA Presidential Address: Two methods in search of a substance”.
American Sociological Review, 40 (6), 691-700. [See: D.H. Zimmerman, 1976;
Treiman, American Sociologist, 11, 27-33; H. Mehan and H. Wood, 1976.]
Coser, L.A. (1976). “Reply to my critics. The American Sociologist”, 11, 33-38. [See: Coser,
1975; Zimmerman, 1976.]
Coser, R.L. (1966) “Role distance, sociological ambivalence and traditional status systems”,
American Journal of Sociology 72: 173-187.
Coulon, A. (1986a). IndexicalitŽs de l'indexicalitŽ. Pratiques de Formation, Analyses, 11/12,
57-61.
Coulon, A. (1986b). La question de la critique des mŽthodes numŽriques et statistiques en
sciences humaines. Pratiques de Formation, Analyses, 11/12, 102-103.
Coulon, A. (1986c). RŽfŽrences bibliographiques de l'ethnomŽthodologie. Pratiques de
Formation, Analyses, 11/12, 197-207.
Coulon, A. (1986d). Qu'est-ce que l'ethnomŽthodologie? [What is ethnomethodology?] Quel
Corps?, 32-33.
19
Coulon, A. (1987). L'ethnomŽthodologie. Paris, France: Presses Universitaires de France.
(Que sais-je? no. 2393) [Spanish edition: (1989). La etnometodologia. Madrid, Spain:
Catedra.
Coulon, A. (1988). EthnomŽthodologie et Žducation. Revue Fran•aise de Pedagogie, 82.
Coulon, A. (1993) Ethnométhodologie et éducation. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France
Coulon, A. (1995) Ethnomethodology. Thousand Oaks: Sage [Qualitative Research Methods
36] (translation of Coulon, A. 1987)
Coulter, J. (1971). “Decontextualized meanings: Current approaches to Verstehende
investigations”. The Sociological Review, 19 (3), 301-323. [See expanded version
below.]
Coulter, J. (1973a). “Language and the conceptualization of meaning”. Sociology 7:173-189.
Coulter, J. (1973b). Approaches to Insanity. Bath, UK: Martin Robertson
Coulter, J. (1973c). “Review: Language and social behavior, by W.P. Robinson”. Sociology, 7
(3), 496-497.
Coulter, J. (1974a). “Decontextualized meanings: Current approaches to Verstehende
investigations”. (revised expanded version) In: Truzzi, M. (ed.), Verstehen: Subjective
understanding in the social sciences, pp.134-164. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Coulter, J. (1974b). “The ethnomethodological programme in contemporary sociology”. The
Human Context, 6 (1), 103-122.
Coulter, J. (1974c). “What's wrong with the New Criminology?”. The Sociological Review, 22
(1), 199-135. [See: Taylor, I., Walton, P., and Young, J. (1973)].
Coulter, J. (1975). “Perceptual accounts and interpretive asymmetries”. Sociology. 9:385-396.
Coulter, J. (1976a). “Harvey Sacks: a preliminary appreciation”. Sociology 10: 507-512.
Coulter, J. (1976b). “Theory, madness and membership: Some comments on Ms. Hillier's
review”. Sociology, 10 (2), 317-320.
Coulter, J. (1976c). “Review: Problems of reflexivity and dialectics in sociological inquiry by
B. Sandywell et al.”. Sociology, 11 (1), 216-217.
Coulter, J. (1976d). “Review: Social theory as science by R. Keat and J. Urry”. The
Sociological Review, 24 (3), 624-627.
Coulter, J. (1977a). “Transparency of mind: The availability of subjective phenomena”.
Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 7 (4), 321-350. [Reprinted in Coulter (1979). The
social construction of mind. UK: London, UK: Macmillan Press; USA: Totowa, NJ:
Rowman and Littlefield.]
Coulter, J. (1977b). “Review: New directions in sociology by D.C. Thorn”. The Sociological
Review, 25 (2).
Coulter, J. (1979a). “Beliefs and practical understanding”. In: Psathas, G. (ed.), Everyday
language: studies in ethnomethodology, pp. 163-186. New York: Irvington.
Coulter, J. (1979b). “The brain as agent”. Human Studies, 2 (4), October, 335-348.
Coulter, J. (1979c). The social construction of mind: Studies in ethnomethodology and
linguistic philosophy. UK: London, UK: Macmillan Press; USA: Totowa, NJ:
Rowman and Littlefield. [Reprinted in paperback 1987 London, UK: Macmillan
Press.] [Reviews: R. Hanna and staff, The Review of Metaphysics, 1980, (June), 861864; G.J. Stack, The Modern Schoolman, 1981, 58, 123-127.] [“Chapter 7., Affect and
social context”. Reprinted in Harré, R. (ed.) (1985). The social construction of
emotion, pp. 120-134. Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell.]
Coulter, J. (ed.) (1980). Human Studies, Special issue on Ethnomethodology, 3 (1), January.
Coulter, J. (1982a). “Remarks on the conceptualization of social structure”. Philosophy of the
Social Sciences, 12 (1), 33-46.
Coulter, J. (1982b). “Theoretical problems of cognitive science”. Inquiry, 25 (1), 3-26.
20
Coulter J. (1983a). “Contingent and a priori structures in sequential analysis”, Human Studies
6 (4), Oct.-Dec, 361-374
Coulter, J. (1983b). Rethinking cognitive theory. London, UK: Macmillan Press; New York,
NY: St. Martin's Press. [Review: Hughes, J.A. Sociology, 1984, 18(1), 109-110;
McHoul, A.W. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 1988, 18: 129-133.]
Coulter, J. (1985a). “On comprehension and 'mental representation”. In: Gilbert G.N. & Heath
C.C. (eds) Social action and artificial intelligence, pp. 8-23. Aldershot, UK: Gower
Press.
Coulter, J. (1985b). “Two concepts of the mental”. In: Gergen, K.J. & Davis, K.E. (ed.), The
social construction of the person. New York: Springer.
Coulter, J. (1986). “Affect and social context: emotion definition as a social task” In: Harré,
R. (ed.), The social construction of emotions, pp. 120-134. Oxford: Basil Blackwell
Coulter, J. (1987). “Recognition in Wittgenstein and contemporary thought”. In: Chapman, M.
& Dixon, R.A. (eds) Meaning and the growth of understanding: Wittgenstein's
significance for developmental psychology, pp. 85-102. Berlin, BRD: Springer-Verlag.
Coulter, J. (1989a). “Cognitive "penetrability" and the emotions”. In: Franks, D. & McCarthy,
E.D. (eds) The sociology of emotion, pp. 33-50. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Coulter, J. (1989b). Mind in action. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Coulter, J. (ed) (1990a). Ethnomethodological sociology. Aldershot: Elgar. [Includes
bibliography compiled by B. J. Fehr and Jeff Stetson with the assistance of Yoshifumi
Mizukawa.]
Coulter, J. (1990b). “Elementary properties of argument sequences”. In: Psathas, G. (ed.)
Interactional Competence, pp. 181-203. Washington: University Press of America.
Coulter, J. (1991a). “Logic: ethnomethodology and the logic of language”. In: Button, G. (ed.)
Ethnomethodology and the human sciences, pp. 20-50. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Coulter, J. (1991b). “Cognition: ‘cognition’ in an ethnomethodological mode”. In: Button, G.
(ed.) Ethnomethodology and the human sciences, pp. 176-195. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Coulter, J. (1991c). “The Grammar of Schizophrenia”. In: Flack, W.F., Miller, D. & Wiener,
M. (eds.) What is Schizophrenia? London: Springer-Verlag.
Coulter J. (1995). “Conceptual transformations”. Sociological theory, 13: 163-177.
Coulter J. (1996). “Human practices and the observability of the "macrosocial"” Zeitschrift für
Soziologie, 25: 337-345
Coulter, J. (1999). “Discourse and Mind”, Human Studies, 22 (2-4), Oct,163-181.
Coulter, J. & Parsons, E.D. (1991). “The praxiology of perception: visual orientations and
practical action”. Inquiry 33: 251-272.
Crabtree, A., Hughes, J.A., O'Brien, J., Rouncefield, M. & Tolmie, P. (1998). ‘There's
something else missing here’: requirements specification in changing circumstances of
work and design. [Online]. Available from
http://www.comp.lancs.ac.uk/sociology/VSOC/RE99.html [Accessed 26 June 2001].
Crabtree, A. (2000). “Talking Work: Language-games, Organisations and ComputerSupported Cooperative Work”. Computer Supported Cooperative Work (CSCW) 9:
215-237.
Crabtree, A., Nichols, D.M., O’Brien, J., Rouncefield, M. & Twidale, M.B. (2000).
“Ethnomethodologically Informed Ethnography and Information System Design”.
Journal of the American Society For Information Science, 51 (7), 666-682.
Crist, E. (1996). “Naturalists' portrayals of animal life: engaging the Verstehen approach”.
Social Studies of Science, 26: 799-838.
21
Cuff, E.C. (1978). “Some features of production accounting in the analysis of 'conversational
materials”. Analytic Sociology, 1 (4), A¯3-B¯2.
Cuff, E.C. (1980). Some issues in studying the problem of versions in everyday life. University
of Manchester: Department of Sociology (Occasional Papers in Sociology, No. 3).
Cuff, E.C. (1981a). “Methodological issues in a proposed speech exchange system: An
empirical case study”. Analytic Sociology, 2(3). [Data supplement in Analytic
Sociology, 1981, 2 (4).]
Cuff, E.C. (1981b). “Marriage breakdown: Some aspects of the organisation of commonsense
knowledge in an account of unit troubles”. Analytic Sociology, 2 (3).
Cuff, E.C. (1993). Problems of Versions in Everyday Situations. Washington, D.C.:
University Press of America.
Cuff, E.C. & Francis, D.W. (1978). “Some features of "invited stories" about marriage
breakdown”. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 18: 111-133.
Cuff, E.C. & Hustler, D. (1982). “Stories and storytime in an infant classroom”. Semiotica 42:
119-154.
Cuff, E.C. & Payne, G.C.F. (1984). Perspectives in sociology, 2nd edition. London, UK:
Allen & Unwin. [See especially Chapter 5: Ethnomethodology as a perspective (pp.
151-188).]
Cuff, E.C. & Sharrock, W.W. (1985). “Meetings”. In: Dijk, T.A. van (ed.), Handbook of
discourse analysis. Vol. III, pp.149-159. London: Academic Press.
Cunningham-Burley, S. (1985). “Constructing grandparenthood: Anticipating appropriate
action”. Sociology, 19 (3), 421-436.
Czyzewski, M. (1982a). “Post-ethnomethodology: Report from a distant outlook”.
Sociolinguistics Newsletter, 13, 1-3.
Czyzewski, M. (1982b). “The problem of identity in modern sociology of interaction”.
Sociolinguistics Newsletter, 13, 4-8.
Czyzewski, M. (1994). “Reflexivity of actors versus reflexivity of accounts”. Theory, Culture
& Society, 11: 161-168.
Czyzewski, M. (1995). “Mm Hm Tokens as Interactional Devices in the Psychotherapeutic Intake Interview”. In: Have, P. ten. & Psathas, G. (eds) Situated order: Studies in the
social organization of talk and embodied activities, pp. 73-90. Washington, D.C.:
University Press of America.
Danby, S. (1998). “The Serious and Playful Work of Gender: Talk and Social Order in a
Preschool Classroom”. In: Yelland, N. (ed.), Gender in Early Childhood, pp. 175-205.
London: Routledge.
Danby, S. & Baker, C.D. (1998a). “How to be masculine in the block area”. Childhood, 5:
151-175.
Danby, S. & Baker, C.D. (1998b). “What's the Problem? Restoring Social Order in the
Preschool Classroom”. In: Hutchby, I. & Moran-Ellis, J. (eds) Children and Social
Competence: Arenas of Action, pp. 157-186. London: Falmer.
Danby, S. & Baker, C.D. (2000). “Unravelling the fabric of social order in block area”. In:
Hester, S. & Francis, D.W. (eds) Local educational order: Ethnomethodological
studies of knowledge in action, pp. 91-140. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Dant, T. & Francis, D.W.(1998). “Planning in organisations: rational control or contingent
activity?”. Sociological Research Online, 3 (2), June.
<http://www.socresonline.org.uk/socresonline/3/2/4.html>
Davey, B. & Gramkow Andersen, K. (1996). “Some practical and legal aspects concerning the
collection of empirical data”. In: Jensen, K.A. & Steensig, J. (eds) Datadag. Aarhus:
ADLA (Danish Association for Applied Linguistics)
22
Davidson, J.A. (1978). “An instance of negotiation in a call closing”. Sociology 12: 123-133.
Davidson, J.A. (1984). “Subsequent versions of invitations, offers, requests, and proposals
dealing with potential or actual rejection”. In: Atkinson, J.M., Heritage, J. (eds)
Structures of Social Action: Studies in Conversation Analysis, pp. 102-128.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Davidson, J.A. (1990). “Modifications of invitations, offers and rejections”. In: Psathas, G.
(ed.), Interactional competence, pp.149-180. Washington: University Press of
America.
Davis, K. (1984). “Problem (re)formulation in psychotherapy”. Konteksten, nr. 4. Rotterdam,
Nederland: Instituut Preventieve en Sociale Psychiatrie, Erasmus Universiteit
Rotterdam.
Davis, K. (1986). “The process of problem (re)formulation in psychotherapy”. Sociology of
Health and Illness, 8: 44-74.
Denzin, N.K. (1969). “Symbolic interactionism and ethnomethodology: A proposed
synthesis”. American Sociological Review, 34: 922-934. [Revised version in Douglas,
J.D. (ed.) (1970). Understanding everyday life: Toward the reconstruction of
sociological knowledge, pp. 259-286. Chicago, IL: Aldine Publishing Co.] [See D.H.
Zimmerman and D.L. Wieder (1970) response.] [See discussion by Coulter, J. (1982)
“Remarks on the conceptualization of social structure”. Philosophy of the Social
Sciences, 12 (1), 33-46.]
Desclaux, B. (1980). “Lectures en ethnomŽthodologie”. Langage et SociŽtŽ, 13 (5), 35-37.
Dijk, T.A. van (ed.) (1985). Handbook of discourse analysis, Vol. 3: Discourse and dialogue.
London, UK: Academic Press. [See especially chapters by: Sacks, Jefferson, Heritage,
Mehan, Drew, Cuff & Sharrock, and Atkinson.]
Dingwall, R.W.J. (1975). “Correspondence: Ethnomethodology and Marxism”. Sociology, 9
(3), 495-496.
Dingwall, R.W.J. (1976). “Accomplishing profession”. Sociological Review, 24: 331-348.
[Reprinted in Wadsworth, M. & Robinson, D. (eds) (1976). Studies in everyday
medical life. London, UK: Martin Robertson.]
Dingwall, R.W.J. (1977). The social organisation of health visitor training. London, UK:
Croom Helm.
Dingwall, R.W.J. (1980). “Orchestrated encounters”. Sociology of Health and Illness, 2 (2),
151-173.
Dingwall, R.W.J. (1981). “The ethnomethodological movement”. In: Payne,G., Dingwall,R.,
Payne, J. & Carter, M. (eds) Sociology and social research, pp. 124-138. London, UK:
Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Dingwall, R.W.J. (1986). “The certification of competence: Assessment in occupational
socialization”. Urban Life, 15 (3/4), 367-393.
Dingwall, R.W.J. (1988). “Empowerment or enforcement? Some questions about power and
control in divorce mediation”. In: Dingwall, R. & Eekelaar, J.M. (eds) Divorce
Mediation and the Legal Process: British Practice and International Experience,
Pp.150-167. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Dingwall, R.W.J. (2000) “Language, Law and Power: Ethnomethodology, Conversation
Analysis and the Politics of Law and Society Studies”. Law and Social Inquiry Journal of the American Bar Foundation, 25 (3) 885-911.
Dingwall, R. & Greatbatch, D. (1994). “The interactive construction of interventions by
mediators”. In: Folger, J. & Jones, T. (eds) New Directions in Mediation:
Communication Research and Perspectives, pp. 84-109. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
23
Dingwall, R. & Greatbatch, D. (1995). “Family mediation practitioners and researchers in the
shadow of the Green Paper: a rejoinder to Marian Roberts”. Journal of Social Welfare
and Family Law, 17: 199-206.
Dingwall, R., Greatbatch, D. & Ruggerone, L. (1998). “Gender and interaction in divorce
mediation”. Mediation Quarterly, 15 (4), 277-285.
Dingwall, R., Eekelaar, J.M. & Murray T. (1983). The Protection of Children: State
Intervention and Family Life. Basil Blackwell, Oxford. [Paperback edition 1984.
Excerpts reprinted in Parker, S et al., Australian Family Law in Context - Commentary
and Materials, Law Book Company, Melbourne, 1994. Second edition with new
epilogue, Avebury, Aldershot 1995.]
Dingwall, R., Heath, C.C., Stacey, M. & Reid, M. (eds) (1977). Health and the Division of
Labour. London: Croom Helm.
Dingwall, R. & Robinson, K.M. (1990). "Policing the family? Health visiting and the public
surveillance of private behavior". In: Gubrium, J. & Sankar, A. (eds) The Home Care
Experience: Ethnography and Policy, pp. 253-273. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
[Reprinted in an abridged version in OU Reader (1992). Health and Wellbeing.
London: Macmillan.]
Dingwall, R.W.J. (with Murray, T.) (1983). “Categorization in accident departments: "Good"
patients, "bad" patients and "children"”. Sociology of Health and Illness, 5 (2), 127148.
Dingwall, R.W.J. (with Strong, P.M.) (1985). “The interactional study of organizations: A
critique and reformulation”. Urban Life, 14 (2), 205-231. [Reprinted in Miller, G. &
Dingwall, R. (eds) (1997) Context and Method in Qualitative Research. London:
Sage.]
Ditton, J. & Sharrock W.W. (1976). “Review symposium of Frame Analysis”. Sociology, 10:
329-334.
Dodier, N. (2001). “Une éthique radicale de l'indexicalité”. In: de Fornel, M., Ogien, A. &
Louis Quéré (eds) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale, pp. 315-330
[Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection "Recherches"]:
Douglas, J.D. (ed.) (1970a). Deviance and respectability: The social construction of moral
meanings. New York, NY: Basic Books.
Douglas, J.D. (Ed.) (1970b). Understanding everyday life: Toward the reconstruction of
sociological knowledge. Chicago, IL: Aldine Publishing Co. [Reviews: Luckman, T.
Contemporary Sociology, 1: 30-32; Torode, B. (1972) Economic and Social Review, 3:
346-349.]
Douglas, J.D. (1970c). “Understanding everyday life”. In: Douglas, J. (ed) Understanding
everyday life: Toward the reconstruction of sociological knowledge, pp. 3-44.
Chicago, IL: Aldine.
Dourish, P. & Button, G. (1998). “On ‘Technomethodology’: Foundational Relationships
Between Ethnomethodology and System Design”. Human Computer Interaction, 13,
395-432.
Drew, P. (1978). “Accusations: The occasioned use of members' knowledge of 'religious
geography' in describing events”. Sociology, 12: 1-22.
Drew, P. (1981). “Adults' corrections of children's mistakes: A response to Wells and
Montgomery”. In: French P. & MacLure, M. (eds) Adult-child conversation: Studies
in structure and process, pp. 244-267. London, UK: Croom Helm.
Drew, P. (1984). “'Speakers' reporting in invitation sequences”. In: Atkinson, J.M. & Heritage,
J. (eds) Structures of Social Action: Studies in Conversation Analysis. pp. 129151.Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
24
Drew, P. (1985) “Analyzing the use of language in courtroom interaction”. In: van Dijk, T.A.
(ed.), Handbook of discourse analysis, vol. III, pp. 133-147. London: Academic Press.
Drew, P. (1986). “Individual-society interface: A comment on Taylor and Johnson”. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 25: 195-196.
Drew, P. (1987). “Po-faced receipts of teases”. Linguistics, 25: 219-253.
Drew, P. (1989). “Recalling someone from the past”. In: Roger, D. & Bull, P. (eds)
Conversation: an interdisciplinary perspective, pp. 96-115. Clevedon: Multilingual
Matters.
Drew, P. (1990). “Strategies in the contest between lawyer and witness in crossexamination”.
In: Levi, N. & Walker, A.G. (eds) Language in the judicial process, pp. 39-64. New
York: Plenum.
Drew, P. (1991). “Asymmetries of knowledge in conversational interactions”.In: Markovà, I.
& Foppa, K. (eds) Asymmetries in dialogue. pp. 29-48. Hemel Hempstead: Harvester
Whetsheaf.
Drew, P. (1992). “Contested evidence in courtroom cross-examination: the case of a trial for
rape”. In: Drew, P. & Heritage, J. (eds) Talk at work: interaction in institutional
settings. pp. 470-520. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Drew, P. (1995). “Interaction sequences and anticipatory interactional planning”. In: Goody,
E.N. (ed.), Social intelligence and interaction: expressions and implications of the
social bias in human intelligence, pp. 111-138. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
Drew, P. (1997). “"Open" class repair initiators in response to sequential sources of troubles
in conversation”. Journal of Pragmatics, 28: 69-101.
Drew, P. (1998). “Complaints About Transgressions and Misconduct”. Research on Language
and Social Interaction, 31: 295-325.
Drew, P. & Heritage, J. (1992). “Analyzing talk at work: an introduction”. In: Drew, P. &
Heritage, J. (eds) Talk at work: interaction in institutional settings, pp. 3-65.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Drew, P. & Heritage, J.(eds) (1992). Talk at work: interaction in institutional settings.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Drew, P. & Holt, E. (1988). “Complainable matters: the use of idiomatic expressions in
making complaints”. Social Problems, 35: 398-417.
Drew, P. & Holt, E. (1995). “Idiomatic expressions and their role in the organization of topic
transition in conversation”. In: Everaert, M., van der Linden, E-J., Schenk, A. &
Schreuder, R. (eds) Idioms, structural and psychological perspectives, pp. 117-132.
Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Drew, P. & Holt, E. (1998). “Figures of speech: idiomatic expressions and the management of
topic transition in conversation”. Language in Society, 27: 495-522.
Drew, P., & Soronjen, M.-L. (1997). “Institutional Dialogue”. In: Dijk, T. A van. (ed.),
Discourse Studies: A Multidisciplinary Introduction, pp 92-118. London: Sage:
Drew, P. & Wootton, A.J. (eds) (1988a). Erving Goffman: exploring the interaction order.
Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.
Drew, P. & Wootton, A.J. (1988b). “Introduction to Erving Goffman's interaction order”. In:
Drew, P. & Wootton, A.J. (eds) Erving Goffman: exploring the interaction order, pp.
1-18. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.
Drummond, K. (1989). “A backward glance at interruptions”. Western Journal of Speech
Communication, 53 (2), 150-166.
Dulong, R. (1984). “La factualitiŽ comme phŽnomne”. [Facticity as phenomenon].
Arguments EthnomŽthodologique. Cahiers d'Epistemologie du C.E.M.S.
25
Dulong, R. (1986). “La norme comme outil de description” [Norm as description's device].
DŽcrire: Un ImpŽratif? C.E.M.S.
Dulong, R. (1987). “"Vous vous rendez compte...?": Etude du format d'un recit de victime”.
["Can you imagine...?": Structural study of a victim narrative]. Lexique, 5, 139-160.
Dulong, R. (1994). “Quand l'histoire disqualifie les catégories: la perspective historiale de W.
Schapp”. In: Fradin, B., Quéré, L. & Widmer, J. (eds) (1994) L'enquête sur les
categories, pp. 273-296. Paris: École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales [Raisons
pratiques: Épistémologie, sociologie, théorie sociale/5]
Dulong, R. (1998) Le témoin oculaire: les conditions de l'attestation personnelle. [The eye
witness: social conditions of personal testimony] Paris: Editions de l'Ecole des Hautes
Etudes en Sciences Sociales [Recherches d'histoire et de sciences sociales / Studies in
History and the Social Sciences, 79]
Dunstan, R. (1980). “Contexts for coercion: Analysing properties of courtroom "questions"”.
British Journal of Law and Society, 6: 61-77.
Duranti, A. & Goodwin, C. (eds) (1992) Rethinking context: language as an interactive
phenomenon. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Eberle, T.S. (1984). Sinnkonstitution in Alltag und Wissenschaft. Bern/Stuttgart. [See pp. 438509: Die Ethnomethodologie.]
Egbert, M.M. (1991). “Scientists' orientation to an experimental apparatus in their interaction
in a chemistry lab”. ial Issues in Applied Linguistics , 2: 269-300.
Egbert, M. (1996). “Context sensitivity in conversation analysis: Eye gaze and the German
repair initiator "bitte."”. Language in Society, 25: 587-612
Egbert, M.M. (1997). “Schisming: the collaborative transformation from a single conversation
to multiple conversations”. Research on Language and Social Interaction 30: 1-51.
Eglin, P. (1975). “What should sociology explain - Regularities, rules or interpretations?”.
Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 5: 377-391.
Eglin, P. (1976). “Leaving out the interpreter's work: A methodological critique of
ethnosemantics based on ethnomethodology”. Semiotica, 17: 339-369.
Eglin, P. (1979a). “Calling the police: Some aspects of the interactional organization of
complaints in crime reporting”. Analytic Sociology, 2 (2).
Eglin, P. (1979b). “How conversational analysis elucidates Schutz's common-sense concept of
rationality”. Sociolinguistics Newsletter, 10 (2), 11-17.
Eglin, P. (1979c). “Resolving reality disjunctures on Telegraph Avenue: A study of practical
reasoning”. Canadian Journal of Sociology, 4: 359-377.
Eglin, P. (1980a). “Culture as method: Location as an interactional device”. Journal of
Pragmatics, 4: 121-135.
Eglin, P. (1980b). Talk and taxonomy: A methodological comparison of ethnosemantics and
ethnomethodology with reference to terms for Canadian doctors. (Pragmatics and
Beyond, No. 8.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Eglin, P. (1985). Suicide: A teaching paper in sociology. York: Longman.
Eglin, P. (1986). “Introduction to a hermeneutics of the occult: Alchemy”. In: Garfinkel, H.
(ed.), Ethnomethodological studies of work, pp. 123-159. London, UK: Routledge and
Kegan Paul.
Eglin, P. (1987). “The meaning and use of official statistics in the explanation of deviance”.
In: Anderson, R.J., Hughes, J.A. & Sharrock W.W. (eds) Classic disputes in sociology,
pp. 184-212. London, UK: Allen Unwin.
Eglin, P., & Duncan, B. (1979). “Making sense of the reliability and validity of official crime
statistics”. Canadian Criminology Forum, 2: 7-19.
26
Eglin, P. & Hester,S. (1999a). “Moral order and the Montreal massacre: a story of
membership categorization analysis”. In: Jalbert, P.L. (ed.) Media Studies:
Ethnomethodological Approaches, pp. 195-230. Lanham, New York, Oxford:
University Press of America.
Eglin, P. & Hester,S. (1999b). “‘You’re all a Bunch of Feminists’: Categorization ad the
Politics of Terror in the Montreal Massacre”. Human Studies, 22 (2-4), Oct, 253-272.
Eglin, P., & Wideman, D. (1986). “Inequality in professional service encounters: Verbal
strategies of control versus task performance in calls to the police”. Zeitschrift fur
Soziologie, 15: 341-362.
Ehara, Y. (1986). “Genshogakuteki-shakaigaku aruiwa esunomesodoroji niokeru seisabetsu
no houkousei”. [Directions in sexual discrimination studies in phenomenological
sociology and ethnomethodology]. Ochanomizu Daigaku Josei Bunka Shiryokan Ho
[A Report from the Ochanomizu University Women's Culture Archives.], 7: 41-48.
[Reprinted in Y. Ehara (1988). Feminizumu to kenryoku sayo [Feminism and power
effect]. Tokyo, Nippon: Keiso Shobo.]
Ehara, Y. (1988). Feminizumu to kenryoku sayo [Feminism and power effect]. Tokyo,
Nippon: Keiso Shobo.
Ehara, Y., Yoshii, H. & Yamazaki, K. (1984). “Seisabetsu no esunomesodoroji”
[Ethnomethodology of sexual discrimination]. Gendai Shakaigaku [Contemporary
Sociology], 18.
Eickelpasch, R. (1982). “Das ethnomethodologische Programm eine "radikalen" Soziologie”.
Zeitschrift fur Soziologie, 11: 7-27.
Elliott, H.C. (1974). “Similarities and differences between science and common sense”. In:
Turner, R. (ed.), Ethnomethodology, pp. 21-26. Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.
Emerson, R.M. (1969) Judging delinquents :context and process in juvenile court.
Chicago:Aldine Pub. Co.
Emerson, R.M. (1981). “On last resorts”. American Journal of Sociology, 87: 1-22.
Emerson, R.M. (ed.) (1983a). Contemporary field research.
Emerson, R.M. (1983b). “Holistic effects in social control decision-making”. Law and Society
Review, 17 (3), 425-455.
Emerson, R.M. (1989). “Tenability and troubles: The construction of accommodative
relations by psychiatric emergency teams”. In: Holstein, J.A. & Miller, G. (eds)
Perspectives on social problems, Vol. 1, pp. 215-238. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Emerson, R.M., & Messinger, S.L. (1977). “The micro-politics of trouble”. Social Problems,
25: 121-134.
Emerson, R.M., & Pollner, M. (1976). “Dirty work designations: Their features and
consequences in a psychiatric setting”. Social Problems, 23: 243-254. [Reprinted in H.
Rubinstein (ed.) (1982). Things that matter: Influences on helping relationships. New
York, NY: Macmillan.]
Emerson, R.M., & Pollner, M. (1978). “Policies and practices of psychiatric case selection”.
Sociology of Work and Occupations, 5 (1), 75-95.
Emerson, R.M., & Pollner, M. (1988). “On the uses of members' responses to researchers'
accounts”. Human Organization, 47 (3), 189-198.
Emmison, M. (1987). “Victors and vanquished: The social organization of ceremonial
congratulations and commiserations”. Language and Communication, 7 (2), 93-110.
Emmison, M. (1988). “On the interactional management of defeat”. Sociology, 22 (2), 233251.
27
Encrevé, P. & de Fornel M. (1983). “Le sens en pratique: construction de la référence et
structure sociale de l'interaction dans le couple QuestionReponse”. Actes de la
Recherche en Sciences Sociales, 43: 3-30
Fabiani, J-L (2001) 'L'expérimentation improbable'. In: In: de Fornel, M., Ogien, A. & Louis
Quéré (eds) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale, pp. 277-295. [Colloque de
Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection "Recherches"]
Farrar, M.T. (1986). “Teacher questions: The complexity of the cognitively simple”.
Instructional Science, 15: 89-107.
Farrar, M.T. (1987). “Making book talk exciting: What we can learn from students”.
Indirections, 12(1), 52-58.
Farrar, M.T. (1988). “A sociolinguistic analysis of discussion”. In: Dillon, J.T. (ed.)
Questioning and discussion: A multidisciplinary study, pp. 29-73. Norwood, NJ:
Ablex.
Fehr, B.J., Stetson, J. & Mizukawa, Y. (1990) “A bibliography for ethnomethodology”. In:
Coulter, J. (ed). Ethnomethodological sociology, pp. 475-559. Edward Elgar.
Fele, G. (1991) L'insorgere del conflitto: Uno studio sull'organizzazione del disaccordo nella
conversazione. Milano, Angeli
Fengler, C. & Fengler, T. (1980). Alltag in der Anstalt. Sozialpsychiatrie praktisch wird. Eine
ethnomethodologische Untersuchung. Rehburg/Loccum.
Filmer, P. (1972). “On Garfinkel's ethnomethodology”. In P. Filmer, M. Phillipson, D.
Silverman, and D. Walsh (eds.) New directions in sociological theory, pp. 203-234.
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. [German translation: (1975). “Zur Ethnomethodologie
Harold Garfinkels”. In: Filmer, P. Phillipson, M. Silverman, D. & Walsh D. Neue
Richtungen in der soziologischen Theorie, pp. 217-250. Wein: Hermann Bšhlaus
Nachf.]
Filmer, P. (1976). “Garfinkel's Gloss: A diachronically dialectical, essential reflexivity of
accounts”. Writing Sociology, 1, 69-84.
Filmer, P., Phillipson, M., Silverman, D. & Walsh, D. (1972). New directions in sociological
theory. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. [Review: J. Coulter, The Sociological Review,
1973, 24; B. Torode, Economic and Social Review, 1972, 4, 430-431.] [German
translation: (1975). Neue Richtungen in der soziologischen Theorie. Wein: Hermann
Bšhlaus Nachf.]
Firth, A. (1994). “"Accounts" in negotiation discourse: a single case analysis'”. Journal of
Pragmatics, 23
Firth, A. (ed). (1995a). The discourse of negotiation: studies of language in the workplace.
Oxford: Pergamon.
Firth, A. (1995b). “Talking for a change: commodity negotiating by telephone”. In: Firth, A.
(ed.). The discourse of negotiation: studies of language in the workplace, pp.183-222.
Oxford: Pergamon.
Firth, A. (1995c). “Multiple Mode, Single Activity: Telenegotiating as a Social
Accomplishment”. In: Have, P. ten & Psathas, G. (eds), Situated order: Studies in the
social organization of talk and embodied activities, pp.151-172. Washington, D.C.:
University Press of America.
Firth, A. (1995). “Ethnomethodology”. In: Vershueren, J., Östman, Jan-Ola. & Blommaert, J.
(eds), Handbook of Pragmatics, pp.269-278. Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Firth, A. (1996). “The discursive accomplishment of normality: On "lingua franca" English
and conversation analysis”. Journal of Pragmatics 26: 237-59
28
Firth, A. & Wagner, J. (1997). “On discourse, communication and (some) fundamental
concepts in second language acquisition research”. The Modern Language Journal, 81
(3), 285-300. [followed by six 'response' articles]
Firth, A. & Wagner, J. (1998). “SLA property: no trespassing! A response”.The Modern
Language Journal, 82.
Fisher, S.& Todd, A.D. (eds.) (1983). The Social Organization of Doctor-Patient
Communication. Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Linguistics
Fisher, S. & Todd, A.D. (eds) (1986). Discourse and institutional authority. Norwood, N.J.:
Ablex.
Fleming, W.G. (1987). “Student Learning Work - Grounds For an Insitu Analysis”.
Instructional Science, 16 (2) 109-122.
Flynn, P.J. (1991). The ethnomethodological movement: sociosemiotic interpretations. Berlin,
New York: Mouton de Gruyter
Fondard, M., Heath, C.C. & Joseph, I. (1995). “Regulation du trafic et information des
voyageurs: le metro de Paris et la metro de Londres”. In: Sciences Sociales et
Enterprises. Paris: Editions la Harmattan et Anvie.
Fontes, L.A. & Piercy, F.P. (2000). “Engaging students in qualitative research through
experiential class activities”. Teaching in Psychology, 27 (3), Summer, 174-179.
Ford, C.E. (1993). Grammar in Interaction: Adverbial Clauses in American English
Conversations. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Ford, C.E. (1999). “Collaborative Construction of Task Activity: Coordinating Multiple
Resources in a High School Physics Lab”. Research on Language and Social
Interaction, 32.
Ford, C.E. & Fox, B.A. (1996). “Interactional motivations for reference formulation: He had.
This guy had, a beautiful, thirty-two O:lds”. In: Fox, B. (ed) Studies in Anaphora,
pp.145-168. Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Ford, C.E., Fox, B.A. & Thompson, S.A. (1996). “Practices in the construction of turns: The
'TCU' revisited”. Pragmatics, 6: 427-454.
Ford, C.E. & Mori, J. (1994). “Causal markers in Japanese and English conversations: A cross
linguistic study of interactional grammar”. Pragmatics, 4 (1), 31-61.
Ford, C.E. & Thompson, S.A. (1996). “Interactional units in conversation: syntactic,
intonational, and pragmatic resources for the management of turns”. In: Ochs, E.,
Schegloff, E.A. & Thompson, S.A. (eds) Interaction and Grammar, pp. 134-184.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Fornel, M. de (1980a). “Quelques remarques sur le rituel et les actes de langage”. Semantikos,
4 (2), 39-46.
Fornel, M. de (1980b). “Attributivite, discours rapporte et espaces referentiels”. Semantikos, 4
(2), 55-78.
Fornel, M. de (1985a). “Description et r™le: Le cas de la rŽfŽrence ˆ des personnes”. In:
Ackermann, W. (et al.) (eds.), DŽcrire, un impŽratif?: Description, explication et
interpretation en sciences sociale, Tome 2, pp. 97-114. Paris, France: Ecole des Hautes
Etudes en Sciences Sociale.
Fornel, M. de (1985b). “Socio-pragmatique des pronoms et infŽrence conversationnelle”.
Etudes de Linguistique AppliquŽe, 63: 23-39.
Fornel, M. de (1987a). “Remarques sur l'organisation thŽmatique et les sŽquences d'actions
dans la conversation” [Some remarks on topical organization and sequences of actions
in conversation]. Lexique, 5: 15-36.
29
Fornel, M. de (1987b). CatŽgorisation, identification et rŽfŽrence en Analyse de
Conversation [Categorization, identification and reference in conversation analysis].
Lexique, 5, 161-198.
Fornel, M. de (1993) 'Violence, sport et discourse médiatique: l'exemple de la tragédie du
Heysel' [Violence, sport and media discourse: the example of the Heysel tragedy], in
Réseaux No 57: 29-47
Fornel, M.de (1994) 'Sémantique et pragmatique du geste métaphorique' [Semantics and
pragmatics of the metaphorical gesture], Cahiers de Linguisitque Française 14:
247-253
Fornel, M.de (1995) Articles 'analyse de conversation' et 'sociolinguisitque', in Ducrot O. et
Schaeffer J.M., Nouveau dictionnaire encyclopédique des sciences du langage, Paris:
Le Seuil
Fornel, M.de (1996) 'The interactional framework of videophone interactions',Réseaux5:
68-99
Fornel, M. de, J. Léon (1997a) 'Des questions-échos aux réponses-échos. Une approche
séquentielle et prosodique des répétitions dans la conversation' [Echo-questions to
echo-responses: sequential and prosodic analyses of repetitions in
conversation],Cahiers de Praxématique 28: 101-126
Fornel, M.de, J.M. Marandin (1997b) 'L'analyse grammaticale des auto-réparations'
[Gramatical analysis of self-repairs], Le gré des langues, 10: 8-68
Fornel, Michel de, Albert Ogien, Louis Quéré (dir.) (2001) L'ethnométhodologie: une
sociologie radicale [Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection
"Recherches"]
Forrester, M.A. & Ramsden, C.A.H. (2000). “Discursive ethnomethodology: Analysing power
and resistance in talk”. Psychology, Crime & Law, 6 (4), 281-304.
Fox, B.A., Hayashi, M. & Jasperson, R. (1996). “Resources and repair: a cross-linguistic
study of the syntactic organization of repair”. In: Ochs, E., Schegloff, E.A. &
Thompson, S.A. (eds) Interaction and Grammar, pp. 185-237. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Fradin, B., L. Quéré, J. Widmer, eds. (1994) L'enquête sur les categories. Paris: École des
Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales [Raisons pratiques: Épistémologie, sociologie,
théorie sociale/5]
Francis, D.W. (1984). Some structures of negotiation talk. University of Manchester:
Department of Sociology. (Occasional Papers in Sociology, No.10). [Series editor Prof.
P.Halfpenny].
Francis, D.W. (1986a). “Some structures of negotiation talk”. Language in Society, 15 (1), 5379.
Francis, D.W. (1986b). “Structuralism and advertising: the myth of formality”. International
Journal of Advertising, 5:197-214.
Francis, D.W. (1987). “The competent player: Some observations on game learning”. In:
Crookall, D., Greenblat, C., Klabbers, J. & Coote, A. (eds), Simulation-gaming in the
late 1980's, pp.201-207. Oxford, UK: Pergamon Press.
Francis, D.W. (1989).“Game identities and activities; some ethnomethodological observations”.
In: Saunders D.& Crookall, D. (eds), Communication and Simulation: From Two Fields
to One Theme, pp.53-68. London: Multilingual Matters.
Francis, D.W. (1994). “The golden dreams of the social constructionist”. Journal of
Anthropological Research, 50 (2),1-22.
30
Francis, D.W. (1995). “Negotiation, decision making and formalism: the problem of form and
substance in negotiation analysis”. In: Wagner, J. & Ehlich, K. (eds), The Discourse of
Business Negotiation, pp.37-63. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Francis, D.W., Cuff, E.C. & Sharrock, W.W. (1990). Perspectives in Sociology. 3rd Edition,
London: Unwin Hyman.
Francis, D.W., Cuff, E.C. & Sharrock, W.W. (1997). Perspectives in Sociology. 4th Edition,
London: Routledge.
Francis, D.W. & Hart, C. (1997). “Narrative intelligibility and membership categorisation in a
television commercial”. In: Eglin, P. & Hester, S. (eds), Culture in Action: Studies in
Membership Categorisation Analysis, pp.123-152. Boston, MA: International Institute of
Ethnomethodology and Conversation Analysis & University Press of America.
Francis, D.W., Hemmings, T., Clarke, K., Marr, L. & Randall, D. (2001).”Situated knowledge
and virtual education: some real problems with the concept of learning and interactive
technology”. In: Hutchby, I. & Moran-Ellis J. (eds), Children, Technology and
Culture. London: Routledge.
Francis, D.W., Hemmings, T., Randall, D., Marr, L., Divall, C. & Porter, G. (1997). “Situated
knowledge and the virtual science and industry museum: problems in the social-technical
interface”. Archives and Museums Informatics, 11 (2), 1-19. [Reprinted in Bearman D.
& Trant J. (eds.) (1997). Museums and the Web. Pittsburgh: PA Archives and Museum
Informatics.]
Francis, D.W., Hemmings, T., Randall, D. & Marr, L. (2000). “Talk, task and closure: situated
learning and working with an ‘interactive’ museum artefact’”. In: Hester, S. & Francis,
D. (eds) (2000). Local Educational Order: Ethnomethodological studies of knowledge
in action, pp.223-244. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Francis, D.W. & Hester, S. (1994) “Doing data: the local production of a sociological interview”
British Journal of Sociology, 45 (4), 675-695.
Francis, D.W. & Hester, S. (1995) “Words and pictures: collaborative storytelling in a primary
classroom”. Research in Education, 53: 96-121.
Francis, D. & Hester, S. (1997) “Reality analysis in a classroom storytelling”.British Journal
of Sociology, 48 (1), 95-112
Francis, D.W. & Hester, S. (2000a). “Analysing ‘institutional talk’: a reply to Watson”. Text,
20 (3), 373-375.
Francis, D.W. & Hester, S. (2000b). “Ethnomethodology, conversation analysis and gender”.
In: Quere, L. & Smoreda Z. (eds) Reseaux 103: Le Sexe du Telephone, pp.215-251.
Paris: Hermes Science.
Francis, D.W. & Hester, S. (2000c). “Ethnomethodology, conversation analysis and
‘institutional talk’”. Text, 20 (3), 391-413.
Francis, D.W., Marr,L. & Randall, D. (1997). “Il calcio come prodotto gionalistico: come si
fanno servizi sulle societa calcistiche”. Rassegna Italiana di Sociologica, 39 (1).
Francis, D.W., Randall, D., Marr, L., Hemmings, T., Divall, C. & Porter, G. (1996). “Hype and
reality in the virtual museum: some initial problems”. Electronic Imaging and the Visual
Arts. Proceedings of EVA ’96. 24-26 July, 1996, National Gallery, London. London:
Varsari Ltd.
Francis, D.W. & Sharrock, W.W. (1993). “Where ethnomethodology stands”. Sociological
Problems (Bulgaria), 25 (2),1-17 (Special issue on ethnomethodological studies).
Franck, D. (1979) Gramatik und Konversation. dissertation, Universiteit van Amsterdam
(also: Königstein: Scriptor, 1980)
Frank, A.W. (1976). Making scenes in public: Symbolic violence and social order. Theory and
Society, 3, 395-416.
31
Frank, A.W. (1979). Reality construction in interaction. Annual Review of Sociology, 5, 167191. [See discussion by M. Peyrot (1982) in Human Studies.]
Frank, A.W. (1981). Pooh talk: Formulating children's conversational troubles. Semiotica,
37(1/2), 109-120.
Frank, A.W. (1981). Legal and therapeutic formulations of child abuse. In H.H. Irving (Ed.)
Family law: An interdisciplinary perspective (pp. 169-184). Toronto, Canada:
Carswell.
Frank, A.W. (1982). “Improper closings: The art of conversational repudiation”. Human
Studies, 5 (4), Oct-Dec, 357-370.
Frank, A.W. (1985). “Out of ethnomethodology”. In Helle, H.J. & Eisenstadt, S.N. (eds)
Micro sociological theory: Perspectives on sociological theory Vol 2, pp. 101-116.
London, UK: Sage.
Frank, A.W. (1988). Garfinkel's deconstruction of Parsons' plenum. The Discourse Analysis
Research Group Newsletter, 4(1), 5-8.
Frank, A.W. (with C. Foote) (1982). Formulating children's troubles for organizational
intervention. Canadian Review of Sociology and Anthropology, 19(1), 111-122.
Frankel, R.M. (1982). Autism for all practical purposes: A microinteractional view. Topics in
Language Disorders. 3(1), 33-42.
Frankel, R.M. (1983). The laying on of hands: Aspects of the organization of gaze, touch, and
talk in a medical encounter. In S. Fisher and A. Dundas Todd (Eds.) The social
organization of doctor-patient communication (pp. 20-54). Washington, DC: Center
for Applied Linguistics.
Frankel, R.M. (1984) 'From sentence to sequence: Understanding the medical encounter
through micro-interactional analysis', Discourse Processes 7: 135-70
Frankel, R.M. (1985). Captain I was trying to tell you you made a mistake five minutes ago:
Deference and demeanor at 30,00 feet. Proceedings of the Third Annual International
Symposium on Aviation Psychology, Columbus, OH.
Frankel, R.M. (1989a) '"I wz wonderinguhm could Raid uhm effect the Brain permanently d'y
know?": Some observations on the intersection of speaking and writing in calls to a
poison control center', Western Journal of Speech Communication 53: 195-226
Frankel, R.M. (1989b) 'Microanalysis and the medical encounter'. In: Helm, D.T., W.T.
Anderson, A.J. Meehan, A.W. Rawls, eds. The interactional order: New directions in
the study of social order. New York: Irvington: 21-49
Frankel, R. (1990) 'Talking in interviews: a dispreference for patient-initiated questions in
physician-patient encounters'. In: G. Psathas, ed. Interactional Competence.
Washington: University Press of America: 231-62
Frankel, R. (1995) 'Some answers about questions in clinical interviews'. In: G.H. Morris, R.J.
Chenail, eds. The talk of the clinic: explorations in the analysis of medical and
therpeutic discourse.Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum: 49-70
Frankel, R.M., and Beckman, H. (1982). IMPACT: An interaction-based method for
preserving and analyzing clinical encounters. In Explorations in provider and patient
interactions (pp. 71-85). Nashville, TN: Humana Inc.
Frankel, R.M., and Beckman, H. (1988). The pause that refreshes. Hospital Practice, 23, 6267.
Frankel, R.M., H.B. Beckman (1989) 'Conversation and compliance with treatment
recommendations: an application of microinteractional analysis in medicine'. In: B.
Dervin, L. Grossberg, B.J. O'Keefe, E. Wartella, eds. Rethinking communication, Vol.
2: Paradigm exemplars. Beverly Hills: Sage: 60-75
32
Fraser, M., Benford, S., Hindmarsh J. & Heath, C.C. (1999a). “Supporting Awareness and
Interaction through Collaborative Virtual Interfaces”. Proceedings of UIST'99. ACM
Press.
Fraser, M., Benford, S., Hindmarsh J. & Heath, C.C. (1999b). “Supporting Awareness and
Interaction through Collaborative Virtual Interfaces”. CHI Letters 1 (1), November,
27-36, ACM Press.
Freebody, P. (1995) 'Identity and pre-competence in early childhood: The case of
school-literacy learning', Australian Journal of Early Childhood. 20: 17-22
Freebody, P. & Baker, C.D. (1996) 'Categories and sense-making in the talk and texts of
schooling'. In: G. Bull & M. Anstey (eds.) Lexicons of Literacy. Sydney: Prentice
Hall: 145-59
Freeman, C.R. (1980). Phenomenological sociology and ethnomethodology. In J. Douglas
(Ed.) Introduction to the sociologies of everyday life. Allyn and Bacon.
Freese, J., D. W. Maynard (1998) 'Prosocid features of bad news and good news in
conversation', Language in Society 27: 195-220
Freiberg, J. & Freebody, P. (1995) 'Analysing literacy events in classrooms and homes:
Conversation-Analytic approaches'. In Freebody. P., Ludwig, C. & Gunn, S. Everyday
literacy practices in and out of schools in low socio-economic urban communities.
Report to the Commonwealth Department of Employment, Education and Training,
Curriculum Corporation Vol. 1: 185-372
French, P., J. Local (1983) 'Turn competitive incomings', Journal of Pragmatics 7: 17-38
Friedland, D., N. Miller (1998) 'Conversation Analysis of communication breakdown after
closed head injury', Brain Injury 12: 1-14
Freund, P., and Abrams, M. (1976). Ethnomethodology and Marxism: Their use for critical
theorizing. Theory and Society, 3, 377-393.
Frohlich, D., Drew, P. & Monk, A.(1994). “Management of Repair in Human - Computer
Interaction”. Human-Computer Interaction 9 (3-4) 385-425.
Frohlich D.M. & Luff, P. (1989). “Conversational Resources for Situated Action”. In:
Proceedings of CHI '89. 30th April - 5th May, 1989, Austin, Texas. pp. 253-258.
Frohlich, D.M. & Luff, P. (1990). “Applying the Technology of Conversation to the
Technology for Conversation”. In: Luff, P., Gilbert, G.N. & Frohlich, D.M. (eds)
Computers and Conversation, pp 189-222. London and New York: Academic Press.
Gallant, M., & Kleinman, S. (1983). “Symbolic interactionism vs. ethnomethodology”.
Symbolic Interaction, 6: 1-18. [See reply by A. Rawls (1985).]
Gamson, W.A. (1974). Ethnomethodology. In W.A. Gamson and A. Modigliani (Eds.)
Conceptions of social life (pp. 218-224). Boston, MA: Little, Brown.
Garcia, A. (1991) 'Dispute resolution without disputing: How the interactional organization of
mediation hearings minimizes argument', American Sociological Review, 56: 818-35
Garcia, A. (1997) 'Interactional constraints on proposal generation in negotiation hearings: a
preliminary investigation', Discourse & Society 8: 219-47
Garcia, A. (2000) 'Negotiating negotiations: the collaborative production of resolution in
small clams mediation hearings' Discourse & Society 11: 315-43
Garcia, A.C., J.B. Jacobs (1999) 'The Eyes of the Beholder: Understanding the Turn-Taking
System in Quasi-Synchronous Computer-Mediated Communication',Research on
Language and Social Interaction 32:
Garfinkel, H. (1949). Research note on inter- and intra-racial homicides. Social Forces, 27,
370-381.
Garfinkel, H. (1956a). Conditions of successful degradation ceremonies. American Journal of
Sociology, 61, 420-424. [Reprinted in J.G. Manis and B.N. Meltzer (Eds.) (1972).
33
Symbolic interaction: A reader in social psychology, 2nd edition, (pp. 201-208).
Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.] [German translation: (1974). Bedingungen fŸr den
Erfolg von Degradierungszeremonien. Gruppendynamik, 5, 77-83.]
Garfinkel, H. (1956b). Some sociological concepts and methods for psychiatrists. Psychiatric
Research Reports, 6, 181-195.
Garfinkel, H. (1959). Aspects of the problem of common sense knowledge of social
structures. In ISA, Transactions of the Fourth World Congress of Sociology, 4, 51-65.
Milan: Stressa. [German translation: (1981). Das Alltagswissen Ÿber soziale und
innerhalb sozialer Structuren.
In Arbeitsgruppe Bielefelder Soziologen (Hrsg.) Alltagswissen, Interaktion und
gesellschaftliche Wirklichkeit (pp. 189-262). Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag.]
Garfinkel, H. (1960). The rational properties of scientific and common sense activities.
Behavioral Science, 5, 72-83. [Reprinted in N.F. Washburne (Ed.) (1962). Decisions,
values, and groups, Vol. 2, (pp. 304-324). New York, NY: Pergamon Press., and in H.
Garfinkel (1967). Studies in ethnomethodology (pp. 262-284).]
Garfinkel , H. (1962). Common sense knowledge of social structures: The documentary
method of lay/professional fact finding. In J.M. Scher (Ed.) Theories of the mind (pp.
689-712). New York, NY: Free Press. [Reprinted in H. Garfinkel (1967). Studies in
ethnomethodology (pp. 76-103).] [Also reprinted in H.G. Manis and B.N. Meltzer
(Eds.) (1972). Symbolic interaction: A reader in social psychology, 2nd edition (pp.
356-378).]
Garfinkel, H. (1963) 'A conception of, and experiments with, "trust" as a condition of stable
concerted actions'. In: O.J. Harvey, ed. Motivation and social interaction: cognitive
approaches. New York: Ronald Press
Garfinkel, H. (1964) 'Studies in the routine grounds of everyday activities', Social Problems
11: 22550 (reprinted in: In: D. Sudnow, ed. Studies in social interaction. New York:
Free Press: 1972)
Garfinkel, H. (1967a). Studies in ethnomethodology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, Inc.
(paperback: (1984). Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.) [Reviews: American Sociological
Review, 1968, 33, 122-130. Guy Swanson: pp. 122-124; Anthony F.C. Wallace: pp.
124-126; James Coleman: pp. 126-130.] [See response: I. Marvin, American
Sociologist, 1969, 4, 333-334.] [Review: J. Wilkins, American Journal of Sociology,
1968, 73, 642-643.] [Portions of Chapter 1 reprinted as: What is Ethnomethodology.
In F.R. Dallmayr and T.A. McCarthy (Eds.) (1977). Understanding and social inquiry
(pp. 240-261). Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press.] [Portions of Chapter
1 reprinted as: Suicide, for all practical purposes (pp. 96-101), and Chapter 6: 'Good'
organizational reasons for 'bad' clinic records. In R. Turner (Ed.) (1974).
Ethnomethodology. Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.] [Partial reprint of Chapter 1:
Remarks on ethnomethodology. In J. Gumperz and D. Hymes (Eds.) (1972).
Directions in sociolinguistics. New York, NY: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
Garfinkel, H. (1967 b) 'Practical sociological reasoning: some features in the work of the Los
Angeles Suicide Prevention Center'. In: E.S. Shneidman, ed. Essays in selfdestruction.
New York: Science House: 171-287 [reprinted in: Travers, M. & J.F. Manzo, eds.
(1997) Law in Action: Ethnomethodological & Conversation Analytic Approaches to
Law. Aldershot, UK: Dartmouth Publishing Co.: 25-41]
Garfinkel, H. (1974). The origins of the term ethnomethodology. In R. Turner (Ed.)
Ethnomethodology (pp. 15-18). Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin. [Excerpt from R.J.
Hill and K.S. Crittenden (Eds.) (1968). Proceedings of the Purdue Symposium on
Ethnomethodology. Lafayette, IN: Purdue University Press.]
34
Garfinkel, H. (1977). When is phenomenology sociological? Annals of Phenomenological
Sociology, 2, 1-40. [Panel discussion with: J. O'Neill, G. Psathas, E. Rose, E.
Tiryakian, H. Wagner, and D.L. Wieder.]
Garfinkel, H., ed. (1986) Ethnomethodological studies of work. London: Routledge & Kegan
Paul
Garfinkel, H. (Ed.) (1987). A reflection. The Discourse Analysis Research Group Newsletter,
3(2), 5-9. [ 7]
Garfinkel, H. (1988) 'Evidence for locally produced, naturally accountable phenomena of
order, logic, reason, meaning, method, etc. in and as of the essential quiddity of
immortal ordinary society (I of IV): an announcement of studies', Sociological Theory
6: 10-39
Garfinkel, H. (1990) 'The curious seriousness of professional sociology'. In: B. Conein, M. de
Fornel, L. Quéré, Les formes de la conversation. Vol 1. CNET: 69-78
Garfinkel, H. (1991). “Respecification: evidence for locally produced, naturally accountable
phenomena of order*, 1logic, reason, meaning, method, etc. in and as of the essential
haecceity of immortal ordinary society, (I) - an announcement of studies” In: Button,
G. (ed.) Ethnomethodology and the human sciences, pp. 10-19. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Garfinkel, H. (1996) 'An Overview of Ethnomethodology's Program', Social Psychology
Quarterly 59 (1996): 5-21
Garfinkel, Harold (2001) 'Le Programme de l ethnométhodologie'. In: Fornel, Michel de,
Albert Ogien, Louis Quéré (dir.) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale
[Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection "Recherches"]: 31-56
[A translation of Garfinkel, 1996]
Garfinkel, Harold (2001) 'Postface: l'ethnométhodologie et les legs oublié de Durkheim'.
In: Fornel, Michel de, Albert Ogien, Louis Quéré (dir.) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie
radicale [Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection
"Recherches"]: 439-444
Garfinkel, H., Lynch, M. & Livingston, E. (1981). “The work of a discovering science
construed with materials from the optically discovered pulsar”. Philosophy of the
Social Sciences, 11 (2), 131-158. [Holton, G. (1981). “Comments on Professor
Garfinkel's paper”. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 11(2), 159-161.]
Garfinkel, H., and Sacks, H. (1970). On formal structures of practical actions. In J.C.
McKinney and E.A. Tiryakian (Eds.) Theoretical sociology: Perspectives and
developments (pp. 337-366). New York, NY: Appleton-Century-Crofts. [Reprinted in:
H. Garfinkel (Ed.) (1986). Ethnomethodological studies of work (pp. 160-193).
London, UK: Routledge and Kegan Paul.] [German translation: (1976). †ber formale
Strukturen praktischer Handlungen. In E. Weingarten, F. Sack und J. Schenkein
(Hrsg.) Ethnomethodologie (pp. 130-176). Frankfurt, BRD: Suhrkamp.]
Garfinkel, H., D.L. Wieder (1992) 'Two incommensurable, asymmetrically alternate
technologies of social analysis'. In: G. Watson, R.M. Seiler, eds. Text in context:
studies in ethnomethodology. Newbury Park, etc. Sage: 175-206
Gaver, W.W., Sellen, A., Heath, C.C. & Luff, P. (1993). “One is not enough: Multiple Views
in a Media Space”. In: Proceedings of INTERCHI ’93. April 24 – 29, 1999,
Amsterdam. pp. 335-341.
Gazdar, G. (1977). Conversational analysis and convention: Sociolinguistics. Analytic
Sociology, 1(1), D¯8-F¯9. [ 1]
Gephart, R.P. (1978). Status degradation and organizational succession: An
ethnomethodological approach. Administrative Science Quarterly, 24, 553-581.
35
Giddens, A. (1976). New rules of sociological method: A positive critique of interpretive
sociologies. London, UK: Hutchinson [See especially Chapter 1, pp. 33-44.] [Review:
J. Heap, Sociology and Social Research, 1978, 63(1), 157-159.] [See discussion in M.
Peyrot (1982) in Human Studies.]
Gidlow, B. (1972). Ethnomethodology: A new name for old practices. British Journal of
Sociology, 23, 395-405.
Gilbert, G. N. & Heath, C. C. (eds) (1984). Artificial Intelligence and Social Action.
Farnborough: Gower.
Gilbert, G.N. & Heath, C.C. (1987). “Text, competence and logic”. Qualitative Sociology, 9
(3), 90-110.
Gill, V.T. (1998) 'Doing attributions in medical interaction: patients' explanations for illness
and doctors' responses', Social Psychology Quarterly 61: 322-360
Gill, V.T., D.W. Maynard (1995) 'On "labelling" in actual interaction: delivering and
receiving diagnoses of developmental disabilities', Social Problems 42: 11-37
Gilsian, J.F. (1973). Symbolic interactionism and ethnomethodology: A comparison. Rocky
Mountain Social Science Journal, 10(1), 73-83.
Girton, G.D. (1986). Kung Fu: Toward a praxiological hermeneutic of the martial arts. In H.
Garfinkel (Ed.) Ethnomethodological studies of work (pp. 60-91). London, UK:
Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Gleeson, D., and Erben, M. (1976). Meaning in context: Notes toward a critique of
ethnomethodology. British Journal of Sociology, 27, 474-483.
Glenn, P.J. (1989). Initiating shared laughter in multi-party conversation. Western Journal of
Speech Communication, 53(2), 127-149.
Glenn, P. J. (1992) 'Current speaker initiation of two-party shared laughter', Research on
Language and Social Interaction, 25: 139-162.
Glenn, P.J. (1995) 'Laughing at and laughing with: Negotiations of Participant Alignments
Through Conversational Laughter'. In: P. ten Have, G. Psathas, eds., Situated order:
Studies in the social organization of talk and embodied activities. Washington, D.C.:
University Press of America: 43-56
Glenn, P.J. (1998). “Review of W.A. Beach, Conversations about Illness: Family
Preoccupations with Bulimia”. Human Studies, 21 (2), April.
Goffman, E. (1981). Forms of talk. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.
[Review: Helm, D. (1982)Human Studies, 5: 147-157.]
Goldberg, J. (1975) 'A system for transfer of instructions in natural settings', Semiotica 14:
269-96
Goldberg, J.A. (1978) 'Amplitude shift: a mechanism for the affiliation of utterances in
conversational interaction'. In: J.N. Schenkein, ed., Studies in the organization of
conversational interaction. New York: Academic Press: 199-218
Goldthorpe, J.H. (1973). A revolution in sociology? A review article. Sociology, 7, 449-462.
[See: D. Benson, 1974; J.H. Goldthorpe, 1974; J.M. Atkinson,1978 (p. 181 ff).]
Goldthorpe, J.H. (1974). A rejoinder to Benson. Sociology, 8, 131-133. [See: D. Benson,
1974; and J.H. Goldthorpe, 1973.]
Goll, M., C. Meier (1997) 'Interactional dynamics of electronically mediated collaborative
work: local solidarity in videoconferencing'. In: P. Jackson,J. van der Wielen, eds.
Building actions on ideas, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on
Telework, Amsterdam, September 2-5, 1997, Tilburg: Work and Organization
Research Centre: 279-90
36
Goode, D. (1979) 'The world of the congenitally deafblind: toward the grounds for achieving
human understanding'. In: H. Schwartz & J. Jacobs, Qualitative sociology: a method to
the madness. New York: Free Press: 381-96
Goode, D.A. (1980). Behavioral sculpting: Parent-child interactions in families with retarded
children. In J. Jacobs (Ed.) Phenomenological approaches to mental retardation. New
York, NY: Charles C. Thomas.
Goode, D.A. (1983). Who is Bobby?: A case history documenting the role of method and
ideology in the discovery of competence in a man with Down's syndrome. In G.
Kielhofner (Ed.) Health through occupation. Philadelphia, PA: F.A. Davis.
Goode, D.A. (1984). Notes on the presentation practices of a family with a deaf-blind
daughter. Family Relations.
Goode, D.A. (1985). Socially produced identities, intimacy and the problem of competence
among the retarded. In S. Tomlinson and L. Darton (Eds.) Special education and social
values. London, UK: Croom Helm.
Goode, D.A. (1986). Kids, culture and innocents. Human Studies, 9, 83-106.
Goode, D.A. (1990) 'On understanding without words: communication between a deafblind
child and her parents'. Human Studies 13: 1-38
Goode, D. (1994) A word without words: the social construction of children born deaf and
blind. Philadelphia: Temple University Press [Note: a 'Review Symposium' on this
book can be found in Human Studies 20 (3), 357-89, edited by F.C. Waksler, with
contributions by M. Connolly, G. Kielhofner & T. Mallinson, M. Lynch, and M.
Pollner, with a reply by David Goode]
Goodwin, C. (1979a). “The interactive construction of a sentence in natural conversation”. In:
Psathas, G. (ed.), Everyday language: studies in ethnomethodology. pp. 97-121. New
York: Irvington.
Goodwin, C. (1979b). Review: Face to face interaction: Research, methods and theory by S.
Duncan, Jr. and D.W. Fiske. Language in Society, 8(3), 439-444.
Goodwin, C. (1980) 'Restarts, pauses and the achievement of a state of mutual gaze at turn
beginning', Sociological Inquiry 50: 272-302
Goodwin, C. (1981). Conversational organization: interaction between speakers and
hearers. New York: Academic Press
Goodwin, C. (1983). Exophoric reference as an interactive resource. In J.N. Deely and M.D.
Lenhart (Eds.) Semiotics 1981 (pp. 119-128). New York, NY: Plenum Press.
Goodwin, C. (1984). “Notes on story structure and the organization of participation”. In:
Atkinson, J.M. & Heritage, J. (eds) Structures of Social Action: Studies in
Conversation Analysis, pp. 225-246. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Goodwin, C. (1986 a) 'Gesture as a resource for the organization of mutual orientation',
Semiotica 62: 29-49
Goodwin, C. (1986 b) 'Audience diversity, participation and interpretation', Text 6: 283-316
Goodwin, C. (1986 c) 'Between and within: alternative and sequential treatments of
continuers and assessments', Human Studies 9: 205-18
Goodwin, C. (1987 a) 'Forgetfulness as an interactive resource', Social Psychology Quarterly
50: 115-31
Goodwin, C. (1987b). La rŽferŽnce exophorique comme procŽdŽ interactif [Exophoric
reference as an interactive resource]. Cahiers de Praxematique, 9, 9-22.
Goodwin, C. (1987 c) 'Unilateral departure'. In: Button, G., J.R.E. Lee, eds., Talk and social
organisation. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters: 206-18
37
Goodwin, C. (1988). Participation frameworks in children's argument. In K. Ekberg and P.E.
Mjaavatn (Eds.) Growing into a modern world (pp. 1188-1195). The Norwegian
Centre for Child Research.
Goodwin, C. (1994a) 'Recording human interaction in natural settings', Pragmatics 3: 181-209
Goodwin, C. (1994b) 'Professional vision'. American Anthropologist 96: 606-33
Goodwin, C. (1995) 'Seeing in depth', Social Studies of Science 25: 237-74
Goodwin, C. (1995) 'The negotiation of coherence within conversation'. In: M.A.
Gernsbacher, T. Givon, eds., Coherence in spontaneous text. Amsterdam: John
Benjamins
Goodwin, C. (1995) 'Co-Constructing Meaning in Conversations With an Aphasic Man.',
Research On Language And Social Interaction, 28: 233-260
Goodwin, C. (1996). “Transparent vision”. In: Ochs, E., Schegloff, E.A. & Thompson, S.A.
(eds) Interaction and Grammar, pp. 370-404. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
Goodwin, C. & Goodwin, M.H. (1987). Concurrent operations on talk: notes on the
interactive organization of assessments', IPRA Papers in Pragmatics 1: 1-54
Goodwin, C. & Goodwin, M.H. (1990). “Interstitial argument”. In: Grimshaw, A.D. (ed.),
Conflict talk: sociolinguistic investigations of arguments in conversations, pp. 85-117.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Goodwin, C. & Goodwin, M.H. (1992) 'Assessments and the construction of context'. In:
Duranti, A., C. Goodwin, eds., Rethinking context: language as an interactive
phenomenon. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: 147-90
Goodwin, C. & Goodwin, M.H. (1996) 'Seeing as situated activity: Formulating planes'. In: Y.
Engeström, D. Middleton, eds. Cognition and communication at work. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press: 61-95
Goodwin, M. (1980 a) 'He said/she said: formal cultural procedures for the construction of a
gossip dispute activity', American Ethnologist 7: 674-94
Goodwin, M.H. (1980 b) 'Processes of mutual monitoring implicated in the production of
description sequences', Sociological Inquiry 50: 303-17
Goodwin, M.H. (1980 c) 'Directive/response speech sequences in girls' and boys' task
activities'. In: S. McConnell-Ginet, R. Borker, N. Furman, eds. Women and language
in literature and society. New York: Praeger: 157-73
Goodwin, M.H. (1982 a) 'Processes of dispute management among urban black children',
American Ethnologist 9: 76-96
Goodwin, M.H. (1982 b) '"Instigating": Story telling as social process', American Ethnologist
9: 799-819
Goodwin, M.H. (1983a) 'Aggravated correction and disagreement in children's conversations'
Journal of Pragmatics 7:657-77
Goodwin, M.H. (1983b). Searching for a word as an interactive activity. In J.N. Deely and
M.D. Lenhart (Eds.) Semiotics 1981 (pp. 129-138). New York, NY: Plenum Press.
Goodwin, M.H. (1985) 'The serious side of Jump Rope: conversational practices and social
organization in the frame of play', Journal of American Folklore 98:315-30
Goodwin, M.H. (1988a). Social organization in girls' pretend play. In K. Ekberg and P.E.
Mjaavatn (Eds.) Growing into the modern world (pp. 1196-1204). The Norwegian
Centre for Child Research.
Goodwin, M.H. (1988b). Cooperation and competition across girl's play activities. In S. Fisher
and A. Todd (Eds.) Gender and discourse: The power of talk. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
Goodwin, M.H. (1990) He-said-she-said: talk as social organization among black children.
Bloomington, IN: Indiana U.P.
38
Goodwin, M.H. (1990/1991) 'Retellings, pretellings, and hypothetical stories', Research on
Language and Social Interaction 24: 263-76
Goodwin, M.H. (1993) 'Tactical uses of stories: participation frameworks within boys' and
girls' disputes'. In: D. Tannen, ed., Gender and conversational interaction. New York:
Oxford University Press: 110-43
Goodwin, M.H. (1995) 'Assembling a response: setting and collaboratively constructed work
talk'. In: P. ten Have, G. Psathas, eds., Situated order: Studies in the social
organization of talk and embodied activities. Washington, D.C.: University Press of
America: 173-86
Goodwin, M.N. (1996) 'Announcements in their environment: prosody within a multi-activity
work setting'. In: E. Couper-Kuhlen, M. Selting, eds. Prosody in conversation:
interactional studies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: 436-61
Goodwin, M. H. (1997) 'Byplay: negotiating evaluation in storytelling'. In: Guy, G.R., Feagin,
C., Schiffrin, D. and Baugh, J. (eds.) Toward a Social Science of Language: Papers in
Honor of William Labov Volume 2. Amsterdam, John Benjamins: 77-102
Goodwin, M.H., C. Goodwin, (1986) 'Gesture and coparticipation in the activity of searching
for a word', Semiotica 62: 51-75
Goodwin, M.H., C. Goodwin, (1987) 'Children's arguing'. In: S. Philips, S. Steele, C. Tanz,
eds. Language, gender, and sex in comparative perspective. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press: 200-48
Gouldner, A.W. (1970). The coming crisis in western sociology. New York, NY: Basic
Books. [See: pp. 390-395.] [See discussion by J.M. Atkinson (1978) p. 181 ff.]
Grahame, P.R. (1985). Criticalness, pragmatics, and everyday life: Consumer literacy as
critical practice. In J. Forester (Ed.) Critical theory and public life (pp. 147-174).
Cambridge, MA: M.I.T. Press.
Grahame, P.R. (1988). Curriculum or common sense?: An exploration in the classroom
production of useful knowledge. Journal of Educational Thought, 22, 237-246.
Greatbatch, D. (1986a) 'Aspects of topical organization in news interviews: the use of agenda
shifting procedures by interviewees', Media, Culture and Society 8: 441-55
Greatbatch, D. (1986b) Some standard uses of supplementary questions in news interviews',
Language and Linguistics 8: 86-123
Greatbatch, D. (1988) 'A turn-taking system for British news interviews', Language in Society
17: 401-30
Greatbatch, D. (1992) 'On the management of disagreement between news interviewers'. In:
Drew, P., J. Heritage, eds. Talk at work: interaction in institutional settings.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: 268-301
Greatbatch, D. (1998) 'Conversation analysis: neutralism in British news interviews'. In: A.
Bell, P. Garrett, eds. Approaches to media discourse. Oxford: Blackwell: 163-85
Greatbatch, D. & Dingwall, R. (1989). “Selective facilitation: some preliminary observations
on a strategy used by divorce mediators” Law and Society Review, 23 (4), 613-641.
[Reprinted in abridged and edited form in (1990) Family and Conciliation Courts
Review, 28 (1), 53-64. Reprinted in Menkel-Meadow, C. (ed.) (2001). Mediation:
Theory, Policy and Practice. Aldershot: Ashgate.]
Greatbatch, D. & Dingwall, R. (1994). “Divorce mediation - the virtues of formality?”. In:
Eekelaar, J.M. & Maclean, M. (eds) Oxford Readings in Socio-Legal Studies: Family
Law, pp. 391-399. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Greatbatch, D. & Dingwall, R. (1997). “Argumentative talk in divorce mediation sessions”.
American Sociological Review, 62 (1), 151-170.
39
Greatbatch, D. & Dingwall, R. (1998). “Talk and identity in divorce mediation”. In: Antaki,
C. & Widdicombe, S. (eds) Identities in Talk, pp. 121-132. London: Sage.
Greatbatch, D. & Dingwall, R. (1999a). “The marginalization of domestic violence in divorce
mediation”. International Journal of Law, Policy and the Family 13 (2), 174-190.
Greatbatch, D. & Dingwall, R. (1999b). “Professional neutralism in family mediation”. In:
Sarangi, S. & Roberts, C. (eds) Talk, Work and Institutional Order: Discourse in
Medical, Mediation and Management Settings, pp. 271-292. Berlin: Mouton de
Gruyter.
Greatbatch, D., Murphy, E. & Dingwall, R. (2001). “Evaluating medical information systems:
ethnomethodological and interactionist approaches”, Health Services Management
Research, 14: 1-12.
Greatbatch, D., Heath, C. C., Campion, P. & Luff, P. (1995). “How do desk-top computers
affect the doctor-patient interaction?”.Family Practice - an international journal. 12
(1), 32-36.
Greatbatch, D., Heath, C.C., Luff, P. & Campion, P. (1991). Utterance Initiation and
Computer Keyboard Use in Medical Consultations: Preliminary Observations.
Working Paper, Rank Xerox Cambridge EuroPARC
Greatbatch, D., Heath, C., Luff, P. & Campion, P. (1995). “Conversation analysis: humancomputer interaction and the general practice consultation”. In: Monk, A. & Gilbert,
N. (eds) Perspectives on HCI: Diverse approaches, pp. 199-222. New York:
Academic Press.
Greatbatch, D., Luff, P., Heath, C.C. & Campion, P. (1992). Interpersonal Communication
and Human-Computer Interaction: an examination of the use of computers in medical
consultations. Working Paper, Rank Xerox Cambridge EuroPARC.
Greatbatch, D., Luff, P., Heath, C.C. & Campion, P. (1993). “Interpersonal Communication
and Human-Computer Interaction: an examination of the use of computers in medical
consultations”. Interacting With Computers, 5 (2), 193-216.
Green, J., Franquiz, M. & Dixon, C. (1997). “The myth of the objective transcript:
Transcribing as a situated act”. TESOL Quarterly, 31: 172-176.
Griffiths, L. & Hughes, D. (1993) “Typification in a neuro-rehabilitation centre: Scheff
revisited?”. The Sociological Review, 41: 415-445.
Griffiths, L. & Hughes, D. (1994). “"Innocent parties" and "disheartening" experiences:
natural rhetorics in neuro-rehabilitation admissions conferences'”. Qualitative Health
Research, 4 (4),385-410.
Griffiths, L. & Hughes, D. (2000). “Talking contracts and taking care: managers and
professionals in the NHS internal market”. Social Science & Medicine, 51: 209-222.
Grimshaw, A. (1980). Mishearings, misunderstanding, and other non successes in talk: A plea
for redress of speaker-oriented bias. Sociological Inquiry, 50(3/4), 31-74.
Gubrium, J.F. (1976). Practical survey research and therapy: An analogy. Annals of
Phenomenological Sociology, 1, 127-142.
Gubrium, J.F. (1979). Observing the individual problems of human service records. Humanity
and Society, 3, 260-274.
Gubrium, J.F. (1980). Doing care plans in patient conferences. Social Science and Medicine,
14A, 659-667.
Gubrium, J.F. (1986). Oldtimers and Alzheimer's: The descriptive organization of senility.
Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Gubrium, J.F. (1986). The social preservation of mind: The Alzheimer's disease experience.
Symbolic Interaction, 6, 37-51.
40
Gubrium, J.F. (1987). Structuring and destructuring the course of illness: The Alzheimer's
disease experience. Sociology of Health and Illness, 3, 1-24.
Gubrium, J.F. (1987). Organizational embeddedness and family life. In T. Brubaker (Ed.)
Aging, health, and family: Long-term care (pp. 23-41). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Gubrium, J.F. (1988). Analyzing field reality. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Gubrium, J.F. (1988). Family responsibility and caregiving in the qualitative analysis of the
Alzheimer's disease experience. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 50, 197-207.
Gubrium, J.F. (1988). Rationality and practical reasoning in human service organization. In P.
Higgins and J.M. Johnson (Eds.) Personal sociology. New York, NY: Praeger.
Gubrium, J.F. (1988). The family as project. Sociological Review, 36, 273-295.
Gubrium, J.F. (1988). Incommunicables and poetic documentation in the Alzheimer's disease
experience. Semiotica, 72, 235-253.
Gubrium, J.F. (1988). Gefuhlsarbeit und emotionaler Diskurs beim Erleben der AlzheimerKrankheit [Emotion work and emotive discourse in the Alzheimer's disease
experience]. In G. Gockenjan und H.-J. von Kondratowitz (Hrsg.) Alter und Alltag.
Frankfurt, BRD: Suhrkamp Verlag.
Gubrium, J.F., and Buckholdt, D.R. (1977). Toward maturity: The social processing of human
development. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Gubrium, J.F. (with D.R. Buckholdt) (1979). Production of hard data in human service
institutions. Pacific Sociological Review, 22, 115-136.
Gubrium, J.F. (with D.R. Buckholdt) (1979). Doing staffing. Human Organization, 38, 255264.
Gubrium, J.F. (with D.R. Buckholdt) (1979). Caretakers: Treating emotionally disturbed
children. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. [Reprinted by University Press of America,
Lanham, MD, 1985.]
Gubrium, J.F., and Buckholdt, D.R. (1982). Describing care: Image and practice in
rehabilitation. Boston, MA: Oelgeschlager, Gunn and Hain.
Gubrium, J.F., and Buckholdt, D.R. (1982). Fictive family: Everyday usage, analytic, and
human service considerations. American Anthropologist, 84, 878-885.
Gubrium, J.F. (with D.R. Buckholdt) (1983). Therapeutic pretense in reality orientation.
International Journal of Aging and Human Development, 16, 167-181.
Gubrium, J.F. (with D.R. Buckholdt) (1983). Practicing accountability in human service
institutions. Urban Life, 12, 249-268.
Gubrium, J.F., Buckholdt, D.R., and Lynott, R.J. (1982). Considerations on a theory of
descriptive activity. Mid-American Review of Sociology, 7, 17-35.
Gubrium, J.F., Buckholdt, D.R., and Lynott, R.J. (1989). The descriptive tyranny of forms. In
J.A. Holstein and G. Miller (Eds.) Perspectives on social problems, Vol. 1 (pp. 195214). Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Gubrium, J.F., and Holstein, J.A. (1987). The private image: Experiential location and method
in family studies. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 49, 773-786.
Gubrium, J.F. (with R.J. Lynott) (1983). Rethinking life satisfaction. Human Organization,
43, 30-38. [Reprinted in B.B. Hess and E.W. Markson (Eds.) (1984). Growing old in
America, 3rd edition. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.]
Gubrium, J.F., and Lynott, R.J. (1985). Family rhetoric as social order. Journal of Family
Issues, 6, 129-151.
Gubrium, J.F. (with R.J. Lynott) (1985). Alzheimer's disease as biographical work. In W.
Peterson and J. Quadagno (Eds.) Social bonds in later life (pp. 349-367). Beverly
Hills, CA: Sage.
41
Gubrium, J.F., and Lynott, R.J. (1987). Measurement and the interpretation of burden in the
Alzheimer's disease experience. Journal of Aging Studies, 1, 265-285.
Guilhaumou, J. (1989). EnoncŽs et rŽcits sur la mort de Marat (juillet 1793): La matŽrialitŽ
de la langue dans la description de l'archive [Utterances and narratives of the death of
Marat (July 1793): Material aspects of language in the description of records].
Lexique, 5, 229-252.
Gülich E. (1990) 'Pour une ethnométhodologie linguistique. Description de séquences
conversationnelles explicatives' [Towards a linguistic ethnomethodology: describing
explicative conversational sequences]. In Charolles, M., Fisher, S., Javez, J., (eds.), Le
Discours. Nancy: Presses Universitaires de Nancy
Gumperz, J.J. & Hymes, D. (eds.) (1972) Directions in sociolinguistics: the ethnography of
communication. New York: Rinehart & Winston
Guthrie, A. (1997). “On the systematic deployment of okay and mmhmm in academic
advising sessions”. Pragmatics, 7: 397-415
Hadden, S.C., & Lester, M. (1978). “Talking identity: The production of "self" in interaction”.
Human Studies, 1 (4), October, 331-356.
Hak, T. (1985). Sociology as the science of readings. In T. Hak, J. Haafkens, and G. Nijhof
(Eds.) Working Papers on Discourse and Conversational Analysis, Konteksten nr. 6
(pp. 189-196). Rotterdam, Nederland: Instituut Preventieve en Sociale Psychiatrie,
Erasmus Universiteit Rotterdam. [ 6]
Hak, T. (1988). Tekstsociologische analyse [Text-sociological analysis].
Dordrecht/Providence, RI: Foris Publications.
Hak, T. (1989). Constructing a psychiatric case. In B. Torode (Ed.) Text and talk as social
practice (pp. 72-92). Dordrecht, Nederland/Providence, RI: Foris Publications.
Hak, T. (1989). Developing a text-sociological analysis. Semiotica, 75(1/2), 25-42.
Halkowski, T. (1990) '"Role" as an interactional device', Social Problems 37: 564-77
Hama, H. (1999). “Ethnomethodology and the Rashomon Problem”. Human Studies, 22 (2-4)
Oct, 183-192.
Handel, W.H. (1979). Normative expectations and the emergence of meaning as solutions to
problems: Convergence of structural and interactionist views. American Journal of
Sociology, 84, 855-881.
Handel, W.H. (1982). Ethnomethodology: How people make sense. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice-Hall. [Review: D. Maynard, Contemporary Sociology, 1982, 11(6), 715-716.]
Handel, W.H. (with R. Lauer) (1977). Social psychology: The theory and application of
symbolic interactionism. Houghton Mifflin. [See Chapter 8. on Ethnomethodology
(pp. 224-298).]
Hardesty, M.J. (1982). Ethnomethodology and symbolic interactionsm: A critical comparison
of temporal orientations. Symbolic Interactionism, 5(1), 127-137.
Harper, R.R. (1988). Current ethnomethodological research: Social factors and air traffic
control. The Discourse Analysis Research Group Newsletter, 4(1), 9-11. [ 7]
Harper, R.R. (1988). Not any old numbers: An examination of practical reasoning in an
accountancy environment. Journal of Interdisciplinary Economics, 2(4). [Also:
Manchester Sociology Occasional Papers, No. 19, 1987.] [ 2]
Harper, R H.R. (1995/1996) 'Why People Do and Don't Wear Active Badges: A Case Study',
Computer Supported Cooperative Work 4: 297-318
Harper, R. H. R. 'The Organisation in Ethnography – A Discussion of Ethnographic Fieldwork
Programs in CSCW', Computer Supported Cooperative Work (CSCW) 9:239-64
Harper, R. (1998) Inside the IMP: An ethnography of documents, technology and
organisational knowledge. London Academic Press
42
Harper, Richard H. R. (2000) 'Analysing work practice and the potential role of new
technology at the International Monetary Fund: some remarks on the role of
ethnomethodology'. In Luff, P., J. Hindmarsh, C. Heath (eds.) (2000) Workplace
Studies: Recovering Work Practice and Informing Systems Design. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press: 169-86
Harper, R.H.R. & Hughes, J.A. (1992). '"What a f-ing system: send 'em all to the same place
and then expect us to stop 'em hitting": Making technology work in air traffic control'.
In: G. Button ed., Technology in working order: studies of work, interaction and
technology. London: Routledge: 127-44
Harper, R.R., and Watson, D.R. (1988). Computerizing police work. Journal of Comparative
Sociology and Religion, 15.
Hatch, D.J., Watson, D.R. (1974) 'Hearing the blues: an essay in the sociology of music', Acta
Sociologica 17: 162-78
Hatch, D.J. (1978). The analysis of cultural objects: Organizational and referential parameters
of utterance design. Analytic Sociology, 1(4), B¯3-C10. [ 1]
Have, P. ten (1977) 'Etnomethodologie'. In: L. Rademaker, H. Bergman, red. Sociologische
stromingen. Utrecht: Het Spectrum: 145-68
Have, P. ten (1980) 'Openingssequenties'. In: A. Foolen, e.a. red., Conversatieanalyse.
Groningen: Xenos: 63-84
Have, P. ten (1981) 'Lokale en globale samenhangen in raadgevende gesprekken', Tijdschrift
voor Taal en Tekstwetenschap 1: 24-45
Have, P. ten, (1982) 'Sociologische gespreksanalyse', Tijdschrift voor Taal en
Tekstwetenschap 2: 90-104
Have, P. ten (1983) 'Leren in hulpverlenende gesprekken', Bulletin Leren van Volwassenen nr.
12: 107-23
Have, P. ten, (1985 a) 'Contrastive analyses of interview talk'. In: T. Hak, J. Haafkens, G.
Nijhof, eds. Working papers on discourse and conversational analysis. Rotterdam:
Instituut Preventieve Sociale Psychiatrie EUR: 151-63 (nr. 6 in series Konteksten)
Have, P. ten, (1985 b) 'Een methode voor de etnomethodologie?', Sociologisch Tijdschrift 12:
368-80
Have, P. ten, (1986 a) 'De formulering van klachten in huisartsspreekuurgesprekken'. In: J.
Creten, G. Geerts, K. Jaspaert, eds. Werkinuitvoering: momentopname van de
sociolinguïstiek in België en Nederland. LeuvenAmersfoort: Acco: 125-34
Have, P. ten (1986 b) 'Conversatieanalyse tussen uniciteit en universaliteit'. In: Scholtens &
Springorum, red. 33-47
Have, P. ten, (1987) Sequenties en formuleringen; aspecten van de interactionele organisatie
van huisartsspreekuurgesprekken [Sequences and formulations: aspects of the
interactional organization of general practice consultations]. Dordrecht: Foris
Have, P. ten (1988) 'De dokter zwijgt'. In: F.H. van Eemeren, R. Grootendorst, red.
Taalbeheersing in ontwikkeling. Dordrecht: Foris Publications: 393-99
Have, P. ten, (1989) 'The consultation as a genre'. In: B. Torode, ed. Text and Talk as Social
Practice. Dordrecht/Providence, R.I.: Foris Publications: 115-35
Have, P. ten (1990 a) 'Und der Artz schweigt. SpechstundenEpisoden, in denen Ärtze auf
Patienteninformationen sprachlich nicht reagieren'. In: K. Ehlich, A. Koerfer, A.
Redder, R. Weingarten, Hrsg. Medizinische und therapeutische Kommunikation.
Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag: 103-21
Have, P. ten (1990 b) 'Feiten en fouten: de 'Bolderkaraffaire' als interprofessionele
methodenstrijd', Kennis en Methode 14:104-28
43
Have, P. ten (1990 c) 'Methodological issues in conversation analysis', Bulletin de
Méthodologie Sociologique, Nr. 27 (June): 23-51 [also:
http://www.pscw.uva.nl/emca/mica.htm]
Have, P. ten (1990 d) '"Dus met deze medicijnen los ik dat probleem niet op": medicatie en de
organisatie van medische interactie', Medische Antropologie 2 (1990): 5-16
Have, P. ten (1991a) 'The doctor is silent: observations on episodes without vocal receipt
during medical consultations'. In: B. Conein, M. de Fornel, L. Quéré, Les formes de la
conversation, vol 2. Issy les Moulineaux: CNET, 1991: 55-76
Have, P, ten (1991) 'Vorm en inhoud van spreekuurgesprekken', Huisarts en Wetenschap 34:
330-5
Have, P. ten (1991c) 'Talk and institution: a reconsideration of the 'asymmetry' of
doctorpatient interaction'. In: D. Boden & D.H. Zimmerman, eds. Talk and social
structure: studies in ethnomethodology and conversation analysis. Cambridge: Polity
Press: 138-63
Have, P. ten (1991d) 'User routines for computer assisted conversation analysis'. The
Discourse Analysis Research Group Newsletter, 7/3 (Fall): 39
Have, P. ten (1991e) 'Medische ondervraging: tussentijdse overwegingen bij lopend
onderzoek'. In: R. van Hout & E. Huls, red. Artikelen van de Eerste Sociolinguïstische
Conferentie. Delft: Uitgeverij Eburon: 207-23
Have, P. ten (1993) 'Fragen von Ärzten. Erste Bemerkungen'. In: P. Löning, J. Rehbein, (Hg.),
ArtzPatientenKommunikation: Analysen zu interdisziplinären Problemen des
medizinischen Diskurses. Berlin, New York: Walter de Gruyter: 373-83
Have, P. ten (1994) 'De concrete sociale orde: lichaam, machine en informatietechnologie'
[The concrete social order: body, machine, and information technology], Kennis en
Methode 18: 114-38
Have, P. ten (1995a) 'Disposal negotiations in general practice consultations'. In: A. Firth, ed.
The discourse of negotiation: studies of language in the workplace. Oxford:
Pergamon: 319-44
Have, P. ten (1995b) 'Formatting the consultation: communication formats and constituted
identities'. In: E. Huls & J. KlatterFolmer, eds. Artikelen van de Tweede
Sociolinguïstische Conferentie. Delft: Eburon: 245-68
Have, P. ten (1995c) 'Medical ethnomethodology: An Overview', Human Studies 18: 245-61
Have, P. ten (1997) 'A doctor's body work: an exploratory exercise'. In: A. Marcarino, ed.,
Analisi della conversatione e prospettive di recerca in etnometodologia. Urbino:
Editioni QuattroVenti: 207-18
Have, P. ten (1997) 'Een basisprocedure voor conversatie-analytisch onderzoek' [A basic
procedure for conversation-analytic research]. In: L. Meeuwesen &
H.Houtkoop-Steenstra (red.), Sociale Interactie in Nederland. Utrecht: ISOR: 15-42
Have, P. ten (1999a) Doing conversation analysis: a practical guide.. London, etc.: Sage
Publications
Have, P. ten (1999b) “Structuring Writing for Reading: Hypertext and the Reading Body”.
Human Studies, 22 (2-4), Oct, 273-298.
Have, P. ten & Psathas, G. (eds) (1995) Situated order: Studies in the social organization of
talk and embodied activities. Washington, D.C.: University Press of America.
Hayashi, M. (1994). “A comparative study of self-repair in English and Japanese
conversation”. In: Akatsuka, N. (ed.), Japanese Korean Linguistics 4, pp. 77-94.
Stanford: CSLI Publications.
Hayashi, M. (1999). “Where grammar and interaction meet: A study of co-participant
completion in Japanese conversation”. Human Studies, 22 (2-4), 475-499.
44
Hayashi, M. & Mori, J. (1998). “Co-construction in Japanese revisited: We do “finish each
other’s sentences””. In: Akatsuka, N., Hoji, H., Iwasaki, S., Sohn, S. & Strauss, S.
(eds) Japanese Korean Linguistics 7, pp. 77-93. Stanford: CSLI Publications.
Hayashi, Y. (1985). Esunomesodoroji to kyoiku chosa [Ethnomethodology and educational
research]. In H. Matsubara (Ed.) Kyoiku chosa ho [The methods of educational
research]. Tokyo, Nippon: Yuhikaku.
Heap, J.L. (1971). The student as resource: Use of the minimum-structure simulation game in
teaching. Simulations and Games, 2(4), 473-487. [Reprinted in a shortened form in
Ekistics, 1973, 35(210). Reprinted in full in C. Greenblat and R.B. Duke (Eds.)
(1975). Gaming-simulation. Toronto, Canada: Wiley.]
Heap, J.L. (1974a). Review: Phenomenology, language and the social sciences. Contemporary
Sociology, 3(7), 499-501.
Heap, J.L. (1974b). Reply to Holzner. American Sociological Review, 39(2), 289-291.
Heap, J.L. (1975a). Discovering and recovering reading. Interchange, 6(4), 54-57.
Heap, J.L. (1975b). Non-indexical action. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 5(4), 393-409.
Heap, J.L. (1975c). The structure of answer-seeking. Reflections: A Journal of Interpretive
Sociology, 1, 97-112.
Heap, J.L. (1976a). What are sense making practices? Sociological Inquiry, 46(2), 107-115.
Heap, J.L. (1976b). Reconceiving the social. Canadian Review of Sociology and
Anthropology, 13(3), 271-281.
Heap, J.L. (1977a). Verstehen, language and warrants. Sociological Quarterly, 18(2), 177-184.
Heap, J.L. (1977b). When is phenomenology sociological? Annals of Phenomenological
Sociology, II. (A panel discussion with H. Garfinkel, J. O'Neill, G. Psathas, E. Rose.
E. Tiryakian, H. Wagner, D.L. Wieder)
Heap, J.L. (1977-78). Toward a phenomenology of reading. Journal of Phenomenological
Psychology, VIII(1), 103-114.
Heap, J.L. (1978a). Review: Understanding social life: The method called Verstehen.
Contemporary Sociology, 7(3), 330-331.
Heap, J.L. (1978b). Warranting interpretations: A demonstration. Canadian Review of
Sociology and Anthropology, 15(1), 41-49.
Heap, J.L. (1979a). Rumpelstiltskin: The organisation of preference in a reading lesson.
Analytic Sociology, 2(2). [ 1]
Heap, J.L. (1979b). On Wittgenstein, criteria and reading. Ontario Institute for Studies in
Education, Occasional Papers.
Heap, J.L. (1980a). “Description in ethnomethodology”. Human Studies, 3 (1), 87-106.
Heap, J.L. (1980b). What counts as reading: Limits to certainty in assessment. Curriculum
Inquiry, 10(3), 265-292.
Heap, J.L. (1981a). “Free-phantasy, language, and sociology: A criticism of the methodist
theory of essence”. Human Studies, 4 (4), Oct-Dec, 299-311.
Heap, J.L. (1981b). Authority as a question of reasonable claims: A reply to John Willinsky.
Curriculum Inquiry, 11(3), 227-230.
Heap, J.L. (1982a). The social organization of reading evaluations: Reasons for eclecticism. In
G.C.F. Payne and E.C. Cuff (Eds.) Doing teaching (pp. 39-59). London, UK: Batsford.
Heap, J.L. (1982b). Understanding classroom events: A critique of Durkin, with an
alternative. Journal of Reading Behavior, 14(4), 391-411.
Heap, J.L. (1982c). “Practical reasoning in depression”. Human Studies, 5 (4), Oct-Dec, 345356.
45
Heap, J.L. (1983). Frames and knowledge in a science lesson: A dialogue with Professor
Heyman. Curriculum Inquiry, 13(4), 397-417. [See two papers by Heyman (1983) in
Curriculum Inquiry.]
Heap, J.L. (1984). Ethnomethodology and education: Possibilities. Journal of Educational
Thought, 18(3), 168-171.
Heap, J.L. (1985). Discourse in the production of classroom knowledge: Reading lessons.
Curriculum Inquiry, 15(3), 245-279.
Heap, J.L. (1986a). Cultural logic and schema theory: A reply to Bereiter. Curriculum Inquiry,
16(1), 73-86.
Heap, J.L. (1986b). Assuming transmission or studying productions: A reply to Delamont.
Curriculum Inquiry, 16(3), 331-333.
Heap, J.L. (1986c). Achieving displays of computer literacy: Unfolding Cunningham and
Paris' findings. Quarterly Newsletter of the Laboratory of Comparative Human
Cognition, 8(3), 105-108.
Heap, J.L. (1986d). Collaboration in word processing. Toronto, Canada: Ontario Ministry of
Education. (with assistance from S. Moore)
Heap, J.L. (1987a). Testing and assessing reading. Orbit, 18(3), 26-27.
Heap, J.L. (1987b). Sociologies in and of education: A reply to Hammersley. Curriculum
Inquiry, 17(2), 239-242.
Heap, J.L. (1987c). Ethnomethodology: Disclosing education. The Discourse Analytic
Research Group Newsletter, 3(2), 16-20.
Heap, J.L. (1988). A situated perspective on literacy events. Ontario Institute for Studies in
Education Occasional Papers.
Heap, J.L. (1990). “Applied ethnomethodology: looking for the local rationality of reading
activities”. Human Studies, 13 (1), 39-72
Heap, J.L. (1991) 'A situated perspective on what counts as reading'. In: C.D. Baker, A. Luke,
eds. Towards a critical sociology of reading pedagogy. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, John
Benjamins: 103-39
Heap, J.L. (1992) 'Normative order in collaborative computer editing'. In: G. Watson, R.M.
Seiler, eds. Text in Context: Contributions to ethnomethodology. London: Sage: 12337
Heap, J.L., & Roth, P.A. (1973). “On phenomenological sociology”. American Sociological
Review, 39 (2), 354-367.
Heath, C.C. (1978). “Some formal properties of non-spoken activity episodes”.
Sociolinguistics, 9 (3), 6-15.
Heath, C.C. (1979). “Interactional aspects of non-spoken activities”. Man Environment
Systems, 8: 231-240.
Heath, C.C. (1981). “The opening sequence in doctor-patient interaction”. In: Atkinson, P. &
Heath, C.C. (eds) Medical Work: Realities and Routines, pp. 71-90. Farnborough:
Gower.
Heath, C.C. (1982a). “Preserving the consultation: Medical record cards and professional
conduct”. Journal of the Sociology of Health and Illness, 5 (2), 36-74.
Heath, C.C. (1982b). “The display of recipiency: An instance of a sequential relationship in
speech and body movement”. Semiotica, 42 (2/4), 147-167.
Heath, C.C. (1983a). “Interactional participation: The coordination of gesture, speech and
gaze”. In: d'Urso, V. & Leonardi, P. (eds), Discourse analysis and natural rhetoric,
pp. 85-97. Padua, Italy: Cleup Editore.
Heath, C.C. (1983b). “Computer aided diagnosis in the consultation”. Sociology of Health and
Illness, 5 (3), 332-344.
46
Heath, C.C. (1984a). “Everett Cherrington Hughes: his approach and influence”. Journal of
the Sociology of Health and Illness, 6 (2), 218-237.
Heath, C.C. (1984b). “Interactional participation: the coordination of gesture speech and
gaze.” In: Leonardie, P. & d'Orso, V. (eds) Discourse Analysis and Natural Rhetoric,
pp. 78-92. Padua: Cleap Edition.
Heath, C.C. (1984c). “Participation in the medical consultation: The coordination of verbal
and nonverbal behaviour between the doctor and patient”. Sociology of Health and
Illness, 6 (3), 311-338.
Heath, C.C. (1984d). “Talk and recipiency: sequential organization in speech and body
movement”. In: Atkinson, J.M. & Heritage, J. (eds), Structures of Social Action:
Studies in Conversation Analysis, pp. 247-266. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
Heath, C.C. (1985). “The consultation's end: The social organization of breaking copresence”. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 51: 27-42.
Heath, C. C. (1986) Body Movement and Speech in Medical Interaction. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press. [with Editions de la Maison des Science de l'Homme,
Paris, pp. 200.}
Heath, C.C. (1988a). “Communication and good General Practice”. British Medical Journal,
6: 3-4.
Heath, C.C. (1988b). “Diagnosis in the Medical Consultation”. Occasional Papers in
Sociology and Social Policy. No.19. pp. 1-42. University of Surrey.
Heath, C.C. (1988c). “Embarrassment and interactional organization”. In: Drew, P. &
Wootton, A. (eds) Erving Goffman: exploring the interaction order, pp. 136-160.
Cambridge: Polity Press.
Heath, C.C. (1989a). “Goffman, la notion d'engagement et l'analyse des interactions en face a
face”. In: Joseph, I. et al. (eds) Le Parler Frais d'Erving Goffman, pp. 67-90. Paris:
Aux Editions de Minuit.
Heath, C.C. (1989b). “Institutional form and interactional detail”. In: Borzeix, A. et al (eds)
Travail et Pratiques Langagieres, pp. 36-46. Paris: CNRS:PERTTEM.
Heath, C.C. (1989c). “Pain talk: the expression of suffering in the medical consultation”.
Social Psychology Quarterly: A Journal of the American Sociological Association 52
(2), 113-125.
Heath, C.C. (1990). “The expression of pain and suffering in the medical consultation: aspects
of an interactional organisation”. In: Conein, B., de Fornel, M. & Quéré, L. Les formes
de la conversation. Vol 2, pp. 68-82. Paris: Reseaux CNET.
Heath, C.C. (1992a). “Gesture's discreet tasks: body movement and the contextualisation of
language”. In Auer, P. & di Luzio, A. (eds) The Contextualisation of Language, pp.
101-129. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Heath, C. C. (1992b) “The delivery and reception of diagnosis in the general practice
consultation”. In: Drew, P. & Heritage J. C. (eds) Talk and Work, pp. 165-189.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Heath, C.C. (1993a). “Diagnostic and consultation medicale: la protection des asymmetries
dans la relation entre patient et medicin”. In: Cosnier, J., Grosjean, M. & Lacoste, M.
(eds) Interaction et Situation de Soin, pp. 65-77. Paris: Peuf.
Heath, C.C. (1993b). “L'object sensible: la conduite du patient pendant l'examen medical”. In:
Cosnier, J., Grosjean, M. & Lacoste, M. (eds) Interaction et Situation de Soin, pp. 7785. Paris: Peuf.
47
Heath, C.C. (1994). “Regard Virtuel: Transformations de l'Espace et Asymmetries
Communicatives”. In: Pelligrino, G. (ed.) Figures Architecturales: Formes Urbaines,
pp. 653-663. Geneva: Economica.
Heath, C.C. (1997a). “Embarrassment and Interactional Organisation”. In: Giddens, A. (ed),
Sociology: Introductory Readings. Oxford: Polity Press.
Heath, C.C. (1997b). “The analysis of activities in face to face interaction using video”. In:
Silverman, D. (ed.) Qualitative research: Theory, method and practice. pp. 183-200.
London: Sage.
Heath, C.C. (1997c). “Exploring work and interaction”. Revue Champs Visuel, 1.
Heath, C.C. (2000). “Analysing work and interaction”. In: May, T. (2000). Qualitative
Research. London: Sage.
Heath, C.C. (with Byrne P.S.) (1980). “Non-verbal communication in the general practice
consultation”. Journal of the Royal College of General Practitioners, 8: 25-42.
Heath, C.C. (with Gilbert G.N.) (1986). “Text competence and logic”. Qualitative Sociology,
9 (3).
Heath, C.C. & Hindmarsh, J. (1997). “Les objets et leur environnement local. La production
interactionnelle de réalitiés matérielles”. Raison Pratiques. Cognition et Information
en Société, 8: 149-176. Paris: Éditions de l’École des Hautes Études en Science
Sociales,
Heath, C.C. & Hindmarsh, J. (2000). “Configuring Action in Objects: From mutual spaces to
media spaces”. Mind, Culture and Activity, 7 (1/2), 81-104.
Heath, C.C., Hindmarsh, J. & Luff, P. (1999). “Interaction in Isolation: the train driver on
London Underground” Sociology, 33 (3), 555-575.
Heath, C.C., Knoblauch, H. & Luff, P. (2000). “Technology and Social Interaction: The
emergence of 'workplace studies”. British Journal of Sociology, 51: 299-320.
Heath, C., Jirotka, M., Luff, P.K. & Hindmarsh, J. (1993) “Unpacking collaboration:
interactional organisation in a city trading room”. In: De Michelis, G., Simone, C. &
Schmidt, K. (eds) Proceedings of the Third European Conference on Computer
Supported Cooperative Work. 13th -17th September, Milan. pp. 155-170. Holland:
Kluwer.
Heath, C., Jirotka, M., Luff, P.K. & Hindmarsh, J. (1995). “Unpacking Collaboration: The
interactional organisation of trading in a city dealing room”. Computer-Supported Cooperative Work, 3 (2),147-165.
Heath, C.C. & Joseph, I. (1995). “Les Protocoles de la Cooperation”. In: Joseph, I. & Jeannot,
G. (eds) Metiers du Public : les competences de l’agent et ‘espace de l’usager. Paris:
CNRS Editions.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1991a). “Collaborative activity and technological design: task
coordination in London Underground control rooms”. In: Bannon, L., Robinson, M. &
Schmidt, K. (eds) Proceedings of the Second European Conference on Computer
Supported Cooperative Work, pp. 76-97. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1991b). “Crisis and control: the introduction of multimedia
technologies into London Underground”. In: Computer Supported Cooperative Work,
pp. 1-7. London: Institute of Electrical Engineers.
Heath, C. C. & Luff, P. (1992c). Design Workshops: Social Science and the Development of
New Technologies. Cambridge EuroPARC Technical Report, Rank Xerox
EuroPARC.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1991d). “Disembodied Conduct: Communication through Video in
a Multi-Media Office Environment”. In: S. P. Robertson, G. M. Olson and J. S. Olson
(eds.), Proceedings of CHI '91, April-May, pp. 99-103. New Orleans.
48
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1991e). “Travail en collaboration et information du public dans le
metro de Londres”. In: Joseph, I. (ed.), La Relation de Service dans le Secteur Public,
pp. 86-101. Paris: RATP/Plan Urbain/DRI.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1991f). “Work interaction and technology: Empirical studies of
social ergonomics”. In: Proceedings of International Conference on Ergonomics,
Paris, July, pp. 1224-1226.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1992a). “Collaboration and control: crisis management and
multimedia technology in London Underground Line Control Rooms”. Journal of
Computer-Supported Cooperative Work, 1 (1), 69-94.
Heath, C. C. & Luff. P.K. (1992b). “Crisis and Control: Collaborative work in London
Underground Control Rooms”. Journal of Computer Supported Cooperative Work, 1
(1), 24-48. [Translated and published as: Heath, C.C. & Luff, P. (1993).
“Kooperation, Kontrolle, Krisenmanagement: Multimedia-Technologie in der
Londoner ‘Underground’”. In: Wagner, I. (ed.), Kooperative Medien:
Informationstechnische Gestaltung moderner Organisationen, pp 153-190. Frankfurt
and New York: Campus Verlag.]
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1992c). “Explicating Interaction”. In :Gilbert, G.N. (ed.),
Researching Social Life. London: Sage.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1992d). “Media space and communicative asymmetries:
preliminary observations of video mediated interaction”. Human-Computer
Interaction, 7: 315-346.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1993a). “Cooperation et Regulation: Gestion des Crises et
Technologies Multimedia dans les salles de Commande du Metro de Londres”. In:
Joseph, I. et al. (eds) La Relation de Service. Paris: Minuit.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1993b). “Disembodied Conduct: Asymmetries in Video mediated
Interaction in an Office Environment”. In: Baecker, R.M. (ed.), Readings in
Groupware and Computer Supported Cooperative Work, pp 837-841. San Mateo
California: Morgan Kaufman.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1993c). “Disembodied interaction: asymmetries in video mediated
communication”. In: Button, G. (ed.), Technology and the Working Order, pp. 140176. London: Routledge Kegan Paul.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1993d). “Explicating face-to-face interaction”. In: Gilbert, N. (ed.)
Researching social life, pp. 306-326. London: Sage.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P. (1993e). “Kooperation, Kontrolle, Krisenmanagement: MultimediaTechnologie in der Londoner “Underground””. In: Wagner, I. (ed.), Kooperative
Medien: Informationstechnische Gestaltung moderner Organisationen, pp 153-190.
Frankfurt and New York: Campus Verlag.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P. K. (1993f). “Media Space and Communication Asymmetries: Privacy
and Control within an Organisation Environment”. In: Proceedings of Espaces
publics: esthetiques de la democratie. June, Cerisy-la-Salle, France.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P. (1994). “Activité distrubée et organisation de l'interaction” Sociologie
du Travail: Special Issue on Travail et Cognition. 4/04 (XXXVI), 523-545.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1995a). “Cooperation et Crises: Technologies Multimedia dans les
salles de Commande du Metro de Londres”. Sociologie du Travail, 4/04, XXXVI,
523-545.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1995b). “The Social Organisation of Complex Tasks: the
naturalistic analysis of human conduct and computer system design”. In: Kanis, D.,
49
Overbeeke, C. & Vergeest, J.(eds) Measurement and Design: Measurement in an
Interdisciplinary Environment, pp. 41-82. Delft: University of Delft Press.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1996a). “Convergent activities: Line control and passenger
information on the London Underground”. In: Engeström, Y. & Middleton, D.(eds)
Cognition and communication at work, pp. 96-130. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (1996b). “Documents and professional practice: 'bad' organisational
reasons for 'good' medical records”. In: Ackerman, M. (ed.) Proceedings of the
Conference on Computer Supported Cooperative Work. 16-20 November, Boston,
MA. pp. 354-363. Boston: ACM Press.
Heath, C.C. & Luff, P.K. (2000). Technology in Action. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
Heath, C.C., Luff, P. & Nicholls, G.M. (1995a). “The Collaborative Production of the
Document: Context, Genre and the Borderline in Design”. In: Proceedings of the
International Workshop on the Design of Cooperative Systems (COOP'95), SophiaAntipolis, pp. 203-218.
Heath, C.C., Luff, P., Nicholls, G.M. & vom Lehn, D. (2000). “Textuality and interaction: the
collaborative production of news stories”. Intellectica: revue de l'Association pour la
Recherche Cognitive. 30: 151-175.
Heath, C. C., Luff, P.K. & Sellen, A. (1995a) “From Video-mediated communication to
technologies for collaboration: reconfiguring media space”. In: Emmott, S. (ed.) The
Information SuperHighways: Multimedia Users And Futures, pp 161 -188. London
and New York: Academic Press.
Heath, C.C., Luff, P.K. & Sellen, A. (1995b). “Reconfiguring Media Space”. In: Emmott, S.
& Travis, D. (eds.) Proceedings of the Conference on Social Issues in the Evolution
from Plain Telephony services to Pictures and Network Services in a Multimedia
World. Martlesham Heath: British Telecom.
Heath, C.C., Luff, P.K. & Sellen, A. (1995c). “Reconsidering the virtual workplace: flexible
support for collaborative activity”. In: Marmolin, H., Sundblad, Y. & Schmidt, K
(eds) Proceedings of the Fourth European Conference on Computer-Supported
Cooperative Work, pp. 83-99. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Heath, C.C., Luff, P.K. & Sellen, A.J. (1997). “Reconfiguring media space: supporting
collaborative work”. In: Finn, K.E.,Sellen, A.J, & Wilbur, S.E (eds) Video-mediated
communication, pp.323-349. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Heath, C.C. & Nicholls, G.M. (1997). “Animating Texts: Selective Readings of News
Stories”. In: Resnick, L.B. & Saljo, R. (eds) Discourse, Tools and Reasoning: Situated
Cognition & Technologically Supported Environments. Springer Verlag.
Heath, C.C. & Watson, D.R. (1989). “On some pre-observations of human-computer
interaction”. In: Borzeix, A. et al. (eds) Travail et Pratiques Langagieres, pp. 103-114.
Paris: CNRS:PERTTEM.
Heeren, J. (1970). Alfred Schutz and the sociology of common-sense knowledge. In J.D.
Douglas (Ed.) Understanding everyday life: Toward the reconstruction of sociological
knowledge (pp. 45-56). Chicago, IL: Aldine Publishing Co.
Heeschen, C. & Schegloff, E. A. (1999) 'Agrammatism, Adaptation Theory, Conversation
Analysis: On the Role of so-called Telegraphic Style in Talk-in-Interaction',
Aphasiology 13: 365-405.
Helm, D.T. (1989). Some features of verbal prompts. In D.T. Helm, W.T. Anderson, A.J.
Meehan, and A.W. Rawls (Eds.) The interactional order: New directions in the study
of social order (pp. 68-80). New York, NY: Irvington Publishers.
50
Helm, D.T, W.T. Anderson, A.J. Meehan, A.W. Rawls, eds. (1989) The interactional order:
New directions in the study of social order. New York: Irvington
Heritage, J.C. (1974). Assessing people. In N. Armistead (Ed.) Reconstructing social
psychology (pp. 260-281). Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.
Heritage, J.C. (1975). Community and practicality in sociology and beyond. Sociology, 9,
329-339.
Heritage, J.C. (1978). Aspects of the flexibilities of natural language use: A reply to Phillips.
Sociology, 12, 79-103. [See J. Phillips (1978) in same issue.]
Heritage, J.C. (1983). Accounts in action. In N.G. Gilbert and P. Abell (Eds.) Accounts and
action (pp. 117-131). Farnborough, UK: Gower
Heritage, J. (1984 a) Garfinkel and Ethnomethodology. Cambridge: Polity Press. [Review:
Lynch, M. (1986). “Review of J. Heritage, Garfinkel and Ethnomethodology”.
Sociological Review, 34 (1), 203-205.]
Heritage, J. (1984 b) 'A change-of-state token and aspects of its sequential placement'. In:
Atkinson, J.M., J. Heritage, eds. Structures of Social Action: Studies in Conversation
Analysis. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: 299-345
Heritage, J.C. (1985a) 'Recent developments in conversation analysis', Sociolinguistics 15:
118
Heritage, J. (1985b) 'Analyzing news interviews: aspects of the production of talk for an
overhearing audience'. In: T.A. van Dijk,ed. Handbook of discourse analysis. London:
Academic Press. Vol. 3: 95-117
Heritage, J.C. (1985c). EthnomŽthodologie: Un defi ˆ la sociologie "conventionelle".
Societes, 1, 7-9.
Heritage, J.C. (1987a) 'Ethnomethodology'. In: A. Giddens, J.H. Turner, eds. Social theory
today. Cambridge: Polity Press: 224-72
Heritage, J.C. (1987b). Ethnomethodology apres la lutte. The Discourse Analysis Research
Group Newsletter, 3(2), 9-16. [ 7]
Heritage, J. (1988) 'Explanations as accounts: a conversation analytic perspective'. In: C.
Antaki, ed. Analyzing everyday explanation: a casebook of methods. London: Sage:
127-44
Heritage, J. (1989) 'Current developments in conversation analysis'. In: Roger, D., P. Bull,
eds., Conversation: an interdisciplinary perspective. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters:
21-47
Heritage, J. (1990/1) 'Intention, meaning and strategy: observations on constraints on
interaction analysis', Research on Language and Social Interaction 24: 311-32
Heritage, J. (1995) 'Conversation analysis: methodological aspects'. In: U.M. Quasthoff, ed.,
Aspects of oral communication. Berlin/New York: Walter de Gruyter: 391-418
Heritage, J. (1997) 'Conversation analysis and institutional talk: analysing data'. In: D.
Silverman, (ed), Qualitative research: Theory, method and practice.London: Sage:
161-82
Heritage, J. (1998a). “Conversation Analysis and Institutional Talk: Analyzing Distinctive
Turn-Taking Systems”. In: Cmejrková, S., Hoffmannová, J.,Müllerová, O.& Svetlá J.
(eds) Dialoganalyse VI (Volume 2) Proceedings of the 6th International Congress of
IADA - International Association for Dialog Analysis, pp.3-17. Tubingen: Niemeyer.
Heritage, J.(1998b). “Harold Garfinkel”, In: Stones, R. (ed.), Key Sociological
Thinkers, pp.175-188. London: Macmillan.
Heritage, J. (1998c) 'Oh-prefaced responses to inquiry', Language in Society 27 (3), 291-334
Heritage, J. (1999) 'CA at Century's End: Practices of Talk-in-Interaction, their Distributions
and their Outcomes', Research on Language and Social Interaction, 32(1-2), 69-76.
51
Heritage, J. & Atkinson, J.M. (1984). “Introduction”. In: Atkinson, J.M. & Heritage, J. (eds)
Structures of Social Action: Studies in Conversation Analysis, pp. 1-15. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Heritage, J., S. Clayman, D.H. Zimmerman, (1988) 'Discourse and message analysis: the
micro structure of mass media messages'. In: R. Hawkins, J.M. Wieman, S. Pingree,
eds. Advancing communication science: merging mass and interpersonal processes.
Sage Annual Reviews of Communication Research, vol. 16. London: Sage: 77-109
Heritage, J. & Greatbatch, D. (1986). “Generating applause: a study of rhetoric and response
at party political conferences”. American Journal of Sociology, 92: 110-157.
Heritage, J. & Greatbatch, D. (1991). “On the institutional character of institutional talk: the
case of news interviews”. In: Boden D. & Zimmerman, D.H. (eds) Talk and social
structure: studies in ethnomethodology and conversation analysis, pp. 93-137.
Cambridge: Polity Press.
Heritage, J. [with Kleinman, L.& Boyd, E.] (1997) “Adherence to prescribed explicit criteria
during utilization review: an analysis of communications between attending and
reviewing
physicians”. Journal of the American Medical Association 278 (6), 497-501.
Heritage, J., A. Lindström (1996) 'Motherhood, medicine and morality: scenes from a series of
medical encounters'. In: J. Bergman, P. Linell, eds. Morality in discourse. Hemel
Hempstead: Harvester Wheatsheaf
Heritage, J. [with Anna Lindström] (1998) “Motherhood, medicine and morality: scenes from
a medical encounter”. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 31(3-4), 397438.
Heritage, J, A.L. Roth (1995) 'Grammar and institution: questions and questioning in the
broadcast news interview'. Research on Language and Social Interaction 28: 160
Heritage, J. & Sefi, S. (1992) 'Dilemmas of advice: aspects of the delivery and reception of
advice in interactions between Health Visitors and firsttime mothers'. In: Drew, P., J.
Heritage, eds. Talk at work: interaction in institutional settings. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press: 359-417.
Heritage, J. & Sorjonen, M.L. (1994) 'Constituting and maintaining activities across
sequences: And-prefacing as a feature of questioning design', Language in Society 23:
1-29
Heritage, J. [with Stivers, T.]. (1999). “Online commentary in acute medical visits: a method
of shaping patient expectations”. Social Science and Medicine, 49(11),1501-1517.
Heritage, J.C., D.R. Watson, (1979) 'Formulations as conversational objects'. In: G. Psathas,
ed., Everyday language: studies in ethnomethodology. New York: Irvington: 123-62
Heritage, J.C., D.R. Watson, (1980) 'Aspects of the properties of formulations in natural
conversations: Some instances analysed', Semiotica 30: 245-62
Heriuger, J.T. (1977). Pre-sequences and indirect speech acts. In E.O. Keenan and T.L.
Bennett (Eds.) Discourse across time and space (pp. 169-180). Southern California
Occasional Papers in Linguistics 5, University of Southern California.
Hester, S. (1981). Two tensions in ethnomethodology and conversation analysis. Sociology,
15, 108-116.
Hester, S. (1982). The social construction of educational subnormality. Research in Education,
May, 85-94.
Hester, S. (1985). Ethnomethodology and the study of deviance in schools. In R. Burgess
(Ed.) Strategies of educational research. Falmer Press.
52
Hester, S. (1992) 'Recognizing references to deviance in referral talk'. In: G. Watson, R.M.
Seiler, eds. Text in Context: Contributions to ethnomethodology. London: Sage: 15674
Hester, S. (1994) 'Les catégories en contexte'. In: B. Fradin, L. Quéré, J. Widmer, eds. (1994)
L'enquête sur les catégories. Paris: École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales
[Raisons pratiques: Épistémologie, sociologie, théorie sociale/5]: 219-42
Hester, S. & Eglin, P. (eds) (1997a). Culture in action: studies in membership categorization
analysis. Washington, D.C.: University Press of America.
Hester, S. & Eglin, P (1997b). “Membership categorization analysis: an introduction”. In:
Hester, S. & Eglin, P. (eds) Culture in action: studies in membership categorization
analysis, pp. 1-24. Washington, D.C.: University Press of America.
Hester, S. & Eglin, P (1997c). “The reflexive constitution of category, predicate and context
in two settings”. In: Hester, S. & Eglin, P. (eds) Culture in action: studies in
membership categorization analysis, pp. 25-48. Washington, D.C.: University Press of
America.
Hester, S. & Fitzgerald, R. (1999). “Category, predicate and contrast: some organizational
features in a radio talk show”. In: Jalbert, P.L. (ed.), Media Studies:
Ethnomethodological Approaches, pp. 171-194. Lanham, New York, Oxford:
University Press of America.
Hester, S. & Francis, D. (1994). “Doing Data: the local organization of a sociological
interview”. British Journal of Sociology, 45: 675-695.
Hester, S. & Francis, D. (1997). “Reality analysis in a classroom storytelling”. British Journal
of Sociology, 48: 95-112.
Hester, S. & Francis, D. (eds) (2000). Local Educational Order: Ethnomethodological studies
of knowledge in action. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins [Pragmatics &
Beyond NS 73]
Hester, S. (with Hargreaves, D. & Mellor, F.) (1984). “Rules in play”. In: Hargreaves, D. &
Woods, P. (eds) Classrooms and staffrooms, pp. 25-35. UK: Open University Press.
Heyman, R.D. (1979). “Comparative education from an ethnomethodological perspective”.
Comparative Education, 15 (3), 241-249.
Heyman, R.D. (1980). “Ethnomethodology: Some suggestions for the sociology of
education”. Journal of Educational Thought, 14 (1), 44-48.
Heyman, R.D. (1981). “Analyzing the curriculum”. International Review of Education, 27 (4),
449-470.
Heyman, R.D. (1983a). Clarifying meaning through classroom talk. Curriculum Inquiry,
13(1), 23-42.
Heyman, R.D. (1983b). Basic issues in the interpretive paradigm: A response to Messrs.
Heap, Munby and Olson. Curriculum Inquiry, 13(4), 429-434. [See: R. Heyman, 1983,
and J. Heap, 1983, both in Curriculum Inquiry.]
Heyman, R.D. (1983c). Cross cultural studies as the study of contingent realities. East West
Education, 4(1), 55-66.
Heyman, R.D. (1984a). The comparative study of school knowledge. New Education, 6(2),
55-68.
Heyman, R.D. (1984b). Language use and school performance in a native classroom.
Canadian Journal of Native Studies, 4(1), 11-28.
Heyman, R.D. (1986) 'Formulating topic in the classroom', Discourse Processes 9: 3755
Heyman, R.D. (1987). Trouble in talk in a bi-cultural classroom. East West Education, 8(2),
51-66.
53
Heyman, R.D. (1988). Natural language and computer conferencing: Problems in
communication. In S. Thomas (Ed.) Culture and communication. Norwood, NJ:
Ablex.
Heyman, R.D. (1990) 'The problem of locating ethnicity in talk', Sociolinguistics 19: 3752
Heyman, R.D. (1994) Why didn't you say that in the first place? How to be understood at
work. San Francisco: JosseyBass
Hicks, D., Glenn, P. J. (1996) 'The pragmatics of sexual harassment'. In: S. Ragan, C. Beck, L.
L. Kaid, D. Bystrom, eds., She said/he said: Communication consequences of the
Hill- Thomas hearings. Champaign: University of Illinois Press: 215-38.
Hilbert, R.A. (1977). “Approaching reason's edge: 'Nonsense' as the final solution to the
problem of meaning”. Sociological Inquiry, 47(1), 25-31.
Hilbert, R.A. (1980). “Covert participant observation: On its nature and practice”. Urban Life,
9 (1), 51-78.
Hilbert, R.A. (1981). “Toward an improved understanding of 'role'”. Theory and Society, 10,
207-226.
Hilbert, R.A. (1982). “Competency based teacher education versus the real world: Some
natural limitations to bureaucratic reform”. Urban Education, 16 (4), 379-398.
Hilbert, R. (1984). “The acultural dimensions of chronic pain: flawed reality construction and
the problem of meaning”. Social Problems, 31: 36578
Hilbert, R.A. (1987). “Bureaucracy as belief, rationalization as repair: Max Weber in a postfunctionalist age”. Sociological Theory, 5 (1), 70-86.
Hilbert, R. (1990). “Ethnomethodology and the Micro-Macro Order” American Sociological
Review, 55: 794-808
Hilbert, R. (1991). “Norman and Sigmund: Comment on Denzin's "Harold and Agnes"”.
Sociological Theory, 9: 264-68
Hilbert, R.A. (1992a). The classical roots of Ethnomethodology: Durkheim, Weber, and
Garfinkel. Foreword by Randall Collins. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina
Press. [Review: Hinkle, G.J. (1997). “Review of Richard Hilbert, The Classical Roots
of Ethnomethodology: Durkheim, Weber, and Garfinkel”. Human Studies, 20 (1),
January.]
Hilbert, R. (1992b). “Ethnomethodological Recovery of Durkheim”. Sociological
Perspectives, 34: 337-57
Hilbert, R. (1995). “Garfinkel's Recovery of Themes in Classical Sociology”. Human Studies,
18: 157-75
Hill, RJ., and Crittenden, K.S. (Eds.) (1968). Proceedings of the Purdue Symposium on
Ethnomethodology. (Institute for the Study of Social Change.) Lafayette, IN: Purdue
University Press [Participants included: L. Churchill, A.V. Cicourel, H. Garfinkel, E.
Rose, H. Sacks, D. Sudnow.]
Hindess, B. (1973). The use of official statistics in sociology: A critique of positivism and
ethnomethodology. London, UK: Macmillan Press. [See discussion by P. Eglin
(1987).]
Hindmarsh, J. & Heath, C.C. (1998). “Video and the analysis of objects in interaction”.
Journal of Communication and Cognition, 31 (2/3), 111-130.
Hindmarsh, J. & Heath, C.C (2000a). “Sharing the Tools of the Trade: The interactional
constitution of workplace objects”. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 29 (5),
523-562.
Hindmarsh, J. & Heath, C.C (2000b). “Embodied Reference: A study of deixis in workplace
interaction”. Journal of Pragmatics, 32, (12), 1855-1878.
54
Hindmarsh, J., Fraser, M., Heath, C. & Benford S. (2001). “Virtually Missing the Point:
Configuring CVEs for object-focused interaction”. In: Churchill, E., Snowdon, D. &
Munro, A. (eds.) Collaborative Virtual Environments, pp. 115-139. Springer Verlag.
Hindmarsh, J., Fraser, M., Heath, C.C, Benford, S. & Greenhalgh, C. (1998). “Fragmented
Interaction: Establishing mutual orientation in virtual environments”. In: Proceedings
of CSCW'98, pp. 217-226. ACM Press.
Hindmarsh, J., Fraser, M., Heath, C.C, Benford, S. & Greenhalgh, C. (2000). “Object-Focused
Interaction in Collaborative Virtual Environments”. ACM Transactions on ComputerHuman Interaction (ToCHI), 7 (4), 477-509.
Hinkel, G.J. (1977). Symposium summary: When is phenomenology sociological? Annals of
Phenomenological Sociology, 2.
Hinkel, G.J. (1982). Record keeping and record use as practical accomplishments. In J.
Murphy and J. Pilotta (Eds.) Qualitative methodology: Theory and application (pp.
23-43). Dubuque, Iowa: Kendall Hunt Publishers.
Hinkel, G.J. (1997). “Review of Richard Hilbert, The Classical Roots of Ethnomethodology:
Durkheim, Weber, and Garfinkel”. Human Studies, 20 (1), January
Holman, D. (2000). “A dialogical approach to skill and skilled activity”. Human Relations, 53
(7), July, 957-980.
Holmes, D. (1984). Explicit-implicit address. Journal of Pragmatics, 8, 311-320.
Holstein, J.A. (1983a). “Grading practices: The construction and use of background
knowledge in evaluative decision-making”. Human Studies, 6 (4), Oct.-Dec, 377-392.
Holstein, J.A. (1983b). Jurors' use of judges' instructions: Conceptual and methodological
issues for simulated jury studies. Sociological Methods and Research, 11(4), 501-518.
Holstein, J.A. (1984). The placement of insanity: Assessments of grave disability and
involuntary commitment of the mentally ill. Urban Life, 13(1), 35-62.
Holstein, J.A. (1987a). Mental illness assumptions in civil commitment proceedings. Journal
of Contemporary Ethnography, 16(2), 147-175.
Holstein, J.A. (1987b). Producing gender effects on involuntary mental hospitalization. Social
Problems, 34(2), 141-155.
Holstein, J.A. (1988a). Studying family usage: Family image and discourse in mental
hospitalization decisions. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 17(3), 261-284.
Holstein, J.A. (1988b). Court ordered incompetence: Conversational organization in
involuntary commitment hearings. Social Problems, 35(4), 458-473.
Holstein, J.A. & Miller,G. (eds.) (1989). Perspectives on social problems, Vol. 1. Greenwich,
CT: JAI Press.
Holstein, J.A. (with G. Miller). (1990). “Rethinking victimization: An interactional approach
to victimology”. Symbolic Interaction, 13(1).
Holstein, J. A. & Miller, G. (eds.) (1993). Reconsidering Social Constructionism : Debates in
Social Problems Theory. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter:
Holt, E. (1996) 'Reporting on talk: the use of direct reported speech in conversation', Research
on Language and Social Interaction 29: 219-45
Hopkins, F.L. (1984). “New causal theory and ethnomethodology: Cocitation patterns across a
decade”. Scientometrics, 6 (1), 22-53.
Hopper, R. (1981a). The taken-for-granted. Human Communication Research, 7, 195-211.
Hopper, R. (1981b). How to do things without words: The taken-for-granted as speech-action.
Communication Quarterly, 29, 228-236.
Hopper, R. (1982). Powerful is as powerful speaks: Linguistic sex differences reconsidered. In
L. Larmer and M.B. Badami (Eds.) Communication language and gender (pp. 162170). Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Extension Press.
55
Hopper, R. (1983). Interpretation as coherence production. In R.T. Craig and K. Tracy (Eds.)
Conversational coherence (pp. 81-98). Beverly Hills CA: Sage.
Hopper, R. (1986). Switching partners in conversation. In J. Wilson and B. Crow (Eds.)
Belfast Working Papers in Language and Linguistics Vol. 8 (pp. 221-242). Ulster,
Ireland: University of Ulster.
Hopper, R. (1988a). Speech, for instance. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 5,
137ff.
Hopper, R. (1988b). Conversation analysis and social psychology as descriptions of
interpersonal communication. In D. Roger and P. Bull (Eds.) Conversation: An
interdisciplinary perspective. pp.48-65. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.
Hopper, R. (1989a). Speech in telephone openings: Emergent interaction vs. routines. Western
Journal of Speech Communication, 53(2), 178-194.
Hopper, R. (1989b) 'Conversation analysis and social psychology as descriptions of
interpersonal communication'. In: Roger, D., P. Bull, eds., Conversation: an
interdisciplinary perspective. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters: 48-65
Hopper, R. (1990) 'Sequential ambiguity in telephone openings: "What are you doin'"',
Communication monographs 56: 24052
Hopper, R. ed. (1990/1) 'Ethnography and conversation analysis after Talking Culture'.
Research on Language and Social Interaction 24: 161-387
Hopper, R. (1991) 'Hold the phone'. In: D. Boden & D.H. Zimmerman, eds. Talk and social
structure: studies in ethnomethodology and conversation analysis. Cambridge: Polity
Press: 217-31
Hopper, R. (1992) Telephone conversation. Bloomington: Indiana University Press
Hopper, R. (1995) 'Episode Trajectory in Conversational Play'. In: P. ten Have, G. Psathas,
eds., Situated order: Studies in the social organization of talk and embodied activities.
Washington, D.C.: University Press of America: 57-72
Hopper, R. (1999) 'Going Public about Social Interaction', Research on Language and Social
Interaction 32:
Hopper, R. (with R. Bell) (1984). Broadening the deception construct. Quarterly Journal of
Speech, 70, 288-302.
Hopper, R., N. Doany, M. Johnson, K. Drummond (1990/1991) 'Universals and particulars in
telephone openings', Research on Language and Social Interaction 24: 369-88
Hopper, R. (with K. Drummond) (1988). Language use and media: A micro-analytic
perspective. Critical Studies in Mass Communication, 5, 163-166.
Hopper, R., Glenn, P. J. (1994) 'Repetition and play in conversation'. In: B. Johnstone, ed.,
Repetition in discourse: Interdisciplinary perspectives, Vol. II. Norwood, NJ: Ablex:
29-40
Hopper, R., S. Koch, J. Mandelbaum (1986) 'Conversation analysis methods'. In: D.G. Ellis,
W.A. Donahue, eds. Contemporary issues in language and discourse processes.
Beverly Hills: Sage: 77109
Hopper, R. (with G.H. Morris) (1987). Symbolic action as alignment: A synthesis of rules
approaches. Research in Language and Social Interaction, 2, 1-31. [ 4]
Hopper, R. (with S.L. Ragan) (1981). Alignment talk in the job interview. Journal of Applied
Communication Research, 9, 85-103.
Housley,W. (2000) 'Category Work and Knowledgeability within Multidisciplinary Team
Meetings', TEXT, 20: 83-107
Housley,W. (2000) 'Story, Narrative and Teamwork', The Sociological Review 48: 425-43
56
Housley,W., R. Fitzgerald (2000) 'Conversation Analysis, Practitioner Based Research,
Reflexivity and Reflective Practice: Some Exploratory Remarks', Ethnographic
Studies, 5: 27-44
Housley,W. (1999) 'Role as an Interactional Device and Resource in Multidisciplinary Team
Meetings', Sociological Research Online 4:3
[http://www.socresonline.org.uk/4/3/housley.html]
Houtkoop, H. (1982). Taalgebruik en konversationele strategieen [Language usage and
conversational strategies]. In M. Aerts a.o. (Red.) Kongresbundel Zomeruniversiteit
Vrouwenstudies 1981 (pp. 237-241). Amsterdam, Nederland: Universiteit van
Amsterdam.
Houtkoop, H. (1983). Beurtwisseling en beurtopbouw in forumdiscussies [Turn-taking and
turn construction in panel discussions]. Tijdschrift voor Taalbeheersing, 5, 114-130.
Houtkoop, H. (1985). Voorstel/acceptatie sequenties in telefoongesprekken
[Proposal/acceptance sequences in telephone conversations]. In W.K.B. Koning (Red.)
Taalbeheersing in Theorie en Praktijk (pp. 204-214). Dordrecht,
Nederland/Providence, RI: Foris Publications.
Houtkoop, H. (1986) 'Summarizing in doctor-patient interaction'. In: T. Ensink et al., eds.
Discourse and Public Life. Dordrecht/Providence, R.I.: Foris Publications: 201-21
Houtkoop, H. (1986). Opening sequences in Dutch telephone conversation. Tilburg Papers in
Language and Literature, No. 101. [ 3]
Houtkoop, H. (1987). Making arrangements: Proposal-acceptance sequences in Dutch
telephone conversations. In M.B. Papi and J. Verschuren (Eds.) The pragmatic
perspective (pp. 345-354). Amsterdam, Nederland: Benjamins.
Houtkoop, H. (1988a). De interactionele functie van het toelichten van voorstellen in
alledaagse gesprekken [The interactional function of accounting for proposals in everyday
conversations]. Interdisciplinair Tijdschrift voor Taal- en Tekstwetenschap, 8(1), 1933.
Houtkoop, H. (1988b). Accounting for proposals. Journal of Pragmatics, 13(2).
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H. (1985) 'Kan een verzoek met "ja" worden geaccepteerd?', Tijdschrift
voor Taal en Tekstwetenschap 5: 2340
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H. (1986a) 'Eigenschappen van aangrenzende paren', Gramma:
Nijmeegs Tijdschrift voor Taalkunde 10: 4162
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H. (1986b) 'Claimen en demonstreren in gesprekken', Tijdschrift voor
Taalbeheersing 8: 22234
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H. (1987) Establishing agreement: an analysis of proposal-acceptance
sequences. Dordrecht/Providence, R.I.: Foris Publications
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H. (1991) 'Opening sequences in Dutch Telephone Conversations'. In:
Boden, D. & D.H. Zimmerman (eds.), Talk and social structure. Studies in
Ethnomethodology and Conversation Analysis. Cambridge: Polity Press: 232-50
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H. (1994) 'De interactionele functie van zacht spreken in interviews'[The
interactional function of speaking softly in interviews], Gramma/TTT, Tijdschrift voor
Taalkunde 3: 183-202
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H. (1995) 'Meeting Both Ends: Standardization and Recipient Design in
Telephone Survey Interviews'. In: P. ten Have, G. Psathas, eds., Situated order:
Studies in the social organization of talk and embodied activities. Washington, D.C.:
University Press of America: 91-106
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H. (1996) 'Probing behavior of interviewers in the standardized semiopen research interview', Quality & Quantity 30: 20530
57
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H. (1997a) 'Being friendly in survey interviews', Journal of Pramatics
28: 591-623
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H. (1997b) 'Interactie in gestandaardiseerde interviews' [Interaction in
standardized interviews]. In: L. Meeuwesen & H.Houtkoop-Steenstra (red.), Sociale
Interactie in Nederland. Utrecht: ISOR: 43-62
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H. (1997c) 'Portrait of the person oriented survey interviewer'. In: A.
Marcarino, ed., Analisi della conversatione e prospettive di recerca in
etnometodologia. Urbino: Editioni QuattroVenti: 97-122
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H. (1997d) 'Tussen tekst en interactie in het gestandaardiseerde
interview' [Between text and interaction in the standardized interview],Gramma/TTT,
Tijdschrift voor Taalkunde 6: 107-28
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H. (2000) Interaction and the standardized interview. The living
questionnaire. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H., Ch., Anataki, (1997) 'Creating Happy People by Asking Yes-No
Questions', Research On Language and Social Interaction 30, 4, 285-315
Houtkoop-Steenstra, H., H. Mazeland, (1982) 'Beurten en grotere gesprekseenheden',
Tijdschrift voor Taal en Tekstwetenschap 2: 105-35
Houtkoop, H., H. Mazeland, (1985) 'Turns and discourse units in everyday conversation',
Journal of Pragmatics 9: 595-619
Hughes, D. (1976a). “Everyday and medical knowledge in categorizing patients”. In:
Dingwall, R. et al. (eds) Health Care and Health Knowledge, pp. 128-140. London:
Croom Helm.
Hughes, D. (1976b). “Patient categorization as practical decision-making: Observations in a
hospital casualty department”. Medical Sociology Research Centre Occasional
Papers, No. 11. University College of Swansea.
Hughes, D. (1977). “Everyday and medical knowledge in categorising patients”. In: Dingwall
R. et al. (eds) Health care and health knowledge, pp. 128-140. London, UK: Croom
Helm.
Hughes, D. (1978). “Mutual understanding and the production of ordered talk:
Communication between doctors and patients in cardiology outpatient clinics”.
Medical Sociology Research Centre Occasional Papers, No. 17. University College of
Swansea.
Hughes, D. (1980). “The ambulance journey as an information generation process”. Sociology
of Health and Illness, 2 (2), 115-132.
Hughes, D. (1982). “Control in the medical consultation: Organising talk in a situation where
co-participants have differential competence”. Sociology, 16 (3), 359-376.
Hughes, D. (1988). “When the nurse knows best: Some aspects of nurse/doctor interaction in
a hospital casualty department”. Sociology of Health and Illness, 10 (1),1-22.
Hughes, D. (1989). “Paper and people: the work of the casualty reception clerk”. Sociology of
Health and Illness, 11: 382-408.
Hughes, D. (1992). “Stretching the bureaucratic frame: careers interviews in special schools”.
In: Current Research on Occupations and Professions, Special Issue on Human
Service Occupations and Professions, pp 109-135. Greenwich: JAI Press
Hughes, D. (1996). “NHS Managers as rhetoricians: a case of culture management?”
Sociology of Health and Illness, 18 (3), 291-314.
Hughes, D. & Griffiths, L. (1996). “"But if you look at the coronary anatomy...": risk and
rationing in cardiac surgery”. Sociology of Health and Illness, 18 (2), 172-197.
Hughes, D. & Griffiths, L. (1997). “Ruling in and ruling out: two approaches to the microrationing of health care”. Social Science and Medicine 44: 589-599.
58
Hughes, D. & Griffiths, L. (1999a). “Access to public documents in a study of the NHS
internal market: openness v secrecy in contracting for clinical services”. International
Journal of Social Research Methodology: Theory and Practice, 2 (1), 1-16.
Hughes, D. & Griffiths, L. (1999b). “On penalties and the Patient's Charter: centralism v
decentralised governance in the NHS”. Sociology of Health and Illness, 21 (1), 71-94.
Hughes, D. & May, D. (1985). “Some limitations of the interview form in career counseling
for the mildly mentally handicapped”. British Journal of Guidance and Counselling,
13 (2), 178-190.
Hughes, D. & May, D. (1986). “Order, rules and social control in two training centres for
mentally retarded adults”. The Sociological Review, 34: 158-184.
Hughes, J. A., O'Brien, J., Rouncefield, M. & Tolmie, P. (1998a). Some 'real' problems of
'virtual' teamwork. [Online]. Available from
http://www.comp.lancs.ac.uk/sociology/VSOC/LPC4.html [Accessed 26 June 2001].
Hughes, J. A., O'Brien, J., Randall, D., Rouncefield, M. & Tolmie, P. (1998b). Some 'real'
problems of 'virtual' organisation. [Online]. Available from
http://www.comp.lancs.ac.uk/sociology/VSOC/Virtual.html [Accessed 26 June 2001].
Hughes, J. A., O'Brien, J., Randall, D., Rouncefield, M. & Tolmie, P. (1998c). Virtual
Organisations and the Customer: How 'virtual organisations' deal with 'real'
customers. [Online]. Available from
http://www.comp.lancs.ac.uk/sociology/VSOC/YorkPaper.html [Accessed 26 June
2001].
Huisman, Marjan (2001) Besluitvorming in vergaderingen. Organisaties, interactie en
taalgebruik. Diss. Vrije Universteit Amsterdam. Utrecht: LOT. [Decision making in
meetings. Organizations, interaction and language use.]
Hustler, D.E. (1980). Adult-child clarification sequences. In M. McClure and P. French (Eds.)
Adult-child conversation. London, UK: Croom Helm.
Hustler, D.E. (1988a). Teachers' knowledge, sociologists' knowledge and collaboration. In P.
Woods and A. Plooard (Eds.) Sociology and teaching. London, UK: Croom Helm.
Hustler, D.E. (1988b). It's not like normal lessons: You don't have to wag school anymore. In
A. Pollard, J. Purvis, and G. Walford (Eds.) Education, training and the new
vocationalism. Open University Press.
Hustler, D.E., and Cuff, E.C. (1980). Stories and story-time in an infant classroom. In M.
McClure and P. French (Eds.) Adult-child conversation. London, UK: Croom Helm.
Hustler, D.E., and Cuff, E.C. (1982). Telling a story: Teacher and pupil competence in an
infant school. In G.C.F. Payne and E.C. Cuff (Eds.) Doing teaching. London, UK:
Batsford.
Hustler, D.E., and Cummings, C. (1986). Action research and teacher's professional
knowledge. In D.E. Hustler, E.C. Cuff, and A. Cassidy (Eds.) Action research in
classrooms and schools. London, UK: Allen and Unwin.
Hustler, D.E., and Payne, G.C.F. (1985). Ethnographic conversational analysis. In R. Burgess
(Ed.) Strategies of educational research: Qualitative methods. Falmer Press.
Hutchby, I. (1991) “The organisation of talk on talk radio”. In: Scannell, P. (ed.), Broadcast
Talk, pp. 119-137. London: Sage.
Hutchby, I. (1992a). “Confrontation talk: Aspects of “interruption” in argument sequences on
talk radio”. Text, 12 (3), 343-371.
Hutchby, I. (1992b). “The pursuit of controversy: routine scepticism in talk on talk radio”.
Sociology, 26 (4), 673-694.
Hutchby, I. (1995). “Aspects of Recipient Design in Expert Advice-Giving on Call-In Radio”.
Discourse Processes, 19 (2), 219-238.
59
Hutchby, I. (1996a). “Power in discourse: the case of arguments on a British talk radio show”.
Discourse & Society, 7 (4), 481-498.
Hutchby, I. (1996b). Confrontation talk: Arguments, Asymmetries, and power on talk radio.
Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Hutchby, I. (1997). “Building alignments in public debate: A case study from British TV”.
Text 17 (2), 161-179.
Hutchby, I. (1998). “Where is the discourse? A response to Ulrike Hanna Meinhof and Kay
Richardson”. Current Issues in Language and Society, 5 (4), 274-277.
Hutchby, I. (1999a). “Beyond Agnosticism?: Conversation Analysis and the Sociological
Agenda”. Research on Language and Social Interaction, Tracy, K. (ed.), Special Issue:
Language and Social Interaction Research at the Century’s Turn, 32 (1-2), 85-93.
Hutchby, I. (1999b). “Frame attunement and footing in the organisation of talk radio
openings”. Journal of Sociolinguistics, 3 (1), 41-64.
Hutchby, I. (1999c). “Power in discourse.’ In: Jaworski, A. & Coupland, N. (eds.) The
Discourse Reader. pp. 576-588. London: Routledge.
Hutchby, I. (1999d). “Rhetorical Strategies in Audience Participation Debates on Radio and
TV”. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 32 (3), 243-267.
Hutchby, I. (2001a) “Confrontation as a spectacle: The argumentative frame of the Ricki Lake
Show”. In: Tolson, A. (ed.), Television Talk Shows: Discourse, Performance, Spectacle, pp.
155-172. New Jersey: Erlbaum.
Hutchby, I. (2001b). Conversation and Technology: From the Telephone to the Internet.
Cambridge: Polity.
Hutchby, I. (2001c). “The moral status of technology: Being recorded, being heard, and the
construction of children’s concerns about family relationships”. In: Hutchby I. &
Moran-Ellis, J. (eds) Children, Technology and Culture, pp. 104-122. London:
Routledge Falmer.
Hutchby, I. (2001d). “Oh, irony and sequential ambiguity in arguments”. Discourse & Society,
12 (2), 147-165.
Hutchby, I. (2001e). “Technologies, texts and affordances”. Sociology. 35 (2), 441-456.
Hutchby, I. & Moran-Ellis, J. (eds) (1998) Children and Social Competence: Arenas of
Action. London: Falmer Press.
Hutchby, I. & Moran-Ellis, J. (eds) (2001). Children, Technology and Culture: The Impacts of
Technologies in Children’s Everyday Lives. London: RoutledgeFalmer.
Hutchby, I. & Wooffitt R. (1998). Conversation Analysis: Principles, Practices and
Applications. Cambridge: Polity. [Review: Travers, M. (1999). “Review of Ian
Hutchby and Robin Woofitt's Conversation Analysis: Principles, Practices and
Applications”. Discourse Studies, 1 (3), 373-374.]
Hutchby, I. (with Drew, P.) (1995) “Conversation analysis”. In: Ostman, J.-O., Verschueren,
J. & Blommaert, J. (eds.) Handbook of Pragmatics, pp. 182-190. Antwerp: John
Benjamins.
Hutchby, I. (with Fordham, A. Gilbert, N. & Wooffitt, R.) (1997). “Modelling talk in context:
An exploration in the computational modelling of dialogue”. Papers in Sociology and
Social Research, 29. University of Surrey.
Hutchby, I. (With Moran-Ellis, J.) (1998). “Situating children’s social competence”. In:
Hutchby, I. & Moran-Ellis, J. (eds.) Children and Social Competence: Arenas of
Action, pp. 7-26. London: Falmer Press.
Hutchby, I. (with J. Moran-Ellis) (2001). “Introduction: Relating children, technology and
culture”. In: Hutchby, I. & Moran-Ellis, J. (eds.), Children, Technology and Culture,
pp. 1-10 London: RoutledgeFalmer.
60
Ide, H. (1985). A.V. Shikureru no kan'yoteki chosa hihan to sono daitai senryaku [A.V.
Cicourel's critique of traditional research and his alternative strategy]. Toyo Daigaku
Daigakuin Kiyo [Toyo University Graduate School Bulletin], 22.
Inagami, T. (1978). "Shakai kakushin no riron" wo mezashite [Toward a "theory of social
reform"]. Hitotsubashi ronso dai 74 kan 2 go [Hitotsubashi Review] 74(2).
Iwasaki, S. (1997). “The Northridge earthquake conversations: The floor structure and the
‘loop’ sequence in Japanese conversation”. Journal of Pragmatics, 28: 661-693.
Jacoby, S., P. Gonzales (1991) 'The constitution of expertnovice in scientific discourse', ial
Issues in Applied Linguistics 2: 14982
Jalbert, P.L. (1983). Some constructs for analyzing news. In H. Davis and P. Walton (Eds.)
Language, image, media (pp. 282-299). Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell.
Jalbert, P.L. (1984). 'News speak' about the Lebanon war. Journal of Palestine Studies, 14(1),
16-35.
Jalbert, P.L. (1989). Categorization and beliefs: News accounts of Haitian and Cuban
refugees. In D.T. Helm, W.T. Anderson, A.J. Meehan, and A.W. Rawls (Eds.) The
interactional order: New directions in the study of social order (pp. 231-248). New
York, NY: Irvington Publishers.
Jalbert, P.L. (1994) 'Structures of the "unsaid"', Theory, Culture & Society 11: 12760
Jalbert, P.L. (Ed.) (1999a) Media Studies: Ethnomethodological Approaches. Lanham, New
York, Oxford: University Press of America and the International Institute for
Ethnomethodology and Conversation Analysis. [Studies in Ethnomethodology and
Conversation Analysis No. 5]
Jalbert, Paul L. (1999b) 'Critique and analysis in media studies: media criticism as practical
action'. In: P.L. Jalbert, (Ed.) Media Studies: Ethnomethodological Approaches.
Lanham, New York, Oxford: University Press of America: 31-52
Jayyusi, L. (1984). Categorization and the moral order. Boston, MA: Routledge and Kegan
Paul. [Reviews: J.D. Brewer in British Journal of Sociology, 1985, 36(4), 631-632; D.
Francis, Journal of the British for Phenomenology, 18(1).]
Jayyusi, Lena (1988) 'Towards a Socio-logic of the Film Text', Semiotica 68: 271-96.
Jayyusi, Lena (1991a) 'The Equivocal Text and the Objective World', Continuum: The
Australian Journal of Media and Culture 5: 166-90.
Jayyusi, L. (1991b). “Values and moral judgement: communicative praxis as moral order”. In:
Button, G. (ed.) Ethnomethodology and the human sciences, pp. 227-251. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Jayyusi, L. (1993a). “Premeditation and happenstance: the social construction of intention,
action and knowledge”. Human Studies, 16 (4), 435-455.
Jayyusi, L. (1993b). The reflexive nexus: Photo-practice and natural history. Continuum 6(2),
25-52. [http://wwwmcc.murdoch.edu.au/ReadingRoom/6.2/Jayyusi.html]
Jefferson, G. (1972) 'Side sequences'. In: D. Sudnow, ed. Studies in social interaction. New
York: Free Press: 294-338
Jefferson, G. (1973) 'A case of precision timing in ordinary conversation: overlapped tagpositioned address terms in closing sequences', Semiotica 9: 47-96
Jefferson, G. (1974) 'Error correction as an international resource', Language in Society 2:
181-99
Jefferson, G. (1978 a) 'Sequential aspects of story telling in conversation'. In: J.N. Schenkein,
ed., Studies in the organization of conversational interaction. New York: Academic
Press: 213-48
Jefferson, G. (1978 b) 'What's in a "Nyam"?', Sociology 12: 135-9
61
Jefferson, G. (1979) 'A technique for inviting laughter and its subsequent
acceptance/declination'. In: G. Psathas, ed., Everyday language: studies in
ethnomethodology. New York: Irvington: 79-96
Jefferson, G. (1980) 'On "trouble-premonitory" response to inquiry', Sociological Inquiry 50:
153-85
Jefferson, G. (1981a). The abominable "ne?": An exploration of post-response pursuit of
response. In P. Schroder (Hrsg.) Sprache der gegenwaart (pp. 53-88). DŸsseldorf,
BRD: Padagogischer Verlag Schwann. [expanded version in Manchester Sociology
Occasional Papers (1981). No. 6, 1-82. [ 2]
Jefferson, G. (1981b) 'Caveat speaker'. Final report SSRC (mimeo)
Jefferson, G. (1983a). Another failed hypothesis: Pitch/loudness as relevant to overlap
resolution. Tilburg Papers in Language and Literature, No. 38, 1-24. [ 3]
Jefferson, G. (1983b). Caveat speaker: Preliminary notes on recipient topic-shift implicature.
Tilburg Papers in Language and Literature, No. 30, 1-18. [ 3]
Jefferson, G. (1983c) 'On exposed and embedded correction in conversation'. Studium
Linguistik, 14: 58-68
Jefferson, G. (1983d). On a failed hypothesis: 'Conjunctionals' as overlap-vulnerable. Tilburg
Papers in Language and Literature, No. 28, 1-33. [ 3]
Jefferson, G. (1984 a) 'On stepwise transition from talk about a trouble to inappropriately
next-positioned matters'. In: Atkinson, J.M., J. Heritage, eds. Structures of Social
Action: Studies in Conversation Analysis. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press:
191-222
Jefferson, G. (1984 b) 'On the organization of laughter in talk about troubles'. In: Atkinson,
J.M., J. Heritage, eds. Structures of Social Action: Studies in Conversation Analysis.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: 346-69
Jefferson, G. (1984 c) 'Notes on a systematic deployment of the acknowledgement tokens
"Yeah" and "Mm hm"', Papers in Linguistics 17: 197-206
Jefferson, G. (1984d). Notes on some orderlinesses of overlap onset. In V. D'Urso and P.
Leonardi (Eds.) Discourse analysis and natural rhetoric (pp. 11-38). Padua, Italy:
Cleup Editore.
Jefferson, G. (1985 a) 'On the interactional unpacking of a "gloss"', Language in Society 14:
435-66
Jefferson, G. (1985 b) 'An exercise in the transcription and analysis of laughter'. In: T.A. van
Dijk,ed. Handbook of discourse analysis. London: Academic Press. Vol. 3: 25-34
Jefferson, G. (1986) 'Notes on 'latency' in overlap onset', Human Studies 9: 15384
Jefferson, G. (1987) 'On exposed and embedded correction in conversation'. In: Button, G.,
J.R.E. Lee, eds., Talk and social organisation. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters: 86-100
Jefferson, G. (1988a) 'On the sequential organization of troubles talk in ordinary
conversation'. Social Problems 35: 418-41
Jefferson, G. (1988b). Notes on a possible metric which provides for a 'standard maximum'
silence of approximately one second in conversation. In D. Roger and P. Bull (Eds.)
Conversation: An interdisciplinary perspective. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.
Jefferson, G. (1989) 'Preliminary notes on a possible metric which provides for a 'standard
maximum' silence of approximately one second in conversation'. In: Roger, D., P.
Bull, eds., Conversation: an interdisciplinary perspective. Clevedon: Multilingual
Matters: 166-96
Jefferson, G. (1990) 'List-construction as a task and a resource'. In: G. Psathas, eds.
Interaction Competence. Washington, D.C.: University Press of America: 63-92
62
Jefferson, G. (1993) 'Caveat speaker: Preliminary notes on recipient topic-shift implicature',
Research on language and social interaction 26: 1-30
Jefferson, G. (1996) 'A case of transcriptional stereotyping', Journal of Pragmatics 26: 15970
Jefferson, G., and Lee, J.R.E. (1980a). End of grant report to the British SSRC on the analysis
of conversations in which "troubles" and "anxieties" are expressed. (Ref. HR 4802).
(awarded to G. Jefferson and J. R. E. Lee - University of Manchester, Oct. 78 - Sept.
30, 1980).
Jefferson, G., J.R.E. Lee, (1981b) 'The rejection of advice: managing the problematic
convergence of a "TroublesTelling" and a "Service Encounter"', Journal of Pragmatics
5: 399-422
Jefferson, G., Sacks, H., and Schegloff, E.A. (1977). Preliminary notes on the sequential
organization of laughter. Pragmatics Microfiche. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Department of Linguistics.
Jefferson, G., H. Sacks, E.A. Schegloff (1987) 'Notes on laughter in the pursuit of intimacy'.
In: Button, G., J.R.E. Lee, eds., Talk and social organisation. Clevedon: Multilingual
Matters: 152-205
Jefferson, G., J. Schenkein (1977) 'Some sequential negotiations in conversation: unexpanded
and expanded versions of projected action sequences', Sociology 11: 87103 (also in:
J.N. Schenkein, ed., Studies in the organization of conversational interaction. New
York: Academic Press (1978): 155-72)
Jennings, K.L., and Jennings, S. (1974). Tests and experiments. In A.V. Cicourel et al.
Language use and school performance. New York, NY: Wiley.
Jirotka, M., Gilbert, G.N. & Luff, P. (1992). “On the Social Organisation of Organisations”.
CSCW Journal, 1 (1-2), 95-118.
Jirotka, M., Heath, C.C. & Luff, P. (1995). “Ethnography by Video for Requirements Capture
(Mini-Tutorial)”. In: Proceedings of Second IEEE International Symposium on
Requirements Engineering. pp. 190-193. University of York.
Jirotka, M., Luff, P. & Gilbert, G.N. (1991). “Participant Frameworks for Computer
Mediated Communication”. In: Proceedings of ECSCW 1991. pp. 279-291.
Amsterdam, Netherlands.
Jirotka, M., Luff, P.K. & Heath, C.C. (1993). “Requirements for Technology in Complex
Environments: Tasks and Interaction in a City Dealing Room”. SIGOIS Bulletin
(Special Issue) Do users get what they want?, 14 (2), Dec, 17-23.
Johnson, J.M. (1977). Ethnomethodology and existential sociology. In J. D. Douglas and J.M.
Johnson (Eds.) Existential sociology (pp. 153-173). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Jones, F.M. (1989). The organization of tea leaf readings and the reader-client relationship. In
D.T. Helm, W.T. Anderson, A.J. Meehan, and A.W. Rawls (Eds.) The interactional
order: New directions in the study of social order (pp. 186-209). New York, NY:
Irvington Publishers.
Joosten, A. (1997) Psychosociale verklaringen voor klachten in
huisarts-spreekuurgesprekken: een gespreksanalytische studie. [Psychosocial
explanation of complaints in general practice consultations: a conversation analytic
study - in Dutch only] Groningen: Vakgroep Taal en Communicatie, Rijksuniversiteit
Groningen {Groningen Series on Language Use and Communication]
Jordan, Brigitte (1987) 'The Hut and the Hospital: Information, Power and Symbolism in the
Artifacts of Birth', Birth: Issues in Perinatal Care and Education 14:1:36-40.
63
Jordan, Brigitte (1989) 'Cosmopolitical Obstetrics: Some Insights from the Training of
Traditional Midwives'. Social Science and Medicine 28:9:925-44.
Jordan, Brigitte (1996) 'Transforming Ethnography -- Reinventing Research'. In: Groupware Software für die Teamarbeit der Zukunft: Grundlegende Konzepte und Fallstudien. J.
Schiestl and H. Schelle, eds. Marburg, Germany: Tectum Verlag: 200-12
Jordan, Brigitte (1996) 'Ethnographic Workplace Studies and Computer Supported
Cooperative Work'. In: . Dan Shapiro, Michael Tauber and Roland Traunmüller, eds.,
The Design of Computer-Supported Cooperative Work and Groupware Systems.
Amsterdam, The Netherlands: North Holland/Elsevier Science: 17-42
Jordan, Brigitte (1997) 'Authoritative Knowledge and Its Construction'. In: Robbie DavisFloyd and Carolyn Sargent, eds. Childbirth and Authoritative Knowledge: CrossCultural Perspectives. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press: 55-79
Jordan, B., A. Henderson, (1995) 'Interaction analysis: foundations and practice', The Journal
of the Learning Sciences, 4: 39-101
Jordan, Brigitte and Nancy Fuller (1975) 'On the Non-Fatal Nature of Trouble: Sense-Making
and Trouble-Managing in Lingua Franca Talk', Semiotica 13:11-31
Jordan, K. & Lynch, M. (1992). “The sociology of a genetic engineering technique: ritual and
rationality in the performance of the plasmid prep”. In: Clarke A. & Fujimura, J. (eds)
The Right Tools for the Job: At Work in 20th Century Life Sciences, pp. 77-114.
Princeton: Princeton University Press. [Repubished in translation: Lynch, M (1997).
“Rituel et rationalité dans l’exécution de la ‘préparation des plasmides’”. In: Clarke A.
& Fujimura, J. (eds) La Matérialite des Sciences: Savoir-faire et Instruments dans les
Sciences de la Vie, pp. 107-153 Paris: Sythelabo.]
Jordan, K. & Lynch, M. (1993). “The Mainstreaming of a Molecular Biological Tool: A Case
Study of a New Technique”. In: Button, G. (ed.), Technology in Working Order:
Studies of Work, Interaction and Technology, pp.160-180. London: Routledge.
Jordan, K. & Lynch, M. (1998). “The dissemination, standardization, and routinization of a
molecular biological technique”. Social Studies of Science, 28 (5/6), 773-800.
Jules-Rosette, B. (1976). Verbale und visuelle Darstellungen in einer rituellen Situation. In E.
Weingarten, F. Sack, and J. Schenkein (Hrsg.) Ethnomethodologie (pp. 203-243).
Frankfurt, BRD: Suhrkamp.
Jules-Rosette, B. (1978). The politics of paradigms: Contrasting theories of consciousness and
society. Human Studies, 1, 92-110.
JulesRosette, B. (1985) 'Harold Garfinkel: la contribution de l'ethnomethodologie à la
recherche sociologique', Sociétés: Revue des sciences humaines et sociales. no. 5,
septembre 1985: 358 (interview with Garfinkel)
Kallmeyer, W., and SchŸtze, F. (1976). Konversationsanalyse. Studium der Linguistik, 1, 128.
Kangasharju, H. 1996. 'Aligning as a Team in Multiparty Conversation',Journal of Pragmatics
26: 291 - 319
Kato, H. (1975). Gafinkeru no esunomesodoroji [Garfinkel's ethnomethodology]. Chuo
Hyoron, 138. [Reprinted as: Keisoshobo as Esunomesodoroji no kanosei [The
potentiality of ethnomethodology]. In H. Kato (1986). Hiroba no komyunikeshon e
[Toward the communication of the plaza]. Tokyo, Nippon: Keisoshobo.
Kato, H. (1978). Nichijo niokeru imifuyo katsudo [The act of making sense in everyday life].
In T. Yoshida (Ed.) Shakaigaku [Sociology]. Tokyo, Nippon: Nihon Hyoron Sha
[Reprinted in H. Kato (1986). Hiroba no komyunikeshon e [Toward the
communication of the plaza]. Tokyo, Nippon: Keisoshobo
64
Kato, H. (1978). Shakaiteki sogosayo eno genshogakuteki sekkin [Phenomenological
approaches to social interaction]. Shakaigaku Hyoron [Japanese Sociological Review],
114 [Reprinted in H. Kato (1986). Hiroba no komyunikeshon e [Toward the
communication of the plaza]. Tokyo, Nippon: Keisoshobo.]
Kato, H. (1980). Esunomesodoroji [Ethnomethodology]. In S. Yasuda et al. (Eds.) Kiso
Shakaigaku dai 2 kan shakai katei [Introduction to Sociology, Vol. 2, Social process].
Tokyo, Nippon: Toyokeizai Shinposha.
Kato, H. (1986). Hiroba no komyunikeshon e [Toward the communication of the plaza].
Tokyo, Nippon: Keisoshobo.
Kato, H. (1987). Josei kaiho undo to esunomesodoroji [Women's liberation movements and
ethnomethodology]. In Kurihara and Shoji (Eds.) Shakai undo to bunka keisei [Social
movements and cultural constructions]. Tokyo, Nippon: Tokyo Daigaku Shuppankai.
Kaufmann, Laurence; Louis Quéré (2001) 'Comment analyser les collectifs et les institutions
?' In: Fornel, Michel de, Albert Ogien, Louis Quéré (dir.) L'ethnométhodologie: une
sociologie radicale [Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection
"Recherches"]: 361-90
Kawatoko, Y. (1999). “Space, Time and Documents in a Refrigerated Warehouse”. Human
Studies, 22 (2-4), Oct.
Kelly, J., J.K. Local (1989) 'On the use of general phonetic techniques in handling
conversational material'. In: Roger, D., P. Bull, eds., Conversation: an
interdisciplinary perspective. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters: 197-212
Kelly, R. (1998) 'Nurses Talking : a radical policy, ethnomethodology, for researching critical
care nursing', Nursing in Critical Care 3: 41-6
Kelly, R. (1999) 'Goings on in a CCU: an ethnomethodological account of things that go on in
a routine hand-over", Nursing in Critical Care 4: 85-91
Kendon, A. (1982). “The organization of behavior in face-to-face interaction: Observations on
the development of a methodology”. In: Scherer, K. & Eckman, P. (eds) Handbook of
Methods in Nonverbal Behaviour Research. pp. 440-505, Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Kerby, J., J. Rae (1998) 'Moral identity in action: young offenders' reports of encounters with
the police', British Journal of Social Psychology 37: 439-56
Kessler, S.J., W. McKenna, (1978) Gender: an ethnomethodological approach. New York:
Wiley
Khoudour, L., Hindmarsh, J., Aubert, D., Velastin, S. & Heath, C.C (2001) “Enhancing
Security Management in Public Transport using Automatic Incident Detection”.
Proceedings of Urban Transport 2001, Lemnos, Greece.
Kitazawa, Y. (1982). Esunomesodoroji no seiin no katsudo ni taisuru kaihokogainen to
'Suiron' [The concept of et cetera and 'reasoning' in ethnomethodology]. Shakaigaku
Nenshi [The Annals of Sociology], 23, 131-150.
Kitazawa, Y. (1984). Pasonzu riron to esunomesodoroji [Parsons' theories and
ethnomethodology]. Shakaigaku Hyoron [Japanese Sociological Review], 34(1), 5876.
Kitazawa, Y. (1985). Gengo niyoru koi no kosei [The construction of action by language]. In
Ehara and Yamagishi (Eds.) Genshogakuteki shakaigaku [Phenomenological
sociology]. Tokyo, Nippon: Sanwa Shobo.
Kitazawa, Y. (1985). Dokusa no seitosei [The legitimacy of the doxa]. Waseda Daigaku
Bungakukenkyuka Kiyo Bessatsu 11 Shu [Special Edition of the Waseda University
Literature Department Bulletin, Vol. 11].
65
Kitazawa, Y. (1987).Nichijo seikatsu to haigo kitai [The world of everyday life and
background knowledge]. In T. Yamagishi (Ed.) Nichijo seikatsu to shakairiron
[Everyday life and social theories]. Tokyo, Nippon: Keio Tsushin.
Kitazawa, Y. (1992). “Local Interactional Production of the Rational Practice of
Consumption”. Human Studies, 15 (1) 145-160.
Kitazawa, Y. (1999). “The Accountability of Hand-Drawn Maps and Rendering Practices”.
Human Studies, 22 (2-4), Oct.
Kitsuse, J. & Cicourel, A.V. (1963). A note on the uses of official statistics. Social Problems,
11, 131-139. [See discussion by P. Eglin (1987).]
Kitzinger, C. (2000). “Doing feminist conversation analysis”. Feminism and Psychology,
10 (2), May,163-193.
Klatzky, S. (1977). Authored delays in identification: Part one. Analytic Sociology, 1(1), A¯7D¯7.
Klatzky, S. (1978). Authored delays in identification: Part two. Analytic Sociology, 1(2), A¯4D¯8.
Knorr-Cetina, K. (1981). The micro-sociological challenge of macro-sociology: Towards a
reconstruction of social theory and methodology. In K. Knorr-Cetina and A.V.
Cicourel (Eds.) Advances in social theory and methodology: Toward an integration of
micro- and macro-sociologies. London, UK: Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Knorr-Cetina, K., and Mulkay, M. (Eds.). (1983). Science observed: Perspectives on the social
study of science. London, UK: Sage.
Koeck, R. (1976). Das Problem der "ethnomethodologischen Indifferenz". Soziale Welt, 27,
261-277.
Komter, M. (1986). Token up-dates: The reiteration of mutual knowledge in the opening
stages of job interviews. Human Studies, 9(2/3), 247-259.
Komter, M.L. (1987) Conflict and cooperation in job interviews; a study of talk, tasks and
ideas. Dissertatie, Universiteit van Amsterdam
Komter, M.L. (1991) Conflict and cooperation in job interviews; a study of talk, tasks and
ideas. Amsterdam: Benjamins
Komter, M.L. (1994) 'Accusations and defences in courtroom interaction', Discourse &
Society 5: 16587.
Komter, M.L (1995) 'The Distribution of Knowledge in Courtroom Interaction'. In: P. ten
Have, G. Psathas, eds., Situated order: Studies in the social organization of talk and
embodied activities. Washington, D.C.: University Press of America: 107-28
Komter, M.L. (1997) 'Berouw in de rechtszaal' [Remourse in the courtroom]. In: L.
Meeuwesen & H.Houtkoop-Steenstra (red.), Sociale Interactie in Nederland. Utrecht:
ISOR: 101-122
Komter, M.L. (1998) Dilemmas in the court room. A study of Trials of Violent Crime in the
Netherlands. Lawrence Erlbaum [Everyday Communication Series]
Kon, S. (1982). Gafinkeru [Garfinkel]. Gendai Shiso [Review of Contemporary Thought],
10(10), 138-141.
Koskinen, I. (2000). “Plans, evaluation, and accountability at the workplace”. Sociological
Research Online, 4 (4), February, U71-U95.
Kurihara, A. (1980). Shakaigaku no genzai [Sociology today]. Gendai Shiso [Review of
Contemporary Thought], 8(4), 82-95. (introduces the work of David Sudnow and
others to Japanese readers)
Kurihara, A. (1981a). Jisatsu ron to shakaigaku sono 1 [Suicide theories and sociology No. 1].
Gendai Shiso [Review of Contemporary Thought], 9(5). [Reprinted in Seiji no shigaku
[Poetics of politics] (pp. 85-89). Tokyo, Nippon: Shinyo Sha.]
66
Kurihara, A. (1981b). Jisatsu ron to shakaigaku sono 2 [Suicide theories and sociology No. 2].
Gendai Shiso [Review of Contemporary Thought], 9(6). [Reprinted in Seiji no shigaku
[Poetics of politics] (pp. 90-94). Tokyo, Nippon: Shinyo Sha.]
Lal, B.B. (1982). "So near and yet so far": The Chicago school of symbolic interactionism and
its relationship to developments in the sociology of sociology and ethnomethodology.
Studies in Symbolic Interactionism, 4, 151-170.
Langage et travail (1989) Travail et pratiques langagières. Communications, 2526 Avril
1989, Min. de la Recherche, Paris
Laurier, E. & Whyte, A. (2001). “'I saw you': Searching for lost love via practices of reading,
writing and responding”. Sociological Research Online, 21 (1), May
Law, J. & Lodge, P. (1978). “Structure as process and environmental constraint: A note on
ethnomethodology”. Theory and Society, 5: 373-386. [See Coulter, J. (1982) in
Philosophy of the Social Sciences.]
Law, J. & Lynch, M. (1988). “Lists, field guides, and the descriptive organization of seeing:
Birdwatching as an exemplary observational activity”. Human Studies, 11 (2/3), 271304. [Reprinted in Lynch, M., & Woolgar, S. (eds) (1990). Representation in scientific
practice. pp. 267-299. Cambridge, Mass.: M.I.T. Press.]
Lazarsfeld, P.F. & Rosenburg, M. (eds) (1955). The Language of Social Research. New York:
The Free Press.
Lebaron, C.D. & Streek, J. (1997). “Built Space and the Interactional Framing of Experience
During a Murder Interrogation”. Human Studies, 20 (1), January.
Lecerf, Y. (ed) (1986). Special issue: EthnomŽthodologies. Pratiques de Formation, Analyses,
11/12.
Lecerf, Y. (1986). Les principaux concepts de l'ethnomŽthodologie et le refus du
raisonnement par induction. Pratiques de Formation, Analyses, 11/12, 61-67.
Lee, J.R.E. (1984). Innocent victims and evil doers. Women's Studies: International Forum, 7,
69-73.
Lee, J.R.E. (1987) 'Prologue: talking organisation'. In: Button, G., J.R.E. Lee, eds., Talk and
social organisation. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters: 19-53
Lee, J.R.E. (1991). “Language and culture: the linguistic analysis of culture a” . In: Button, G.
(ed.) Ethnomethodology and the human sciences, pp. 196-226. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press. [a I would like to thank two friends for their assistance in writing this
chapter. Wes Sharrock, as always, gave generously of his time and capacity to make
more sense of what I say than I do. Rod Watson has discussed these ideas with me.]
Lee, J.R.E. (1993) 'Regards et habitudes des passants: les arrangements de la visibilité de la
locomotion', Les Annales de la recherche urbaine, 57-58: 101-10
Leiter, K. (1974). Ad hocing in the schools. In A.V. Cicourel et al. Language use and school
performance. New York, NY: Wiley.
Leiter, K. (1976). Teachers use of background knowledge to interpret test scores. Sociology of
Education Journal, 49, 59-65.
Leiter, K. (1980). A primer on ethnomethodology. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.
[Review: G. Button, Sociology, 1980.]
Lemert, C.C. (1979). De-centered analysis: Ethnomethodology and structuralism. Theory and
Society, 7, 289-306.
Lemert, C.C. (1979). Language, structure, and measurement: Structuralist semiotics and
sociology. American Journal of Sociology, 84, 929-957.
Lepper, G. (2000) Categories in text and talk: a practical introduction to categorization
analysis. London: Sage
67
Lerner, G.H. (1989). Notes on overlap management in conversation: The case of delayed
completion. Western Journal of Speech Communication, 53(2), 167-177.
Lerner, G. (1991) 'On the syntax of sentences-in-progress', Language in Society 20: 441-58
Lerner, G. (1992) 'Assisted storytelling: Deploying shared knowledge as a practical matter',
Qualitative Sociology 15: 247-71
Lerner, G. (1993) 'Collectivities in action: Establishing the relevance of conjoined
participation in conversation', Text 13: 213-45
Lerner, G. (1994) 'Responsive list construction: A conversational resource for accomplishing
multifaceted social action', Journal of Language and Social Psychology 13
Lerner, G. (1995) 'Turn design and the organization of participation in instructional activities',
Discourse Processes 19: 111-31
Lerner, G.H. (1996) 'On the "semi-permeable" character of grammatical units in conversation:
conditional entry into the turn space of another speaker'. In: Ochs, E., E.A. Schegloff,
S.A. Thompson, eds., Interaction and Grammar. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press: 238-76
Lerner, G. H. (1996) 'On the place of linguistic resources in the organization of talk-in
interaction: "Second person" reference in multi-party conversation', Pragmatics 6:
281-294
Lerner, G.H. '"Finding face" in the preference structures of talk-in-interaction', Social
Psychology Quarterly 59: 303-321.
Lerner, G. & Takagi, T. (1999). “On the Place of Linguistic Resources in the Organization of
Talk-in-Interaction: A Co-Investigation of English and Japanese Grammatical
Practices”. Journal of Pragmatics, 31: 49-75.
Lester, M. (1980). Generating newsworthiness: The interpretive construction of public events.
American Sociological Review, 45, 984-994.
Lester, M., and Hadden, S.C. (1980). Ethnomethodology and grounded theory methodology.
Urban Life, 9, 3-33.
Leudar, I. & Nekvapil, J. (1998). “On the emergence of political identity in the Czech Mass
media: the case of the Democratic Party of Sudentenland”. Czech Sociological Review,
6: 43-58.
Leudar, I. & Nekvapil, J. (2000). “Presentations of Romanies in the Czech media: On category
work in television debates”. Discourse and Society, 11 (4), October, 487-513.
Levinson, S.C. (1983). Pragmatics. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. [See
especially Chapter 6: Conversational structure.] [Review: Toolan, M., Journal of
Literary Semantics, 1986, 15, 145-151.]
Levinson, S.C. (1987a). Conceptual problems in the study of regional and cultural style. In N.
Dittmar and P. Schlobinski (Eds.) Methods of sociolinguistic description and
explanation (pp. 161-190). Berlin: Verlag.
Levinson, S.C. (1987b). Minimization and conversational inference. In M. Papi and J.
Verschueren (Eds.) The pragmatic perspective (pp. 61-129). Amsterdam, Nederland:
Benjamins.
Levinson, S.C. (1987c). Putting linguistics on a proper footing: Explorations in Goffman's
participation framework. In P. Drew and A.J. Wootton (Eds.) Goffman: Exploring the
interaction order (pp. 161-227). Oxford, UK: Polity Press.
Liberman, K.B. (1978). Problems of communication in western desert courtrooms. Australian
Legal Service Bulletin, 3(4), 84-86.
Liberman, K.B (1980). “Ambiguity and gratuitious concurrence in inter-cultural
communication”. Human Studies, 3 (1), January, 65-85.
68
Liberman, K.B. (1981). Understanding Aborigines in Australian courts of law. Human
Organization, 40(3), 247-255.
Liberman, K.B. (1982a). Some linguistic features of congenial fellowship. International
Journal of the Sociology of Language, 36, 35-51.
Liberman, K.B. (1982b). The organization of talk in Aboringinal community decision-making.
Anthropological Forum, 5(1), 38-53.
Liberman, K.B (1982c). The economy of central Australian Aboriginal expression: An
inspection from the vantage of Merleau-Ponty and Derrida. Semiotica, 39(3/4), 81160.
Liberman, K.B. (1983a). Intercultural communication in Central Australia. In R. Bauman and
J. Sherzer (Eds.) Case studies in the ethnography of speaking (pp. 316-326). Austin,
TX: Southwestern Educational Development Laboratory.
Liberman, K.B. (1983b). Review: The time of the sign. American Anthropologist, 85(2), 428429.
Liberman, K.B. (1984). The hermeneutics of intercultural communication. Anthropological
Linguistics, 26(1), 53-83.
Liberman, K.B (1985). Understanding interaction in central Australia: An
ethnomethodological study of Australian Aboriginal people. London, UK: Routledge
and Kegan Paul. [Reviews: D. Boden, Contemporary Sociology, 1986, 15(6), 849-850;
R.J. Anderson (with W.W. Sharrock), Journal of the British Society for
Phenomenology, 1986; A.W. McHoul, Australian and New Zealand Journal of
Sociology, 1987, 23, 457-460.]
Liberman, K.B. (1986). Toward a universal criticism of reason. Journal of Phenomenological
Psychology, 17(2), 113-127.
Liberman, K. (1990) 'The collective character of disputes in Aboriginal communities',
Sociolinguistics 19: 89-98
Liberman, K. (1996) '"Universal Reason" as a local organizational method: Announcement of
a study', Human Studies 19: 289-301
Light, D.W. & Hughes, D. (2001a).Rationing: Constructed Realities and Professional
Practices. SHI Monograph 2001. Oxford, Blackwell.
Light, D.W. & Hughes, D. (2001b). “A sociological perspective on rationing: power, rhetoric
and situated practices”. Sociology of Health and Illness, 23: 551-569. [See also
“Introduction”. In: Light, D.W. & Hughes, D. (2001a).Rationing: Constructed
Realities and Professional Practices, SHI Monograph 2001. Oxford, Blackwell].
Lindstrom, A. (1994). “Identification and Recognition in Swedish Telephone Conversation
Openings”. Language in Society, 23 (2), 231-252.
Livet, Pierre (2001) 'Dynamiques ethnométhodologiques'. In: Fornel, Michel de, Albert Ogien,
Louis Quéré (dir.) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale [Colloque de
Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection "Recherches"]: 421-37
Livingston, E. (1986). Ethnomethodological foundations of mathematics. London, UK:
Routledge and Kegan Paul. [Review: R.J. Anderson (with W.W. Sharrock), Journal of
the British Society for Phenomenology, 1986.]
Livingston, E. (1987). Making sense of ethnomethodology. London, UK: Routledge and
Kegan Paul. [Review: R.J. Anderson, Sociological Review, 1988.]
Livingston, E. (1995) An Anthropology of Reading. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
Livingston, E. (1999) 'Cultures of proving', Social Studies of Science 29: 867-88
Lloyd, M. (1996) 'Condemned to be meaningful: non-response in studies of men and
infertility' Sociology of Health and Illness 18: 433-454.
69
Lloyd, M. (1997) 'The language of reproduction: is it doctored?' Qualitative Health Research
7: 184-201.
Local, J. (1996) 'Conversational phonetics: sime aspects of news receipts in everyday talk'. In:
E. Couper-Kuhlen, M. Selting, eds. Prosody in conversation: interactional studies.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: 177-230
Local, J.K., et al. (1986) 'Towards a phonology of conversation: turntaking in Tyneside
English', Journal of Linguistics 22: 411-37
Local, J.K., and Kelly, J. (1984). Towards a phonology of conversation: turn-taking in
Tynside English. Linguistics, 22, 411-437.
Local, J.K., and Kelly, J. (1986). Projection and 'silences': Notes on phonetic and
conversational structure. Human Studies, 9(2/3), 185-204.
Local, J., T. Wootton (1995) 'Interactional and phonetic aspects of immediate echolalia in
autism: a case study', Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics 9: 155-84
Locastro, V. (1987). “Aizuchi: A Japanese conversational routine”. In: Smith, L. (ed.)
Discourse Across Cultures. Pp. 101-113. New York: Prentice Hall.
Locastro, V. (1999). “A sociocultural functional analysis of fragmentation in Japanese”.
Multilingua, 18 (4), 369-389.
Locker, D. (1981) Symptoms and illness: the cognitive organization of disorder. London:
Tavistock
Lomax, H., N. Casey (1998) ' Recording Social Life: Reflexivity and Video Methodology'
Sociological Research Online, vol. 3, no. 2
[http://www.soc.surrey.ac.uk/socresonline/3/2/1.html]
Lowe, A., Findlater, G. & Lynch, M. (1997). “An anatomical atlas: Printed in relief from
intaglio plates produced directly from sections of plastinated cadavers and combined
with digital imaging”. (Art Project). In: Sci-Art: Partnerships in Science and Art, Top
40 Entries. London: The Wellcome Trust.
Luff, P.K. (1992). Requirements for a System to Support Medical Consultations. Working
Paper, Rank Xerox Cambridge EuroPARC.
Luff, P.K. (1994). The AA: Preliminary Notes on the Activities Communication and
Organisation of the Work of the Operation Centre and Mobile Workers. WIT Report,
Universty of Surrey.
Luff, P.K. (1997). Computers and Interaction: The Social Organisation of a HumanComputer Interaction in the Workplace. PhD. University of Surrey.
Luff, P.K., Gilbert,G.N. & Frohlich, D.M. (eds) (1990). Computers and conversation.
London: Academic Press.
Luff, P.K. & Heath, C.C. (1992). “System use and social organisation: observations on
human-computer interaction in an architectural practice”. In: Button, G. (ed.),
Technology in working order: studies of work, interaction and technology, pp. 184210. London: Routledge.
Luff, P.K. & Heath, C.C. (1993a). “The practicalities of menu use: improvisation in screen
based activity”. Journal of Intelligent Systems, 3 (2-4), 251-286. [Special Issue on the
Social Context of Intelligent Systems].
Luff, P.K. & Heath C.C. (1993b). “Towards the social organisation of human computer
interaction”. In: Button, G. (ed.), Technology in working order: studies of work,
interaction and technology, pp. 72-98. London: Routledge Kegan Paul.
Luff, P.K. & Heath, C.C. (1998). “Mobility in Collaboration”. In: Proceedings of CSCW'98,
Seattle, WA, November 14 -18, pp. 305-314.
Luff, P.K. & Heath, C.C. (1999). “Surveying the scene: the monitoring practices of staff in
control rooms”. In: Noyes, J. & Bransby, M. (eds) People in Control. Proceedings of
70
An International Conference on Human Interfaces in Control Rooms, Cockpits and
Command Centres. 21 -23 June, 1999, University of Bath, UK. pp. 1-6. University of
Bath, UK, IEE Press. [Received Best Paper Award]
Luff, P.K. & Heath, C.C. (2000a). “The Collaborative Production of Computer Commands in
Command and Control”. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 53:
669-699 [Available online at http://www.idealibrary.com]
Luff, P.K. & Heath, C.C. (2000b). “Surveying the Scene: Technologies for Everyday
Awareness and Monitoring in Control Rooms”. Interacting With Computers
Luff, P.K., Heath, C.C. & Greatbatch, D. (1992). “Tasks-in-interaction: Paper and screen
based documentation in collaborative activity”. In: Proceedings of the Conference on
Computer Supported Cooperative Work. pp. 163-170. Toronto.
Luff, P.K., Heath, C.C. & Greatbatch, D. (1994). “Work, Interaction and Technology: the
naturalistic analysis of human conduct and requirements capture”. In: Jirotka, M. &
Goguen, J. Requirements Engineering: Social and Technical Issues, pp. 259-288.
London: Academic Press.
Luff, P.K., Heath, C.C. & Jirotka, M. (2000). “Surveying the Scene: Technologies for
Everyday Awareness and Monitoring in Control Rooms”. Interacting With Computers.
13: 193-228.
Luff, P.K., Hindmarsh, J. and Heath, C.C. (2000a). “Introduction”. In Luff, P., Hindmarsh, J.
& Heath, C.C. (eds) Workplace Studies: Recovering Work Practice and Informing
System Design, pp 1-26. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Luff, P.K., Hindmarsh, J. & Heath C.C. (eds) (2000b). Workplace Studies: Recovering Work
Practice and Informing Systems Design. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Luff, P. & Jirotka, M. (1998). “Interactional Resources for the Support of Collaborative
Activities: Common Problems for the Design of Technologies to Support Groups and
Communities”. In: Ishida, T. (ed.) Community Computing and Support Systems: Social
Interaction in Networked Communities, pp 249-266. Berlin: Springer Verlag.
Luff, P., Jirotka, M., Heath, C. C. & Greatbatch, D. (1993). “Tasks and Social Interaction: the
Relevance of Naturalistic Analyses of Conduct for Requirements Engineering”. In:
Proceedings of RE'93: IEEE International Symposium on Requirements Engineering,
Jan 4-6, 1993, San Diego. pp.187-190. San Diego.
Luff, P.K., Knoblauch, H. & Heath, C.C. (1996). “Innovation or Integration: The
Development of Interactive Broadcast Services”. Proceedings of Mobile
Communications Sumit. pp. 471-477. Granada, Spain.
Lutfey, K., D.W. Maynard (1998) 'Bad news in oncology: how phyisician and patient talk
about death and dying without using those words', Social Psychology Quarterly 61:
321-341
Lynch, M. (1982a). “Technical work and critical enquiry: investigation in a scientific
laboratory”. Social Studies of Science, 12 (4), 499-533.
Lynch, M. (1982b). “Closure and disclosure in pre-trial argument”. Human Studies, 5 (4), OctDec, 15-33.
Lynch, M. (1983). “Accommodation practices: Vernacular treatments of madness”. Social
problems, 31 (2), 152-164. [Reprinted in Rubington, E. & Weinberg, M. (eds) (1987).
Deviance: The interactionist perspective, 5th Edition, pp. 33-43. New York, NY:
Macmillan Press; Also reprinted in Stimson J. & Stimson, A. (eds) (1987). Sociology,
Contemporary Readings, 2nd Edition, pp. 169-180. Itasca, IL: F.E. Peacock.]
Lynch, M.E. (1984). “Turning up signs in neurobehavioral diagnosis”. Symbolic interaction 7
(1), 67-86.
71
Lynch, M. (1985a). Art and artifact in laboratory science: A study of shop work and shop talk
in a research laboratory. London, UK: Routledge and Kegan Paul. [Review:
Anderson, R.J. (with Sharrock, W.W.), Journal of the British Society for
Phenomenology, 1986.]
Lynch, M. (1985b). “Discipline and the material form of images: an analysis of scientific
visibility”. Social Studies of Science, 15 (1), 37-66.
Lynch, M. (1985c). “La rétine extériorisée: selection et mathématization des documents
visuels”. [The externalized retina: selection and mathematization in the visual
documentation of objects in the life sciences]. Culture Technique, 14 (Juin), 108-123.
Lynch, M. (1987). “Ethnométhodologie et pratique scientifique: la pertinence du détail”.
[Detail, relevancy, and the scale of inquiry: Ethnomethodology and scientific practice].
Cahiers de Recherches Sociologiques, 5 (2), 47-64.
Lynch, M. (1988a). “Alfred Schutz and the sociology of science”. In: Embree, L.(ed.), Worldly
phenomenology: the influence of Alfred Schutz on human science, pp. 71-100.
Washington, D.C.: Center for Advanced Research in Phenomenology and University
Press of America.
Lynch, M. (1988b). “The externalized retina: selection and mathematization in the visual
documentation of objects in the life sciences”. Human Studies, 11 (2/3),201-234.
[Reprinted in Lynch, M., & Woolgar, S. (eds) (1990). Representation in scientific
practice, pp. 153-186. Cambridge, Mass.: M.I.T. Press; Originally published in
translation: Lynch, M. (1985). “La rétine extériorisée: selection et mathématization
des documents visuels”. Culture Technique, 14 (Juin), 108-123.]
Lynch, M. (1988c). “Horizons pratiques et artistiques de l'observation scientifique”. Bulletin
de Psychologie, Tome XLI (386), 571-575.
Lynch, M.E. (1988d). “Sacrifice and the transformation of the animal body into a scientific
object: laboratory culture and ritual practice in the neurosciences”. Social Studies of
Science, 18 (2),265-289.
Lynch, M. (1991a). “Allan Franklin’s transcendental physics”. In: Fine, A., Forbes, M. &
Wessels, L. (eds) PSA 1990, Proceedings of the 1990 Biennial Meeting of the
Philosophy of Science Association. Volume II. pp. 471-485. E. Lansing, MI:
Philosophy of Science Association.
Lynch, M. (1991b). “Laboratory space and the technological complex: an investigation of
topical contexures”. Science in Context, 4 (1), 81-109. [Reprinted in: Starr, S.L. (1995)
(ed.), Ecologies of knowledge: work and politics in science and technology, pp. 226256. Albany, N.Y.: State University of New York Press.]
Lynch, M. (1991c). “Method: measurement - ordinary and scientific measurement as
ethnomethodological phenomena a”. In: Button, G. (ed.) Ethnomethodology and the
human sciences, pp. 77-108. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. [a I am grateful
to Bob Anderson for his helpful suggestions while I was preparing this chapter, and to
David Bogen for his comments on an earlier draft. I was also aided by recent
discussions with Harold Garfinkel, and I rely heavily upon what I have learnt from him
over the years.]
Lynch, M. (1991d). “Pictures of nothing? Visual construals in social theory”. Sociological
Theory, 9 (1), 1-21.
Lynch, M. (1991e). “Science in the age of mechanical reproduction: contextual uses of
diagrams in contemporary biology”. Biology and Philosophy 6: 155-176.
Lynch, M. (1992a). “Extending Wittgenstein: the pivotal move from epistemology to the
sociology of science”. In: Pickering, A. (ed.), Science as practice and culture, pp. 215265. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. [Reprinted in French Translation under the
72
title, Lynch, M. (2001). “Apres Wittgenstein: Le tournant de l’epistmologie a la
sociologie des sciences”. In de Fornel, M., Ogien, A. & Quéré, L. (dir.)
L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale, pp. 123-160 {Colloque de Cerisy}.
Paris: Editions La Découverte {Collection "Recherches"}.]
Lynch, M. (1992b). “From the "Will to Theory" to the discursive collage: A reply to Bloor's
"Left and right Wittgensteinians"”. In: Pickering, A. (ed.), Science as practice and
culture, pp. 283-300. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Lynch, M. (1992c). “Going full-circle in the sociology of knowledge: Comment on Lynch
and Fuhrman”. Science, Technology, and Human Values, 17 (2), 228-233.
Lynch, M. (1993a).“Epistemic cleansing: Puritan critic disrupts catholic meeting at Oxford”.
The Achievement Project Newsletter, 3 (2), 2-4.
Lynch, M. (1993b). “Harvey Sacks’ philosophical investigations: Review essay of Jefferson,
G. (ed.) (1989) ‘Harvey Sacks, Lectures 1964-65’. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic
Publishers”. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 23 (3), 395-402.
Lynch, M. (1993c). “Representing reference, or how to say ‘fish’”. Social Epistemology, 7
(4), 355-358.
Lynch, M. (1993d). Scientific practice and ordinary action: ethnomethodology and social
studies of science. New York: Cambridge University Press.[Review: Ragouet, P.
(2000). “Book Review: Scientific practice and ordinary action: ethnomethodology and
social studies of science”. Revue Francaise De Sociologie, 41 (1) Jan-Mar, 172-174. ]
Lynch, M. (1994a). “Collins, Hirschauer and Winch: Ethnography, exoticism, surgery,
antisepsis and dehorsification”. Social Studies of Science, 24 (2), 354-369.
Lynch, M. (1994b). “Representation is overrated: Some critical remarks about the use of the
concept of representation in science studies”. Configurations, 2 (1), 137-149.
Lynch, M. (1995a). “Collaboration and scandal: A comment on Labinger”. Social Studies of
Science, 25 (2), 324-329.
Lynch, M. (1995b). “Ethnography and textual authority: Comment on Dauber”. Current
Anthropology, 36 (1), 86-87.
Lynch, M. (1995c). “On Making Explicit”. Computer Supported Cooperative Work, 3: 65-68.
Lynch, M. (1995d). “Springs of action or vocabularies of motive?2. In: Gouk, P. (ed.),
Wellsprings of Achievement: Cultural and Economic Dynamics in Early Modern
England and Japan, pp. 94-110. Aldershot: Valarium.
Lynch, M. (1996a). “DeKanting agency: Comments on Bruno Latour’s ‘On interobjectivity’”.
Mind, Culture, and Activity, 3 (4), 246-251.
Lynch, M. (1996b). “Detoxifying the "poison pen effect"”. In: Ross, A. (ed.), Science
Wars. pp. 238-258. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.
Lynch, M. (1996c). “Ethnomethodology”. In: Kuper A. & Kuper J. (eds) The Social Science
Encyclopedia, 2nd Edition. pp. 265-266. London: Routledge.
Lynch, M. (1997a). “A so called fraud: moral modulations in a literary scandal”. History of
the
Human Sciences, 10 (3), 11-23. [Republished in translation: Lynch, M. (1998). “Variations
vocales et modulations morales d’un scandale littéraire”. In: Jurdant B. (ed.),
Impostures Scientifiques: Les malentendus de l’affaire Sokal, pp. 43-51. Paris:
Éditions La Découverte/Alliage, No. 35-36.]
Lynch, M. (1997b). “A sociology of knowledge machine.” Ethnographic Studies, 2 (Autumn),
16-38.
Lynch, M. (1997c) “Preliminary notes on judges' work: The judge as a constituent of
73
courtroom hearings”. In: Travers, M. & Manzo, J. (eds) Law in Action: Ethnomethodological
& Conversation Analytic Approaches to Law, pp. 99-130. Aldershot, UK: Dartmouth
Publishing Co.
Lynch, M. (1998a). “Obituary: Peter G. Winch”. Social Studies of Science, 28: 172-175.
Lynch, M. (1998b). “The discursive production of uncertainty: The O.J. Simpson "dream
team" and the sociology of knowledge machine”. Social Studies of Science, 28 (5/6),
829-868.
Lynch, M. (1998c). “The production of scientific images: Vision and re-vision in the history,
philosophy, and sociology of science”. Communication & Cognition, 31 (2/3),
213-228.
Lynch, M. (1998d). “Towards a constructivist genealogy of social constructivism”. In:
Velody, I. & Williams, R. (eds) The Politics of Constructionism, pp. 13-32. London:
Sage. [ Reprinted in French translation under the titleLynch, L. (2001). “Vers une
genealogie constructiviste du constructivisme”. In: “Chassez le naturel: Ecologisme,
naturalisme et constructivisme”. Special issue of Revue du Mauss, 17(1), 224-246.]
Lynch, M. (1999a). “Archives in formation: Privileged spaces, popular archives, and paper
trails”. History of the Human Sciences, 12: 65-87.
Lynch, M. (1999b). “Silence in Context: Ethnomethodology and Social Theory”. Human
Studies, 22 (2-4), 211-233. [Republished in Japanese translation in Culture and
Society, (2000) 2 (October), 6-36.]
Lynch, M. (2000a). “Against reflexivity as an academic virtue and source of privileged
knowledge”. Theory, Culture, and Society, 17 (3), June, 26-57.
Lynch, M. (2000b). “Response to Wes Sharrock”. Text 20 (4), 541-544.
Lynch, M. (2000c). “The ethnomethodological foundations of conversation analysis”. Text, 20
(4), 517-32. [Also published (in French translation), under the title Lynch, M. (2001).
“Les fondements ethnomethologiques de l’analyse de conversation”. In: de Fornel, M.,
Ogien, A. & Quéré, L. (eds) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale, pp. 25976. Paris: La Decouverte]
Lynch, M. (2000d). “What’s the point?”. Exhibit in museum exhibition, N01SE: Universal
Language, Pattern Recognition, Data Synaesthetics. Kettle’s Yard, Cambridge & The
Wellcome Trust, Two10 Gallery, London, 28 January - 1 May 2000. [Published in
catalogue designed by Adam Lowe and edited by Alfred Birnbaum. Cambridge:
Kettle’s Yard.]
Lynch, M. (2001a). “Après Wittgenstein: le tournant de l'épistémologie a la sociologie des
sciences”. In: de Fornel, M., Ogien, A. & Quéré, L. (eds) L'ethnométhodologie: une
sociologie radicale, pp. 123-160. Paris: La Decouverte.
Lynch, M. (2001b). “Ethnomethodology and the logic of practice.”. In: Schatzki, T.R., KnorrCetina, K. & von Savigny, E. (eds) The Practice Turn in Contemporary Theory. pp.
131-148. London: Routledge.
Lynch, M. (2001c). “Les fondements ethnométhodologique de l'analyse de conversation”.
In: de Fornel, M., Ogien, A. & Quéré, L. (eds) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale,
pp. 259-76. Paris: La Decouverte.
Lynch, M. (2001d). “Wittgenstein, Regles et Epistemologie”. Rue Descartes, 31 (March), 1159. [French translation of Ch. 5 of Scientific Practice & Ordinary Action.]
Lynch, M, & Bogen, D. (1991). “In defence of dada-driven analysis”. Sociological Theory, 9
(2), 269-276.
Lynch, M, & Bogen, D. (1994). “Harvey Sacks’ primitive natural science”. Theory, Culture &
Society, 11 (4), 65-104.
74
Lynch, M, & Bogen, D. (1996a). The spectacle of history: speech, text, and memory at the
Iran-Contra hearings. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.
Lynch, M, & Bogen, D. (1996b). “Methodological appendix: Postanalytic
ethnomethodology”. In: Lynch, M, & Bogen, D. The spectacle of history: speech, text,
and memory at the Iran-Contra hearings, pp. 262-287. Durham, NC: Duke University
Press.
Lynch, M, & Bogen, D. (1997a). “Lies, recollections and categorical judgements in
testimony”. In: Hester, S. & Eglin, P. (eds) Culture in action: studies in membership
categorization analysis, pp. 99-122. Washington, D.C.: International Institute for
Ethnomethodology and Conversation Analysis and University Press of America.
Lynch, M, & Bogen, D. (1997b). “Reinventing cognitive sociology”. In: Marcarino, A. (ed.),
Analisi della Conversazione e Prospettive di Ricerca in Etnometodologia, pp. 11-24.
Urbino, Italy: Quattro Venti.
Lynch, M, & Bogen, D. (1997c). “Sociology's asociological "Core": an examination of
textbook sociology in light of the sociology of scientific knowledge”. American
Sociological Review, 62: 481-493.
Lynch, M, & Bogen, D. (1999). “The struggle between testimony and evidence at the IranContra Hearings”. In: Jalbert, P.L. (ed.), Media Studies: Ethnomethodological
Approaches, pp. 53-76. Lanham, New York & Oxford: International Institute for
Ethnomethodology and Conversation Analysis and University Press of America.
Lynch, M & Collins, H.M. (Guest Eds.) (1998). “Humans, Animals, and Machines”. Special
Issue of Science, Technology & Human Values, 23 (4), 371-83.
Lynch, M. & Edgerton, S.Y. (1988). “Aesthetics and digital image processing:
representational craft m contemporary astronomy”. In: Fyfe, G. & Law, J. (eds)
Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations, pp.184-220. London:
Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Lynch, M. & Edgerton, S.Y. (1996). “Abstract painting and astronomical image processing”.
In Tauber, F. (ed.), The Elusive Synthesis: Aesthetics and Science. pp.103-124.
Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Lynch, M. & Jasanoff, S. (Guest Eds.) (1998). “Contested Identities: Science, Law, and
Forensic Practice”. Special Issue of Social Studies of Science, 28 (5/6), 675-686.
Lynch, M. & Jordan, K. (1995). “Instructed actions in, of, and as molecular biology”. Human
Studies, 18: 227-44.
Lynch, M. & Jordan, K. (1995b) “L’affaire Williams: un exercice de sociologie de la
connaissance”. Reseaux, 71 (Mai/Juin), 31-54.
Lynch, M. & Jordan, K. (2000). “Patents, promotions, and protocols: Mapping and claiming
scientific territory”. Mind, Culture & Activity, 7 (1&2), 124-146.
Lynch, M. & Law, J. (1999). “Pictures, texts, and objects: The literary language game of
Birdwatching”. In: Biagioli, M. (ed.), Routledge Science Studies Reader, pp. 317-341.
London: Routledge.
Lynch, M., Livingston, E. & Garfinkel, H. (1983). “Temporal order in laboratory life”. In:
KnorrCetina, K.D. & Mulkay, M. (eds) Science observed: perspectives on the social
study of science, pp. 205-238. London: Sage. [Reprinted in Coulter, J. (ed) (1990a).
Ethnomethodological sociology, pp. 416-449. Aldershot: Elgar. {Includes
bibliography compiled by B. J. Fehr and Jeff Stetson with the assistance of Yoshifumi
Mizukawa.}; and (in Spanish translation) In: Iranzo, J.M., Blanco, J.R., González de la
Fe, T., Torres C. & Cotillo A. (Compiladores) (1995). Sociologia de la Ciencia y la
Tecnologia, pp. 163-185. Madrid: Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Cientificas.]
75
Lynch, M. & Macbeth, D. (1998). “Demonstrating physics lessons”. In: Greeno, J. &
Goldman, S. (eds) Thinking Practices in Mathematics and Science Learning, pp.
269-297. Marwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Lynch, M. & McNally, R. (1999a). “Science, common sense, and common law: Courtroom
inquiries, and the public understanding of science”. Social Epistemology, 13 (3),
183-196.
Lynch, M. & McNally, R. (1999b). “Aprisionando um monstro: a producao de representacoes
num campo impuro”. [“Enchaining a monster: the production of representations in an
impure field”] In Gil, F. (ed.), a Ciencia tal qua se faz, pp. 159-86. Lisbon, Portugal:
Ministry of Science & Technology/Edicoes Joao Sa da Costa, Lda.
Lynch, M. & McNally, R. (1999c). “DNA evidence and probability: A situated controversy”.
In: Amann, K. (ed.), Nature and Culture: Genetic Engineering and the Inexorable
Dissolution of a Modern Distinction. Deutsche Hygiene Museum & University of
Bielefeld.
Lynch, M., McNally, R. & Daly, P. (1997). “Fragile espace de la Preuve: Exportées hors de
leur lie d’invention, les pratiques scientifiques sont vulnérables”. In: Special Issue
“300 ans de Science”. La Récherche, 300 (July-August), 112-115.
Lynch, M. & Peyrot, M. (1992). “Introduction: A reader's guide to ethnomethodology”. In:
Peyrot, M. & Lynch, M. (eds) “Ethnomethodology: Contemporary Variations”. Special
issues of Qualitative Sociology, 15 (2&3), 113-122.
Lynch, M., & Woolgar, S. (Guest Eds.) (1988). “Introduction: Sociological orientations to
representational practice in science”. Representation in Scientific Practice, Special
issue of Human Studies, 11 (2/3), 99-116. [Reprinted in Lynch, M., & Woolgar, S.
(eds) (1990). Representation in Scientific Practice, pp. 1-18. Cambridge, MA: The
MIT Press.]
Lynch, M., & Woolgar, S. (eds) (1990). Representation in scientific practice. Cambridge,
Mass.: M.I.T. Press. [Expanded version of 1988 special issue of Human Studies.]
Lynch, W.T. & Fuhrman, E. (1992). “Ethnomethodology As Technocratic Ideology - Policing
Epistemic Boundaries”. Science Technology & Human Values, 17 (2), 234-236.
MacAndrew, C. (1977). “On the notion of drunkenness”. In: Pattison, E.M. et al. (eds)
Emerging concepts of alcohol dependence. New York, NY: Springer.
MacAndrew, C. & Edgerton, R.B. (1969). Drunken comportment: a social explanation.
Chicago: Aldine.
Macbeth, D. (1991). “Teacher authority as practical action”. Linguistics and Education 3:
281-313.
Macbeth, D. (1992) 'Classroom "Floors": Material organizations as a course of affairs'. In:
Peyrot, M., M. Lynch, eds., 'Ethnomethodology: Contemporary Variations', special
issues of Qualitative Sociology 15 (2):123-50
Macbeth, D. (1994) 'Classroom encounters with the unspeakable: "Do you see, Danelle?"',
Discourse Processes 17: 311-35
Macbeth, D. (1996). “The discovery of situated worlds: analytic commitments, or moral
orders?”. Human Studies, 19 (3), July, 267-287.
Macbeth, Douglas (1999) 'Glances, trances, and their relevance for a visual sociology'. In: P.L.
Jalbert, (Ed.) Media Studies: Ethnomethodological Approaches. Lanham, New York,
Oxford: University Press of America: 135-70
Macbeth, Douglas (2001). “On "Reflexivity" in Qualitative Research: Two Readings, and a
Third”. Qualitative Inquiry, 7:35-68
76
McDermott, R.P. & Wertz, M. (1976). “Doing the social order: Some ethnographic advances
from communicational analysis and ethnomethodology”. Reviews in Anthropology, 3,
160-174.
McHoul, A.W. (1978a). “Ethnomethodology and literature: Towards a sociology of reading”.
Poetics, 7, 113-120.
McHoul, A. (1978b). “The organization of turns at formal talk in the classroom”. Language in
Society, 7: 183-213.
McHoul, A.W. (1978c). “Wittgenstein and criticism: Towards a praxiological view of the
text”. New Literary Review, 3, 49-57.
McHoul, A.W. (1980). “The practical methodology of reading in science and everyday life:
Reading Althusser reading Marx”. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 10, 129-150.
McHoul, A.W. (1981a). “Ethnomethodology and the position of relativist discourse”. Journal
for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 11 (2), 107-124.
McHoul, A.W. (1981b). “Remarks on Moore's conception and defence of common sense”.
Dialectics, 35, 399-414.
McHoul, A.W. (1982a). Hermeneutic and ethnomethodological formulations of
conversational and textual talk. Semiotica, 38 (1/2), 91-126.
McHoul, A.W. (1982b). Telling how texts talk: essays on reading and ethnomethodology.
London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
McHoul, A.W. (1983). “Announcing: A contribution to the critique of information systems
models of human communication”. Human Studies, 6 (3), July-Sept, 279-294.
McHoul, A.W. (1984). “Being seen to read the signs: Some extensions of the work of
Sharrock and Anderson”. Information Design Journal, 4, 69-76.
McHoul, A.W. (1985). “Two aspects of classroom interaction, turn-taking and correction: A
research report”. Australian Journal of Human Communication Disorders, 13, 53-64.
McHoul, A. (1986a). “The getting of sexuality: Foucault, Garfinkel and the analysis of sexual
discourse”. Theory, Culture and Society, 3: 65-79.
McHoul, A.W. (1986b). Wittgenstein on certainty and the problem of rule in social science.
Toronto, Canada: Toronto Semiotic Circle.
McHoul, A.W. (1987a). “An initial investigation of the usability of fictional conversation for
doing conversational analysis”. Semiotica, 67, 83-104.
McHoul, A. (1987b). “Why there are no guarantees for interrogators”. Journal of Pragmatics,
11: 455-71.
McHoul, A.W. (1988a). “Foucault, Garfinkel and sexual discourse: A reply to Bailey”.
Theory, Culture and Society, 5, 121-125.
McHoul, A. (1988b). “Language and the sociology of mind: a critical introduction to the work
of Jeff Coulter”. Journal of Pragmatics, 12: 229-86.
McHoul, A. (1990 a). “Critique and description: an analysis of Bogen and Lynch”. Journal of
Pragmatics 14: 523-32.
McHoul, A. (1990 b). “The organization of repair in classroom talk”. Language in Society, 19:
349-77.
McHoul, A. (1994). “Towards a critical ethnomethodology”. Theory, Culture & Society, 11:
105-26.
McHoul, A. (1998). “How can Ethnomethodology be Heideggerian?”. Human Studies, 21 (1),
January, 13-26.
McHoul, A. & Rapley, M. (2001). How To Analyse Talk in Institutional Settings: A casebook
of Methods. Dorset: Continuum.
77
McHoul, A.W. & Watson, D.R. (1984). “Two axes for the analysis of 'commonsense' and
'formal' geographical knowledge in the classroom”. British Journal of the Sociology of
Education, 5 (3), 281-302.
McHugh, P. (1968). Defining the situation: The organization of meaning in social interaction.
New York, NY: Bobbs Merrill.
McHugh, P. (1970a). On the failure of positivism. In J.D. Douglas (Ed.) Understanding
everyday life: Toward the reconstruction of sociological knowledge (pp. 324-340).
Chicago, IL: Aldine Publishing Co.
McHugh, P. (1970b). Commonsense conceptions of deviance. In H.P. Dreitzel (Ed.) Recent
sociology No. 2: Patterns of communicative behavior. New York, NY: Macmillan
Press.
McHugh, P., Raffel, S., Foss, D.C., and Blum, A.F. (1974). On the beginning of sociological
inquiry. London, UK: Routledge and Kegan Paul.
McIllvenny, P. (1995). “Seeing conversations: analyzing sign language talk”. In: P. ten Have,
G. Psathas, eds., Situated order: Studies in the social organization of talk and
embodied activities. Washington, D.C.: University Press of America: 129-50.
McIllvenny, P. (1996). “Popular public discourse at Speakers' Corner: negotiating cultural
identities in interaction”. Discourse & Society, 7: 7-37.
McIllvenny, P. (1996). “Heckling in Hyde Park: Verbal audience participation in popular
public discourse”. Language in Society, 25: 27-60.
Mackay, R.W. (1974a). “Conceptions of children and models of socialization”. In H.P.
Dreitzel (Ed.) (1973). Recent sociology, No. 5 (pp. 27-43). London, UK: Macmillan.
[Revised version in R. Turner (Ed.) (1974). Ethnomethodology (pp. 180-193).
Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.]
Mackay, R.W. (1974b). “Standardized tests: Objective and objectified measures of
competence”. In A.V. Cicourel et al. (Eds.) Language use and social performance.
New York, NY: Academic Press.
Mackay, R.W. (1978a). “Assembling a corpus: The nature and process of instruction”.
Canadian Journal of Sociology, 3, 41-59.
Mackay, R.W. (1978b). How teachers know: A case of epistemological conduct. Sociological
Education, 51, 177-187.
McKeganey, N., and Bloor, M.J. (1981). “On the retrieval of sociological descriptions:
Respondent validation and the critical case of ethnomethodology”. International
Journal of Sociology and Social Policy, 1(3), 58-69.
McKeganey, N., and Smith, B. (1980). “Reading and writing as collaborative production:
Some comments upon Anderson and Sharrock's "Biasing the news"”. Sociology, 14
(4), 615-621. [Part 3 of four part debate. See: D.C. Anderson and W.W. Sharrock,
1979; G. Murdock, 1980; and W.W. Sharrock and D.C. Anderson, 1982.]
Malone, M.J. (1997) Worlds of Talk: The Presentation of Self in Everyday Conversation.
Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.
Mandelbaum, J. (1987). “Couples sharing stories”. Communication Quarterly 35: 144-70.
Mandelbaum, J. (1989). “Interpersonal activities in conversational storytelling”. Western
Journal of Speech Communication, 53 (2), 114-126.
Mandelbaum, J. (1990/1991). “Beyond mundane reasoning: conversation analysis and
context”. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 24: 333-50.
Mandelbaum, J. (1993). “Assigning responsibility in conversational storytelling: the
interactional construction of reality”. Text 13: 247-66.
Mandella, A. (1980-81). “Etnomethodologia e linguistica chomskiana: La confluenze di due
modelli generative”. Quaderni de Sociologia, 34, 419-446.
78
Mangrum, F.G. & Mangrum, C.W. (1995). “An Ethnomethodological Study of Concerted and
Biographical Work Performed By Elderly Persons During Game Playing”.
Educational Gerontology, 21 (3), 231-246.
Manning, P.K. (1970). “Talking and becoming: A perspective on organizational
socialization”. In J.D. Douglas (Ed.) Understanding everyday life: Toward the
reconstruction of sociological knowledge (pp. 239-258). Chicago, IL: Aldine
Publishing Co.
Manning, P.K. (1977a). “Rules, colleagues and situationally justified action”. In R.
Blankenship (Ed.) Colleagues in organizations: The social construction of
professional work, (pp. 263-289). New York, NY: John Wiley.
Manning, P.K. (1977b). “Rules in organizational context: Narcotics law enforcement in two
settings”. Sociological Quarterly, 18, 44-61.
Manning, P.K. (1979). “The reflexivity and facticity of knowledge: Criminal justice research
in the 'seventies'”. American Behavioral Scientist, 22, 697-732.
Manning, P.K. (1979). “Metaphors of the field: Varieties of organizational discourse”.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 24, 660-671.
Manning, P.K. (1982). “Organizational work: Structuration of the environment”. British
Journal of Sociology, 33, 118-139.
Manning, P.K. (1984). “Police classifications of the mentally ill: Some aspects of honor”. In
L. Teplin (Ed.) Mental health and criminal justice, (pp. 177-198). Beverly Hills, CA:
Sage.
Manning, P.K. (1986). “Text as organizational echoes”. Human Studies, 9 (2/3), 287-302.
Manning, P.K. (1987). “The social reality and social organization of natural decisionmaking”. Washington and Lee Law Review, 43 (4), 1291-1311.
Manzo, J. (1993). “'Jurors' narratives of personal experience in deliberation talk”. Text, 13:
267-90.
Manzo, John. (1994). “You Wouldn't Take a Seven-Year-Old and Ask Him All These
Questions: Jurors' Use of Practical Reasoning in Supporting their Arguments”. Law
and Social Inquiry, 19: 601-26.
Manzo, J. (1996). “Taking turns and taking sides: opening scenes from two jury
deliberations”. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59: 107-25.
Manzo, John F. (1997). "Ethnomethodology, Conversation Analysis, and the Sociology of
Law'. In: Travers, M. & J.F. Manzo, eds. (1997) Law in Action: Ethnomethodological
& Conversation Analytic Approaches to Law. Aldershot, UK: Dartmouth Publishing
Co.: 1-15.
Manzo, John; Robin L. Heath, Lee Xenakis Blonder (1998). “The Interpersonal Management
of Crying among Survivors of Stroke”. Sociological Spectrum, 18: 161-184.
Manzo, John; Lee Xenakis Blonder, Allan F. Burns (1995). “The Social-Interactional
Organization of Narrative and Narrating among Stroke Patients and their Spouses”.
Sociology of Health and Illness, 17: 307-327.
Marandin, J.-M. (1984a). Distribution et contexte dans une description lexicale. Cahiers de
Lexicologie, 44, 137-149.
Marandin, J.-M. (1984b). Miniatures sentimentales [...]. LINX, 10, 75-95. (UniversitŽ de Paris
X)
Marandin, J.M. (1986) 'Des mots et des actions: compliment, complimenter et l'action de
complimenter'. In: Conein, B., et al. (1986) Lexique et faits sociaux. (Lexique 5). Lille:
Presses Universitaires de Lille:65-99
79
Marandin, J-M. (1987). Des mots et des actions: 'Compliment', 'complimenter' et l'action de
complimenter [Words and actions: A study of complimentary words and
complimentary actions]. Lexique, 5, 65-100.
Marcarino, A., ed. (1997) Analisi della conversatione e prospettive di recerca in
etnometodologia. Urbino: Editioni QuattroVenti
Marlaire, C.L., D.W. Maynard (1990) 'Standardized testing as an interactional phenomenon',
Sociology of Education 63: 83-101
Marlaire, C.L., D.W. Maynard (1993) 'Social problems and the organization of talk in
interaction'. In: J.A. Holstein, G. Miller, eds. Reconsidering social problems: debates
in social problems theory. New York: Aldine de Gruyter: 173-98
Marr, L., Francis, D. & Randall, D. (1999). “"The Soccer Game" as journalistic work:
managing the production of stories about a football club”. In: Jalbert, P.L. (ed) Media
Studies: Ethnomethodological Approaches, pp. 111-34. Lanham, New York, Oxford:
University Press of America.
Maso, I. (1972). David Silverman: From the application of rules to thinking. Amsterdams
Sociologisch Tijdschrift, 2, 31-40.
Maso, I. (1978). Harold Garfinkel (1917). In L. Rademaker (Red.) Hoofdfiguren uit de
sociologie 3 [The founding fathers of sociology]. (pp. 45-62, 221-222). Utrecht,
Nederland: Het Spectrum.
Maso, I. (1984). Verklaren in het dagelijks leven: Een inleiding in etnomethodologisch
onderzoek [Explaining in everyday life: An introduction to ethnomethodological
research]. Groningen: Wolters-Noordhoff.
Maso, I. (1987). Waakhonden van de wetenschap [Watchdogs of science]. Handelingen, 1,
23-33.
Maso, I. (1989). "Ja ik heb nog steeds e:h pijn": Conversatieanalyse door de bril van een
etnomethodoloog ["Yes it still huh hurts": Conversation analysis as seen by an
ethnomethodologist]. Amsterdams Sociologisch Tijdschrift.
May, T. (2000). “Reflexivity in social life and sociological practice: A rejoinder to Roger
Slack”. Sociological Research Online, 5 (1), May, U186-U189. [See: Slack, R.S.
(2000). “Reflexivity or sociological practice: A reply to May” Sociological Research
Online, 5 (1), May, U180-U185.]
Maynard, D.W. (1980) 'Placement of topic changes in conversation', Semiotica 30: 26390
Maynard, D.W. (1981). “Review: Sexual scripts: The social construction of female sexuality,
by Judith Long Laws and Pepper Schwartz”. Sex Roles, 7 (12), 1234-1235.
Maynard, D.W. (1982a). “Aspects of sequential organization in plea bargaining discourse”.
Human Studies, 5 (4), Oct-Dec, 319-344.
Maynard, D.W. (1982b). “Defendent attributes in plea bargaining: Notes on the modeling of
sentencing decisions”. Social Problems, 29 (4), 347-360.
Maynard, D.W. (1982c) “Person description in plea bargaining”. Semiotica, 42: 195-213
Maynard, D.W. (1983a). “Language in court”. American Bar Foundation Research Journal,
1, 211-222.
Maynard, D.W. (1983b). “Review: Making sense of reification: Alfred Schutz and
constructionist theory, by Burke C. Thomason”. Contemporary Sociology, 12 (4), 459460.
Maynard, D.W. (1983c) “Social order and plea bargaining in the court”. Sociological
Quarterly, 24: 233-51
Maynard, D.W. (1984) Inside plea bargaining: the language of negotiation. New York:
Plenum
80
Maynard, D.W. (1985) 'The problem of justice in the courts approached by the analysis of plea
bargaining discourse'. In: T.A. van Dijk,ed. Handbook of discourse analysis. London:
Academic Press. Vol. III: 153-79
Maynard, D.W. (1985) 'How children start arguments', Language in Society :1-29
Maynard, D.W. (1985) 'On the functions of social conflict among children', American
Sociological Review 50: 207-23
Maynard, D.W. (1986) 'The development of argumentative skills among children'. In: A.
Adler, P. Adler, eds. Sociological studies of child development, vol. 1. Greenwich, CT:
JAI Press: 233-58
Maynard, D. (1986) 'Offering and soliciting collaboration in multi-pary disputes among
children (and other humans)', Human Studies 9: 261-86
Maynard, D.W. (1988) 'Language, interaction, and social problems', Social Problems 35: 31134
Maynard, D.W. (1989 a) 'Perspective-display sequences in conversation'. Western Journal of
Speech Communication 53: 91-113
Maynard, D.W. (1989 b) 'On the ethnography and the analysis of talk in institutional settings'.
In: J. Holstein, G. Miller, eds. New perspectives on social problems. Greenwich, CT:
JAI Press, 127-64
Maynard, D.W. (1989 c) 'Notes on the delivery and reception of diagnostic news regarding
mental disabilities'. In: In: Helm, D.T., W.T. Anderson, A.J. Meehan, A.W. Rawls,
eds. The interactional order: New directions in the study of social order. New York:
Irvington: 54-67
Maynard, D.W. (1991) 'Bearing bad news in clinical settings'. In: B. Dervin, ed. Progress in
communication sciences. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex: 143-72
Maynard, D.W. (1991) 'On the interactional and institutional bases of asymmetry in clinical
discourse', American Journal of Sociology 97: 448-95
Maynard, D.W. (1991) 'The perspective-display series and the delivery and receipt of
diagnostic news'. In: D. Boden & D.H. Zimmerman, eds. Talk and social structure:
studies in ethnomethodology and conversation analysis. Cambridge: Polity Press: 16292
Maynard, D.W. (1992) 'On clinicians coimplicating recipients' perspective in the delivery of
diagnostic news'. In: Drew, P., J. Heritage, eds. Talk at work: interaction in
institutional settings. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: 331-58
Maynard, D.W. (1992) 'Narratives and narrative structure in plea bargaining'. In: J. Levi, A.
Walker, eds. Language in the Judicial Process. New York: Plenum Press
Maynard, D.W. (1996) 'On "realization" in everyday life: the forecasting of bad news as a
social relation', American Sociological Review 61: 109-31
Maynard. D.W. (1996) 'From paradigm to prototype and back again: interactice aspects of
"cognitive prosessing" in standardized survey interviews'. In: N. Schwarz, S. Sudman,
eds. Answering questions: methodology for determining cognitive and communicating
processes in survey research. San Francisco: Jossey Bass
Maynard, D.W. (1997) 'The news delivery sequence: bad news and good news in
conversational interaction', Research on Language and Social Interaction 30: 93-130
Maynard, D., (1997) 'Structural aspects of bad news and good news in conversational
interaction'. In: A. Marcarino, ed., Analisi della conversatione e prospettive di recerca
in etnometodologia. Urbino: Editioni QuattroVenti: 59-76
Maynard, D.W. (1998) 'Praising Versus Blaming the Messenger: Moral Issues in Deliveries of
Good and Bad News', Research on Language and Social Interaction 31
81
Maynard, D.W. & Clayman, S.E. (1991) 'The diversity of ethnomethodology', Annual Review
of Sociology 17: 385418
Maynard, D.W., J.F. Manzo (1993) 'On the sociology of justice: Theoretical notes from an
actual jury deliberation', Sociological Theory 11: 171-93 [reprinted in: Travers, M. &
J.F. Manzo, eds. (1997) Law in Action: Ethnomethodological & Conversation Analytic
Approaches to Law. Aldershot, UK: Dartmouth Publishing Co.: 209-37]
Maynard, D.W., C.L. Marlaire (1992) 'Good reasons for bad testing performance: the
interactional substrate of educational exams', Qualitative Sociology 15: 177-202
Maynard, D.W. & Schaeffer, N.C. (1997) 'Keeping the gate: declinations of the request to
participate in a telephone survey interview', Sociological Methods & Research 26: 3479
Maynard, D.W. & Schaeffer, N.C. (2000). “Toward a Sociology of Social Scientifie
Knowledge: Survey Research and Ethnomethodology's Asymmetric Alternates”.
Social Studies of Science, 30 (3), June, 323-370.
Maynard, D.W. & Schaeffer, N.C. (2001) 'La pratique des sondages vue par
l'ethnométhodologie'. In: Fornel, Michel de, Albert Ogien, Louis Quéré (dir.)
L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale [Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La
Découverte [Collection "Recherches"]: 175-206
Maynard, D.W., T.P. Wilson (1980) 'On the reification of social structure'. In: S.G. McNall,
G.N. Howe, eds. Current perspectives in social theory: a research annual. Greenwich,
CT: JAI Press: 287-322
Maynard, D.W., D.H. Zimmerman (1984) 'Topical talk, ritual and the social organization of
relationships', Social Psychology Quarterly 47: 30-116
Maynard, S. (1986). “On back-channel behavior in Japanese and English casual
conversation”. Linguistics, 24: 1079-1108.
Maynard, S. (1989). Japanese Conversation: Self-contextualization, Structure, and
Intellectual Management. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
Mayrl, W.M. (1973). Ethnomethodology: Sociology without society? Catalyst, 7, 15-28.
[Reprinted in F. Dallmayr and T. McCarthy (Eds.) (1977). Understanding and social
inquiry (pp. 262-279). Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press.] [See: B-H
Chua, 1974; W.M. Mayrl, 1974; R.G. Wegmann, 1974.] [See also response by J.
Coulter (1982) in Philosophy of the Social Sciences.]
Mayrl, W.M. (1974). Reply to comments. Catalyst, 8, 85-95. [See: W.M. Mayrl, 1973; B-H
Chua, 1974; R.G. Wegmann, 1974.]
Mazeland, H. (1983 a) 'Specherwechsel in der Schule'. In: K. Ehlich, J. Rehbein, Hrsg.
Kommunikation in Schule und Hochschule: linguistische und ethnomethodologische
Analysen. Tübingen: Narr: 77-101
Mazeland, H. (1983 b) 'Openingssequenties van lesbeginnen'. In: H. Mazeland & J. Sturm,
red. Onderwijs als interactieprobleem. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen Nr.
16b: 95-121
Mazeland, H. (1985) '"Morgen, nehmt Platz." Von der Pause zum Grüssen: die
diskursspezifische Ausprägung des Grussmusters in Anfängen von
Unterrichtsstunden'. In: W. Herrlitz & H. Bolte, Hgs. Kommunikation im
Sprachunterricht. Utrecht: Pressa Trafectina: 71-130
Mazeland, H. (1986) 'Repair-organisatie in onderwijsinteracties'. In: Scholtens & Springorum,
red.: 233-46
Mazeland, H. (1990 a) 'Die Kontextualität minimaler Redeannahmen im ArtzPatientDiskurs'.
In: K. Ehlich, A. Koerfer, A. Redder, R. Weingarten, Hrsg. Medizinische und
therapeutische Kommunikation. Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag: 82-102
82
Mazeland, H. (1990 b) '"Yes", "no" and "mhm": variations in acknowledgment choices'. In: B.
Conein, M. de Fornel, L. Quéré, Les formes de la conversation, vol 1. Issy les
Moulineaux: CNET: 251-82
Mazeland, H. (1991 a) 'Pragmatische aspecten van het gebruik van voornaamwoorden in
vraagwoordvragen', Tijdschrift voor Taal en Tekstwetenschap 10: 122 (ook in: R. van
Hout & E. Huls, red. Artikelen van de Eerste Sociolinguïstische Conferentie. Delft:
Uitgeverij Eburon: 309-28)
Mazeland, H. (1991 b) 'De constructie van vraagwoordvragen en de interactionele organisatie
van achtergrondkennis'. In: M.M.H. Bax & W. Vuijk, red. Thema's in de
taalbeheersing. Dordrecht: Foris Publications: 96-106
Mazeland, H. (1992) Vraag/antwoordsequenties. Amsterdam: Stichting Neerlandistiek VU
(ook: dissertatie R.U. Groningen)
Mazeland, H. (1996) 'Pragmatic aspects of the use of pronouns in wh-questions'. In: W. de
Mulder, L. Tasmowski, eds. Coherence & anaphora. Belgian Journal of Linguistics
10: 185-206
Mazeland, H, P. ten Have (1996) 'Essential tensions in (semi)open research interviews'. In: I.
Maso, F. Wester, eds. The deliberate dialogue: qualitative perspectives on the
interview. Brussels: VUB University Press: 87-113
Mazeland, H., M. Huisman, M. Schasfoort (1995) 'Negotiating categories in travel agency
calls'. In: A. Firth, ed. The discourse of negotiation: studies of language in the
workplace. Oxford: Pergamon: 271-97
Meehan, A.J. (1981). 'Some conversational features of the use of medical terms by doctors
and patients'. In: Atkinson, P., C. Heath, eds. Medical work: realities and routines.
Farnborough: Gower: 107-27
Meehan, A.J. (1986). Record-keeping practices in the policing of juveniles. Urban Life, 15
(1), 70-102.
Meehan, A.J. (1989). 'Assessing the "Policeworthiness" of citizen's complaints to the police:
accountability and the negotiation of "Facts"'. In: Helm, D.T., W.T. Anderson, A.J.
Meehan, A.W. Rawls, eds. The interactional order: New directions in the study of
social order. New York: Irvington: 116-40
Meehan, Albert J. (1997). 'Record-keeping practices in the policing of juveniles'. In: Travers,
M. & J.F. Manzo, eds. Law in Action: Ethnomethodological & Conversation Analytic
Approaches to Law. Aldershot, UK: Dartmouth Publishing Co.: 183-208 (1988)
Mehan, H. (1972). Language using abilities. Language Sciences, 22, 1-10.
Mehan, H. (1973). Assessing children's language using abilities. In J.M. Armer and A.S.
Grimshaw (Eds.) Methodological issues in comparative sociological research (pp. 309343). New York, NY: John Wiley and Sons.
Mehan, H. (1974a). Ethnomethodology and education. In D. O'Shea (Ed.) Sociology of school
and schooling. Washington, DC: National Institute of Education.
Mehan, H. (1974b). Accomplishing classroom lessons. In A. Cicourel et al. (Eds.) Language
use and school performance (pp. 76-142). New York, NY: Academic Press.
Mehan, H. (1976). Students' interactional competence in the classroom. Newsletter of the
Institute for Comparative Human Development, 1 (1), 3-7.
Mehan, H. (1977). Student's formulating practices and instructional strategies. Annals of the
New York Academy of Science, 285, 451-476.
Mehan, H. (1978). Structuring school structure. Harvard Educational Review, 48(1), 32-64.
Mehan, H. (1979a). Learning lessons: social organization in the classroom. Cambridge,
Mass.: Harvard University Press [Review: J. Heap, Language in Society, 1981, 10,
279-282.]
83
Mehan, H. (1979b). What time is it, Denise?: Some observations on the organization and
consequences of asking known information questions in classroom discourse. Theory
into practice, 18 (4), 285-292.
Mehan, H. (1980). The competent student. Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 11, 131152.
Mehan, H. (1982a). The structure of classroom events and their consequences for student
performance. In P. Gilmore (Ed.) Ethnography and education: Children in and out of
school (pp. 59-87). Washington, DC: Center for Applied Linguistics.
Mehan, H. (1982b). Teachers' interpretations of students' behavior. In L.C. Wilkinson (Ed.)
Communicating in the classroom. New York, NY: Academic.
Mehan, H. (1983a). “Le constructivisme social en psychologie et en sociologie”. Sociologie et
Societes, XIV (2), 77-96.
Mehan, H. (1983b) The role of language and the language of role in institutional decision
making', Language in Society 12: 187-211. [Reprinted in S. Fisher and A. Todd (Eds.)
(1986). Language in institutions. Norwood, NJ: Ablex]
Mehan, H. (1984). “Language and schooling”. Sociology of Education, 57, 174-183.
Mehan, H. (1984). “Practical decision making in naturally occurring institutional settings”. In
B. Rogoff and J. Lave (Eds.) Everyday cognition: Its development in social context.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Mehan, H. (1985). “The structure of classroom discourse”. In: T.A. van Dijk,ed. Handbook of
discourse analysis. London: Academic Press. Vol. III:120-131.
Mehan, H. (1987). “Language and power in organizational process”. Discourse Processes, 10,
291-301.
Mehan, H. (1988). “Codes, culture and context: Principles from anthropology and sociology”.
In M. Reynolds (Ed.) Knowledge base for beginning teachers. Boston, MA: Peragon
Press.
Mehan, H. (1988). “Educational handicaps as a cultural meaning system”. Ethos, 71-88.
Mehan, H. (1988). “Reykjavik: The breach and repair of the pure war script”. Multilingua, 7
(1/2), 35-66.
Mehan, H. (1991) 'The school's work of sorting students'. In: D. Boden & D.H. Zimmerman,
eds. Talk and social structure: studies in ethnomethodology and conversation
analysis. Cambridge: Polity Press: 71-90.
Mehan, H. (with Cicourel, A.V.) (1985). “Universal development, stratifying practices and
status attainment”. Social Stratification and Mobility, 4, 3-27.
Mehan, H. (with Davies, P.) (1988). “Professional and family understanding of impaired
communication”. British Journal of Disorders of Communication, 23, 141-151.
Mehan, H. (with Diaz, E. & Moll, L.) (1986). Sociocultural resources in instruction: A context
specific approach. In Beyond language (pp. 187-230). Sacramento, CA: California
State Department of Education.
Mehan, H. & Griffin, P. (1980). “Socialization: The view from classroom interactions”.
Sociological Inquiry, 50 (3/4), 357-391.
Mehan, H. (with Griffin, P.) (1981). Sense and ritual in classroom discourse. In F. Coulmas
(Ed.) Conversational routines: Explorations in standardized communication situations
and prepatterned speech. The Hague: Mouton.
Mehan, H., A. Hertweck, J.C. Meihls (1986) Handicapping the handicapped: decision making
in students' educational careers. Stanford, Cal.: Stanford University Press
Mehan, H. (with Jules-Rosette, B.) (1986). “Desegregation: An interactionalist approach”. In
M.J. Lerner (Ed.) Advancing the art of inquiry in school desegregation research (pp.
205-228). New York, NY: Plenum.
84
Mehan, H., and Mills, J. (1988). “MEND: A nurturing voice in the nuclear arms debate”.
Social Problems, 35 (4), 363-383.
Mehan, H. (with Riel, M.M.) (1982). “Teachers and students' instructional strategies”. In L.L.
Adler (Ed.) Cross-cultural research at issue. New York, NY: Academic.
Mehan, H. (with Rueda, R.) (1986). “Metacognition and passing: Strategic interactions in the
life of learning disabled students”. Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 17 (3),
145-165.
Mehan, H. & Wood, H. (1975a). “An image of man for ethnomethodology”. Philosophy of the
Social Sciences, 5, 365-376.
Mehan, H. & Wood, H. (1975b). “The morality of ethnomethodology”. Theory and Society, 2,
509-530.
Mehan, H. & Wood, H. (1975c). The reality of ethnomethodology. New York: Wiley
[Reprinted Malabar, FL: Robt. E. Krieger Publishing Co., 1983.] [Review: P. Piccone,
Telos, 1975, 26, 195-213.] [German translation of Chapter 2: (1976). FŸnf Merkmale
der RealitŠt. In E. Weingarten, F. Sack, und J. Schenkein (Hrsg.) Ethnomethodologie
(pp. 29-63). Frankfurt, BRD: Suhrkamp.]
Mehan, H., and Wood, H. (1976). “De-secting ethnomethodology: A reply to Lewis A. Coser's
presidential address to the American Sociological Association”. American Sociologist,
11 (1), 13-21. [See: L. Coser, 1975.]
Meier, Chr. (1997). Arbeitsbesprechungen: Interaktionstruktur, Interaktionadynamiek und
Konsequenzen einer sozialen Form. [Workmeetings: Interactional structure,
interaction dynamics, and consequences of a social form] Opladen: Westdeutscher
Verlag
Mellinger, W.M. (1992a). “Accomplishing Fact in Police "Dispatch Packages": An Analysis
for the Situated Construction of an Organizational Record”. In G. Miller and J. A.
Holstein, eds., Perspectives on Social Problems. Vol. 4. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press:
47-72
Mellinger, W.M. (1992b). “Talk-as-Work: The Case of Paramedic Calls for Emergency Field
Orders”. In G. Miller, ed., Current research in Occupations and Profesions. Vol. 7
Special Issue on Human Service Occupations and Professions. Greenwich, CT: JAI
Press: 77-108
Mellinger, W.M. (1994). “Negotiated Orders: The Negotiation of Directives in
Paramedic-Nurse Interactions”. Symbolic Interaction, 17: 165-85
Mellinger, W.M (1995a). “The Anatomy of an Obituary: 'Rock Hudson Dies at 59 After
Fighting AIDS”. Perspectives on Social Problems, 7: 53-84
Mellinger, W.M. (1995b). “Talk, Power and Professionals: Partial Repeats as Challenges in
the Psychiatric Interview”. in Juerg Siegried, ed., Therapeutic and Everyday Discourse
as behavior Change: Toward a Microanalysis in Psychotherapy Process Research.
Norwood, NJ: Ablex: 391-418
Mennell, S. (1976). “Ethnomethodology and the new methodenstreit”. In D.C. Thorn (Ed.)
New directions in sociology. (pp. 139-157). New York, NY: Rowman Littlefield.
Merritt, M. (1976). “On questions following questions in service encounters”. Language in
society, 5 (3), 315-357.
Miller, G. (1983). “Holding clients accountable”. Social Problems, 31, 139-151.
Miller, G. (1985a). Work, ritual structures and the legitimation of alternative communities.
Work and Occupations, 12, 3-22.
Miller, G. (1985b). “Client attitude and organizational process”. Urban Life, 13, 367-394.
Miller, G. (1986a). “Depicting family troubles”. Journal of Strategic and Systematic
Therapies, 5, 1-13.
85
Miller, G. (1986b). “Unemployment as a dramaturgical problem”. Sociological Quarterly, 27,
476-494.
Miller, G. (1987). “Producing family problems”. Symbolic Interaction, 10, 245-265.
Miller, G. (1989). “Defining proper work performance”. Journal of Contemporary
Ethnography, 18 (1), 30-49.
Miller, G. (Ed). (1991a). Contemporary Studies in Sociology Vol 10: Studies in
Organizational Sociology: Essays in Honor of Charles K. Warriner. Greenwich, CT:
JAI Press.
Miller, G. (1991b). Enforcing the Work Ethic. State University: New York Press.
Miller, G. (Ed). (1992). Current Research on Occupations and Professions. Vol 7,
Greenwich, CT : JAI Press.
Miller, G. (1997). Becoming Miracle Workers. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.
Miller, G. & Dingwall, R. (Eds.) (1997). Context and Method in Qualitative Research.
London: Sage Publications Ltd.
Miller, G. & Holstein, J.A. (1989a). “On the sociology of social problems”. In Holstein, J.A.
& Miller,G. (Eds.) Perspectives on social problems, Vol. 1 (pp. 1-18). Greenwich, CT:
JAI Press.
Miller, G. & Holstein, J.A. (1989b). “Social problems work in street-level bureaucracies:
Rhetoric and organizational process”. In G. Miller (Ed.) Studies in organizational
sociology. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Miller, G. & Holstein, J. A. (Eds.) (1993). Constructionist Controversies: Issues in Social
Problems Theory. Hawthorne, NY: Walter de Gruyter.
Miller, G. & Holstein, J. A. (1996). Dispute Domains and Welfare Claims : Conflict and Law
in Public Bureaucracies. (Contemporary Ethnographic Studies, Vol. 8). Greenwich,
CT: JAI Press.
Mills, C. Wright (1940). Situated actions and vocabularies of motive. American Sociological
Review, 5, 904-913.
Misgeld, D. (1980). “Ultimate self-responsibility, practical reasoning and practical action:
Habermas, Husserl, and ethnomethodology on discourse and action”. Human Studies,
3 (3), July, 255-278.
Mishler, E. (1979). “Meaning in context: Is there any other kind?”. Harvard Educational
Review, 49 1), 1-19.
Mishler, E.G. (1984). The Discourse of Medicine: Dialectics of Interviews. Norwood, N.J.:
Ablex.
Mitchell, J.N. (1978). Social exchange, dramaturgy and ethnomethodology. New
York/Oxford.
Miyawaki, Y. (1987). Danwa ni okeru kategorika no purosesu [Categorization process in
discourse]. In Y. Tani (Ed.) Shakaiteki sogokoi no kenkyu [Studies of social
interaction]. Tokyo, Nippon: Kyoto Daigaku Jinbun Kagaku Kenkyujo.
Mizutani, N. (1982). “The listener’s response in Japanese conversation”. Sociolinguistic
Newsletter, 13 (1), 33-38.
Modaff, J.V. & Modaff, D. P. (2000). “Technical notes on audio recording”. Research on
Language and Social Interaction, 33 (1), 101-118.
Moerman, M. (1965). “Ethnic identification in a complex civilization: Who are the Lue?”.
American Anthropologist, 67, 1215-1230.
Moerman, M. (1966). “Kinship and commerce in a Thai-Lue village”. Ethnology, 69, 512513.
Moerman, M. (1967). “Reply to Naroll”. American Anthropologist, 69, 512-513.
86
Moerman, M. (1968). “Being Lue: uses and abuses of ethnic identification”. In: Helm, J. (ed.)
Essays on the problem of tribe. Seattle, WA: University of Washington Press,
[Reprinted as: Accomplishing ethnicity. In R. Turner (Ed.) (1974).
Ethnomethodology. (pp. 54-68). Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.]
Moerman,M. (1969). “A little knowledge”. In Tyler, S.A. (Ed.) Cognitive anthropology (pp.
449-469). New York, NY: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
Moerman, M. (1972). “Analysis of Lue conversation: Providing accounts, finding breaches,
and taking sides”. In Sudnow, D.N. (Ed.) Studies in social interaction. (pp. 170-228).
New York, NY: Free Press.
Moerman, M. (1973). “The use of precedent in natural conversation: A study in practical legal
reasoning”. Semiotica, 9 (3), 193-218.
Moerman, M. (1977). “A preference for self-correction in a Thai conversational corpus”.
Language, 53, 872-882.
Moerman, M. (1978). “Review: Organization of behavior in face-to-face interaction edited by
A. Kendon, R.M. Harris, and M.R. Key”. American Anthropologist, 80 (1), 153-154.
Moerman, M. (1982). “Comments on Ecological theory and ethnic differentiation by W.S.
Abruzzi”. Current Anthropology, 23, 1-25.
Moerman, M. (1988). Talking culture: Ethnography and conversation analysis. Philadelphia,
PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.
Moerman, M. & Sacks, H. (1971/1988). “On "understanding" in the analysis of natural
conversation”. In Moerman, M. Talking culture: Ethnography and conversation
analysis. (pp. 180-186). Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania.
Moerman, M. (1990/1991) “Exploring talk and interaction”. Research on Language and
Social Interaction, 24: 173-87.
Moerman, M. (1992). '”Life after CA: an ethnographer's autobiography”. In: G. Watson, R.M.
Seiler, (eds.) Text in Context: Contributions to ethnomethodology. London: Sage: 3034.
Molotch, H.L. & Boden, D. (1985) “Talking social structure: discourse, domination and the
Watergate hearings”. American Sociological Review, 50: 273-88.
Molotch, H.L. & Lester, M. (1974). “News as purposive behavior: On the strategic use of
routine events, accidents and scandals”. American Sociological Review, 39, 101-112.
Mondada, L. (1995). Formes linguistiques et dynamiques interactionnelles [Linguistic forms
and interactional dynamics], Cahiers de l'ILSL 7, University of Lausanne
Mondada, L. (1995a) 'Analyser les interactions en classe: quelques enjeux théoriques et
repères méthodologiques' [Analyzing class interactions: theoretical and
methodological remarks], Actes du 3ème Colloque d'Orthophonie/Logopédie
'Interventions en groupe et interactions', Université de Neuchâtel, 29-30 sept. (1994.
Travaux Neuchâtelois de Linguistique (TRANEL), 22, 55-89
Mondada, L. (1995b) 'Introduction: pour une approche des formes linguistiques dans les
dynamiques interactionnelles' [Introduction: towards a linguistic approach of
interactional dynamics], in L. Mondada (Eds.), Formes linguistiques et dynamiques
interactionnelles, Actes du colloque de Lausanne, Cahiers de l'ILSL no 7 (pp. 1-18)
Mondada, L. (1995c) 'La construction interactionnelle du topic' [Interactional construction of
topic], in L. Mondada (Eds.), Formes linguistiques et dynamiques interactionnelles,
Actes du colloque de Lausanne, Cahiers de l'ILSL no 7 (pp. 111-135)
Mondada, L. (1995d) 'Planification des énoncés et séquences interactionnelles' [Utterance
planning and interactional sequences], Actes du Colloque BENEFRI-Strasbourg,
'Problèmes de sémantique et de relations entre micro- et macro-syntaxe', Neuchâtel,
19-21 mai 1994, SCOLIA, 5, 319-342
87
Mondada, L. (1997). 'La construction discursive de catégories'. In: D. Dubois (éd.)
Catégorisation et cognition: de la perception au discours. Paris: Kimé: 291-313
Mondada, L. (1998a). 'Pour une linguistique interactionnelle' [Towards an interactional
linguistics], ARBA (Acta Romanica Basiliensa), 8, 113-130
Mondada, L. (1998b). 'Technologies et interactions sur le terrain du linguiste. Le travail du
chercheur sur le terrain' [Technologies and interactions in the linguistic field: the work
of the fieldresearcher], Actes du Colloque de Lausanne 13-14.12.(1998. Cahiers de
l'ILSL 10, 39-68.
Mondada, L. (1998c). 'Therapy interactions: specific genre or "blow up" of ordinary
conversational practices?', Pragmatics 8: 155-66
Mondala, L. (1999). 'L'organisation séquentielle des ressources linguistiques dans
l'élaboration collectives des descriptions' [The sequential organisation of linguistic
resourses in the collective elaboration of descriptions] langage & société, 89: 9-36.
Mondada, L. (2000). Décrire la ville: la construction des savoirs urbains dans l'interaction et
dans le texte. Paris: Anthropos
Mondada, L. (2000) 'Grammaire-pour-l'interaction et analyse conversationnelle'. In: A.-C.
Berthoud, L. Mondada, (eds.) Modèles du discours en confrontation. Berne: Lang
Mori, J. (1999a). Negotiating Agreement and Disagreement in Japanese: Connective
Expressions and Turn Construction. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Mori, J. (1999b). “Well I may be exaggerating but…: Self-qualifying clauses in negotiation of
opinions among Japanese speakers”. Human Studies, 18: 447-473.
Morrison, K.L. (1981). “Some properties of "Telling Order Designs" in didactic inquiry”.
Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 11: 245-62
Morrison, K.L. (1989). “Some researchable recurrences in disciplinary-specific inquiry”. In.
Helm, D.T., Anderson, W.T., Meehan, A.J. & Rawls, A.W. (Eds.) The interactional
order: New directions in the study of social order. (pp. 141-158). New York, NY:
Irvington Publishers.
Mullins, N.C. (1973). “The development of specialities in social science: The case of
ethnomethodology”. Science Studies, 3, 245-273.
Mullins, N.C. & Mullins, C.J. (1973). Theories and theory groups in contemporary American
sociology. New York: Harper & Row. [See: Chapter 8 “Ethnomethodology: The
Speciality That Came In From The Cold” pp. 183-212.]
Murdock, G. (1980). “Misrepresenting media sociology: A reply to Anderson and Sharrock”.
Sociology, 14 (3), 457-468. [Part 2 of four part debate. See: D.C. Anderson and W.W.
Sharrock, 1979; and N. McKeganey and B. Smith, 1980; and W.W. Sharrock and D.C.
Anderson, 1982.]
Murray, S.O. (1985). “Toward a model of members' methods for recognizing interruptions”.
Language in Society, 14, 31-40.
Murray, S.O. (1985). “Power and solidarity in 'interruption': A critique of the Santa Barbara
school conception and its application by Orcutt and Harvey”. Symbolic Interaction, 10,
101-110.
Murray, S.O. & Covelli, L.H. (1988). Women and men speaking at the same time. Journal of
Pragmatics.
Nakagawa, N. (2001). “Out of the methodological jungle: The range of the
ethnomethodologically-oriented constructionist approach in qualitative inquiry”.
Sociological Theory and Methods, 16 (1), 31-46.
88
Nakazawa, S. (1982). Kodokuna tori no joken [Requirements of lonely birds]. Gendai Shiso
[Review of Contemporary Thought], 10(June). [Reprinted in S. Nakazawa (1983).
Chibetto No Motsuaruto [Mozart in Tibet.] Tokyo, Nippon: Serika Shobo
Narens, L. (1976). “Vorstellungssysteme der Geisteskranken”. In E. Weingarten, F. Sack, und
J. Schenkein (Hrsg.) Ethnomethodologie (pp. 272-294). Frankfurt, BRD: Suhrkamp.
Nee, C. & Taylor, M. (2000). “Examining burglars' target selection: Interview, experiment or
ethnomethodology?”. Psychology, Crime & Law, 6 (1), 45-59.
Nekvapil, J. (1997a) 'Die kommunikatieve Überwindung der tschechisch-deutschen etnischen
Polarisation: Deutsche, deutsche Kollegen, Expatriates und andere soziale Kategorien
im Automobilwerk Škoda' [The communicative overcoming of the Tschech/German
ethnic polarization: Germans, German colleagues, expatriates and other social
categories in the Škoda car factory]. In: S. Höhne, M. Nekula (Hgg.), Sprache,
Wirtschaft, Kultur: Deatsche und Tschechen in Interaktion. München: Iudicium: 12745
Nekvapil, J. (1997b) 'Some remarks on item orderings in Czech conversation: the issue of prerequests'. In: B. Palek, ed. Typology: Prototypes, Item Orderings and Universals
[Proceedings of LP'96]. Prague: Charles University Press: 444-50
Nekvapil, J., I. Leudar, (1998) 'Masmediální utvárení dialogických sítí a politické identity:
prípad Demokratické strany Sudety' [Emergence of dialogic networks and political
identity in mass media: the case of Democratic Party of Sudetenland],Slovo a
slovenost 59: 30-52 [Note: an English version has also been published; see Leudar &
Nekvapil, 1988)
Nelson, C.K. (1994) “Ethnomethodological positions on the use of ethnographic data in
conversation analytic research”. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 23: 307-329
Nelson, C.K. (2001). “The haunting of communication research by dead metaphors: for
reflexive analyses of the communication research literature”. Language &
Communication, 21 (3), July, 245-272.
Nicolau, C. (1997) Le cabinet Fl 117 20ème Sud: Approche ethnométhodologique des
pratiques d'un juge des enfants. [Série "Ethnologie(s) en herbe"] Paris: Publications de
l'université Paris 7 - Denis-Diderot
Nijhof, G. (1989). On naturalization in health care. In B. Torode (Ed.) Text and talk as social
practice (pp. 136-154). Dordrecht, Nederland/Providence, RI: Foris Publications.
Nishizaka, A. (1988a). Hikoshiki kenryoku [Informal power]. Riron To Hoho [Social Theory
and Methods], 3 (2), 49-68.
Nishizaka, A. (1988b). Koidekigoto no sogokoiteki kosei [Interactional construction of
action]. Shakaigaku Hyoron [Japanese Sociological Review], 154.
Nishizaka, A. (1995). “The interactive constitution of interculturality: How to be Japanese
with words”. Human Studies, 18; 301-326.
Nishizaka, A. (1999). “Doing Interpreting within Interaction: The Interactive Acomplishment
of a ‘Henna Gaijin’ or ‘Strange Foreigner’”. Human Studies, 22 (2-4) Oct.
Nofsinger, R.E. (1989). “Collaborating on context: Invoking alluded-to shared knowledge”.
Western Journal of Speech Communication, 53 (2), 227-241.
Nofsinger, R.E. (1988/1989). “"Let's talk about the record": Contending over topic redirection
in the Rather/Bush interview”. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 22, 273292. [ 4]
Ochs, E., P. Gonzales, S. Jacoby (1996) '"When I come down I'm in the domain state":
grammar and graphic representation in the interpretative activity of physicists”. In:
Ochs, E., E.A. Schegloff, S.A. Thompson, eds., Interaction and Grammar.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: 328-69
89
Ochs, E., S. Jacoby, P. Gonzales (1994) 'Interpretive journeys: How physicists talk and travel
through graphic space', CONFIGURATIONS 2: 151-171
Ochs, E., E.A. Schegloff, S.A. Thompson, eds. (1996) Interaction and Grammar. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press
Ogien, Albert (2001) 'L'autre sociologie'. In: Fornel, Michel de, Albert Ogien, Louis Quéré
(dir.) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale [Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris:
Editions La Découverte [Collection "Recherches"]: 391-419
Ogien, Ruwen (2001) 'L'idiot de Garfinkel'. In: Fornel, Michel de, Albert Ogien, Louis Quéré
(dir.) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale [Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris:
Editions La Découverte [Collection "Recherches"]: 57-74
O'Keefe, D.J. (1979). “Ethnomethodology”. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 9 (2),
187-219.
Okrent, M.B. (1984). “Hermeneutics, trancendental philosophy and social science”. Inquiry,
27, 23-49. [See: W.W. Sharrock and R.J. Anderson response (1986) in Inquiry.]
Okuda, K. (1975). Amerika shakaigaku no genzai [American sociology today] Gendai Shiso
[Review of Contemporary Thought], 3 (2), 190-203.
Oliver, M.L. (1977). “Beyond structural analysis in the sociology of sociology: The case of
behaviorism and ethnomethodology”. Mid-American Review of Sociology, 2 (2), 4366.
O'Neill, J. (1974). Making sense together: An introduction to wild sociology. New York:
Harper & Row.
O'Neill, J. (1980). “From phenomenology to ethnomethodology: Some radical "misreadings"”.
In McNall, S.G. et al. (Eds.) Current perspectives in social theory, Vol. 1 (pp. 7-20).
Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Pack, C. (1986). Features of signs encountered in designing a notational system for
transcribing lectures. In H. Garfinkel (Ed.) Ethnomethodological studies of work (pp.
92-122). London, UK: Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Paget, M.A. (1983a). “Experience and knowledge”. Human Studies, 6, 67-90.
Paget, M.A. (1983b). “On the work of talk: Studies of misunderstandings”. In Fisher, S. &
Todd, A. (Eds.) The social organization of doctor-patient communication (pp. 55-74).
Washington, DC: Center for Applied Linguistics.
Palmer, D. (2000). “Identifying delusional discourse: issues of rationality, reality and power”.
Sociology of Health & Illness, 22 (5) September, 661-678.
Paoletti, I. (1998). “Handling "incoherence" according to speaker's on-sight categorization”.
In: Antaki, C. & Widdicombe, S. (ed.) Identities in Talk. London: Sage
Paperman, Patricia (2001) 'Indifférence, neutralité, engagement'. In: Fornel, Michel de, Albert
Ogien, Louis Quéré (dir.) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale [Colloque de
Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection "Recherches"]: 345-360.
Parker, Richard, Anita Pomerantz, B. J. Fehr (1995) 'Satisfaction Work in an Emergency
Situation: The Case of the Philadelphia 911 Call', Journal of Consumer Satisfaction,
Dissatisfaction, and Complaining Behavior 8: 164-76
Patzelt, W.J. (1984). “Parlamentarische Legitimierung als Alltagsaufgabe: Ein
ethnomethodologischer Ansatz”. In J.W. Falter, C. Fenner, und M.T. Greven (Hrsg.)
Politische Willensbildung und Interessenvermittlung (pp. 267-276). Opladen:
Westdeutscher Verlag.
Patzelt, W.J. (1984). “Ein alltagsanalytisches Paradigma? (I): Bericht Ÿber das
ethnomethodologische Schrifttum und den Forschungsstand”. Neue Politische
Literatur, 29(1), 3-49.
90
Patzelt, W.J. (1984). “Ein alltagsanalytisches Paradigma? (II): Bericht Ÿber das
ethnomethodologische Schrifttum und den Forschungsstand”. Neue Politische
Literatur, 29 (2), 187-204.
Patzelt, W.J. (1986). “Grundriss einer allgemeinen ethnomethodologischen Theorie”. Arch.
Europ. Sociol, 27, 161-194.
Patzelt, W.J. (1987). Grundlagen der Ethnomethodologie: Theorie, Empirie und
politikwissenschafterlicher Nutzen einer Soziologie des Alltags [Foundations of
ethnomethodology: Theory, empirical research and applications in political science of
a sociology of everyday life]. MŸnchen, BRD: Fink.
Payne, G.C.F. (1976). “Making a lesson happen: An ethnomethodological analysis”. In:
Hammersley, M. and Woods, P. (eds) The process of schooling, pp. 33-40. London,
UK: Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Payne, G.C.F., and Cuff, E.C. (1982). Doing teaching: The practical management of
classrooms. London, UK: Batsford.
Payne, G.C.F., Dingwall, R., Payne, J.,& Carter, M.P. (1981). Sociology and social research.
London, UK: Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Payne, G.C.F., and Hustler, D.E. (1980). “Teaching the class: The practical management of a
cohort”. The New Sociology of Education, 1(1).
Pels, D. (2000). “Reflexivity - One step up”. Theory, Culture & Society, 17 (3), June,1-26.
Pepinsky, P.N. (1975). “Further thoughts on the Skinnerian connection: Ethnomethodology
and behavior modification”. American Sociologist, 10(1), 39-41.
Peräkylä, A. (1995) AIDS Counselling: Institutional Interaction and Clinical Practice.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Peräkylä, A. (1997) 'Reliability and validity in research based on tapes and transcripts'. In:
Silverman, D., ed., Qualitative research: Theory, method and practice. London: Sage:
201-20
Peräkylä, A. (1998) 'Authority and intersubjectivity: the delivery of diagnosis in primary
health care', Social Psychology Quarterly 61: 301-20
Peräkylä, A. & Silverman, D. (1991a). “AIDS Counselling: the interactional organization of
talk about ‘delicate’ issues”. Sociology of Health and Illness, 12 (3), 293-318.
Peräkylä, A. & Silverman, D. (1991b). “Owning experience: describing the experience of
other persons”. Text 11 (3), 441-480.
Peräkylä, A. & Silverman, D. (1991c). “Reinterpreting speech-exchange systems:
communication formats in aids counselling”. Sociology, 25 (4), 627-651.
Perkins, L., A. Whitworth, L. Lesser (1998) 'Conversing in dementia: a conversation analytic
approach', Journal of Neurolinguistics 11: 33-53
Perinbanayagam, R. (1974). “The definition of the situation: An analysis of the
ethnomethodological and dramaturgical view”. Sociological Quarterly, 15, 521-542.
Peskett, R. (1987). “Analysing the production of meeting talk”. In: Mangham, I.L. (ed.)
Organization analysis and development (pp. 47-60). Wiley.
Peskett, R. & Wootton, A.J. (1981). “Turn-taking and overlap in the speech of young Down's
syndrome children”. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research, 29, 263-273.
Peyrot, M. (1982a). “Caseload management: Choosing suitable clients in a community health
clinic agency”. Social Problems, 30 (2), 157-167.
Peyrot, M. (1982b). “Understanding ethnomethodology: A remedy for some common
misconceptions”. Human Studies, 5 (4), Oct-Dec, 261-283.
Peyrot, M. (1985). “Coerced voluntarism: The micropolitics of drug treatment”. Urban Life,
13 (4), 343-365.
91
Peyrot, M. (1987). “Circumspection in psychotherapy: Structures and strategies of counselorclient interaction”. Semiotica, 65 (3/4), 249-268.
Peyrot, M. & Lynch, M. (eds) (1992). “Ethnomethodology: Contemporary Variations”, special
issues of Qualitative Sociology, Vol 15 (2) & Vol 15 (3).
Pharo, P. (2001). 'L' ethnométhodologie et la théorie de la signification'. In: Fornel, Michel de,
Albert Ogien, Louis Quéré (dir.) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale
[Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection "Recherches"]: 33143.
Pfohl, S.J. (1975). “Social role analysis: The ethnomethodological critique”. Sociology and
Social Research, 59 (3), 243-265.
Pfohl, S.J. (1981). “Ethnomethodology and criminology: The social production of crime and
the criminal”. In: Barak-Grantz, I.L. & Huff, C.R. (eds) The mad, the bad, and the
different. Lexington Books.
Phillips, J. (1978). “Some problems in locating 'practices'”. Sociology, 12, 55-77. [See J.C.
Heritage (1978) response.] [See also discussion by M. Peyrot (1982) in Human
Studies.]
Piazza, R. (1987). “Conversational Analysis - a Review of the Literature From the Perspective
of Sequencing”. Iral-International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language
Teaching, 25 (4), 317-335.
Pilnick, A. & Hindmarsh, J. (1999). “"When you wake up, it'll all be over": Communication in
the anaesthetic room”. Symbolic Interaction, 22 (4), 345-60.
Pinch, T. & Clark, C. (1986). “The Hard Sell: "Patter Merchanting and the strategic
(re)production and local management of economic reasoning in the sales routines of
Market Pitchers”. Sociology, 20: 169-91.
Place, U.T. (1985).”Conversation Analysis and the Empirical-Study of Verbal- Behavior”.
Behavioural Processes, 10 (1-2), 196-197.
Plane, J.M. (2000). “The ethnomethodological approach of management: A new perspective
on constructivist research” Journal of Business Ethics, 26 (3), August, 233-243.
Podg—recki, A. (1979). “Ethnomethodology”. In: A. Podg—recki and Los, M.
Multidimensional sociology (pp. 89-99). London.
Pollner, M. (1974a). “Sociological and common-sense models of the labelling process”. In:
Turner, R. (ed) Ethnomethodology (pp. 27-40). Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.
Pollner, M. (1974b). “Mundane reasoning”. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 4, 35-54.
[German translation: Mundanes Denken. In E. Weingarten, F. Sack, und J. Schenkein
(Hrsg.) (1976). Ethnomethodologie (pp. 295-326). Frankfurt, BRD: Suhrkamp.]
Pollner, M. (1976). “"The very coinage of your brain": the anatomy of reality disjunctions”.
Philosophy of the social sciences, 5: 411-430.
Pollner, M. (1978). “Constitutive and mundane versions of labelling theory”. Human Studies,
1, (3), July, 269-288.
Pollner, M. (1979). “Explicative transaction: making and managing meaning in traffic court”.
In: Psathas, G. (ed) Everyday language: studies in ethnomethodology. New York:
Irvington 227-255.
Pollner, M. (1987). Mundane reason: reality in everyday life and sociological discourse.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Pollner, M. (1991). “Left of ethnomethodology: the rise and decline of radical reflexivity”.
American Sociological Review, 56: 370- 380.
Pollner, M. & Goode, D. (1990). “Ethnomethodology and person-centered practices”. Person
Centered Review, 5: 203-220.
92
Pollner, M. & McDonald-Wikler, L. (1985). “The social construction of unreality: A case of a
family's attribution of competence to a severely retarded child”. Family Process, 24,
241-254.
Pollner, M. & Wikler, L. (1979). “Cognitive enterprise in einem Foll von Folie ˆ Famille”. In:
Soeffier, H.G. (Hrsg.) Interpretative Verfahren in den Sozial - und Textwissenschaften
(pp. 177-187). Stuttgart, BRD: J.B. Metzletsche.
Poloma, M.M. (1979). “Ethnomethodology: Studying taken-for-granted aspects of reality”. In:
Poloma, M.M. (ed) Contemporary sociological theory, pp.178-191. New
York/London.
Pomerantz, A. (1978a). “Compliment responses: notes on the cooperation of multiple
constraints”. In: Schenkein, J.N. (ed) Studies in the organization of conversational
interaction, pp.79-112. New York: Academic Press:
Pomerantz, A. (1978b). “Attributions of responsibility: blamings”. Sociology 12: 115- 121.
Pomerantz, A.M. (1979). “A sequential analysis of interpreting absences”. Analytic Sociology,
2(1), E13-E28. [ 1]
Pomerantz, A. (1980). “Telling my side: "limited access" as a fishing device”. Sociological
Inquiry, 50: 186-198.
Pomerantz, A.M. (1983a). “Practices of adjudicating in small claims court”. In D'Urso, V. &
Leonard, P. (eds) Discourse analysis and natural rhetorics, pp.131-141. Padua, Italy:
Cleup Editore.
Pomerantz, A.M. (1983b). “Speakers' claims as a feature of describing: A study of presenting
evidence”. Journal of the Scuola Superiore di Lingue Moderne di Trieste.
Pomerantz, A. (1984a). “Agreeing and disagreeing with assessments: some features of
preferred/dispreferred turn shapes”. In: Atkinson, J.M. & Heritage, J. (eds) Structures
of Social Action: Studies in Conversation Analysis, pp.57-101. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press. [Version previously in Analytic Sociology, 1979, 2(1)]
Pomerantz, A. (1984b). “Pursuing a response”. In: Atkinson, J.M. & Heritage, J. (eds)
Structures of Social Action: Studies in Conversation Analysis, pp.152-163.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Pomerantz, A.M. (1984c). “Ethnomethodology, conversation analysis and the study of
courtroom behavior”. In: Muller, D.J. et al. (eds.) Topics in psychology and law. New
York, NY: Wiley.
Pomerantz, A.M. (1984d). “Evidence in court”. In Proceedings of Analisi del Discorse e
Retorica Naturale. Padua, Italy: Cleup University of Padua Press.
Pomerantz, A. (1984e). “Giving a source or basis: the practice in conversation of telling "how
I know"”. Journal of Pragmatics, 8: 607- 625.
Pomerantz, A.M. (1986). “Extreme case formulations: A way of legitimizing claims”. Human
Studies, 9: 219-230.
Pomerantz, A. (1987). “Description in legal settings”. In: Button, G. & Lee, J.R.E. (eds) Talk
and social organisation, pp.226-243. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.
Pomerantz, A.M. (1988). “Offering a candidate answer: An information seeking strategy”.
Communication Monographs, 55: 360-373.
Pomerantz, A.M. (1988/1989). “Constructing skepticism: Four devices used to engender the
audience's scepticism”. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 22, 293-314.
Pomerantz, A.M. (1989a). “Epilogue”. Western Journal of Speech Communication, 53 (2),
242-246.
Pomerantz, A.M. (1989b). “Giving evidence as a conversational practice”. In: Helm, D.T.,
Anderson, W.T., Meehan, A.J. & Rawls A.W. (eds) The interactional order: New
93
directions in the study of social order, pp. 103-115. New York, NY: Irvington
Publishers.
Pomerantz, A. (1990). “Conversation analytic claims”. Communication Monographs, 57: 2315.
Pomerantz, A. (1990/1991). “Mental concepts in the analysis of social action”. Research on
Language and Social Interaction, 24: 299-310.
Pomerantz, A. (ed) (1993). “New Directions in Conversation Analysis”. special issue of
TEXT, volume 13 (2).
Pomerantz, A.M. & Atkinson, J.M. (1984). “Ethnomethodology, conversation analysis and the
study of courtroom interaction”. In: Muller, D.J., Blackman, D.E. & Chapman, A.J.
(eds) Topics in psychology and law, pp.283-94. Chichester: Wiley.
Pomerantz, A. & Fehr, B. J. (1997). “Conversation Analysis: An approach to the study of
social action as sense making practices”. In: Dijk, T. A. van (ed) Discourse Studies: A
Multidisciplinary Introduction, pp.64-91. London: Sage.
Pomerantz, A.M., Mastriano, B.P. & Halfond, M.M. (1987). “Students clinicians' difficulties
while conducting the summary diagnostic interview” Text, 7: 19-36.
Power, R.J.D. & Dal Martello, M.F. (1986). “Some criticisms of Sacks, Schegloff, and
Jefferson on turn taking”. Semiotica, 58 (1/2), 29-40.
Preda, A. (2000). “Order with things? Humans, artifacts, and the sociological problem of rulefollowing”. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 30 (3), September, 269-300.
Psathas, G. (1968). “Ethnomethods and phenomenology”. Social Research, 35, 500-520.
[Reprinted in Manis, J.G. & Meltzer, B. (eds) (1972). Symbolic interaction: A reader
in social psychology, 2nd edition, pp.125-139. Boston, MA: Allyn Bacon.] [Also
reprinted in H. Neunzig (Hrsg.). (1972). Verstehende soziologie. Nymphenburger
Texte zur Wissenschaft - Urban Anthropology Reprints (1973). Warner Modular
Series.]
Psathas, G. (1973). “Introduction”. In Psathas, G. (ed) Phenomenological sociology: Issues
and applications, pp. 1-21. New York, NY: John Wiley - Interscience.
Psathas, G. (1976a). “The study of everyday structures and the ethnomethodological
paradigm”. In: Grathoff R. & Sprondel W. (eds.) Alfred Schutz und die Idee des
Alltags fur die Sozialwissenschaften Enke Verlag. Stuttgart, BRD.
Psathas, G. (1976b). “Mobility, orientation and navigation: Conceptual and theoretical
considerations”. In: New outlooks for the blind, November, Vol. 70, 385-391.
Psathas, G. (1977a). “Goffman's image of man”. Humanity and Society, 1(1).
Psathas, G. (1977b). “Ethnomethodology as a phenomenological approach in the social
sciences”. In: Zaner, R. & Ihde, D. (eds) Interdisciplinary phenomenology, Vol. VI,
Selected studies of the Society for Phenomenology and Existential Philosophy, pp.7398. The Hague: Martinus Hijhoff.
Psathas, G. (ed) (1979a). Everyday language: Studies in ethnomethodology. New York, NY:
Irvington Publishers. [Reviews: Langsdorf, L. Human Studies, (1985) 8, 191-194;
Handel, W. Contemporary Sociology, 1981]
Psathas, G. (1979b). “Organizational features of direction maps”. In: Psathas, G. (ed)
Everyday language: studies in ethnomethodology, pp. 203-226. New York: Irvington:
Psathas, G. (1980). “Approaches to the study of the world of everyday life”. Human Studies, 3
(1), January, 3-17.
Psathas, G. (1986a). “The organization of directions in interaction”. Word, 37 (1-2), 83-91.
Psathas, G. (1986b). “Some sequential structures in direction-giving”. Human Studies, 9 (2/3),
231-246.
94
Psathas, G. (ed) (1990a). Interactional Competence. Washington: University Press of
America.
Psathas, G. (1990b). “Introduction: Methodological issues and recent developments in the
study of naturally occurring interaction”. In: Psathas, G. (ed) Interactional
Competence, pp.1-30. Washington: University Press of America.
Psathas, G. (1991). “The structure of direction-giving in interaction”. In: Boden, D. &
Zimmerman, D.H. (eds) Talk and social structure: studies in ethnomethodology and
conversation analysis, pp. 195-216. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Psathas, G. (1992). “The study of extended sequences: the case of the garden lesson”. In:
Watson, G. & Seiler, R.M. (eds) Text in Context: Contributions to ethnomethodology,
pp. 99-122. London: Sage.
Psathas, G. (1995). Conversation analysis: the study of Talk-in-Interaction. Thousand Oaks:
Sage [Qualitative Research Methods 35]
Psathas, G., (ed) (1995) Ethnomethodology: discussions and contributions. Special Issue of
Human Studies, 18: 107-336.
Psathas, G. (1995). “"Talk and Social Structure" and "Studies of Work"”. Human Studies 18:
139-55.
Psathas, G. (1999). “Studying the organization in action: Membership categorization and
interaction analysis”. Human Studies, 22 (2-4), Oct, 139-162.
Psathas, G. & Anderson, T. (1990). “The 'practices' of transcription in conversation analysis”.
Semiotica, 78 : 75-99.
Psathas, G. & Becker, P. (1972). “The experimental reality: The cognitive style of a finite
province of meaning”. Journal of Phenomenological Psychology, 3 (1), 35-52.
Psathas, G., Coe, R. & Prendergast, C. (1984). “Strategies for obtaining compliance in
mediations regimens”. Journal of American Geriatrics Society, 32: 589-594.
Psathas, G. & Henslin, J.M. (1967). “Dispatched orders and the cab driver: A study of
locating activities”. Social Problems, 14 (4), 423-443.
Psathas, G. & Kozloff, M. (1976). “The structure of directions”. Semiotica, 17 : 111-130.
Psathas, G. & Waksler, F. (1973). “Essential features of face-to-face interaction”. In: Psathas,
G. (ed) Phenomenological sociology: Issues and applications, pp.159-183. New
York, NY: John Wiley – Interscience.
Quéré, L. (1984). “L'argument sociologique de Garfinkel. Arguments
Ethnomethodologiques”, pp.100-137. E.H.E.S.S., C.N.R.S., (LA 102).
Quéré, L. (1986). “Mise en place d'un ordre et mise en ordre des places: l'invitation comme
événement conversational”.[Positioning an order and ordering positions: The
invitation as a conversational event].. In: Conein, B., et al. Lexique et faits sociaux.
(Lexique 5). Lille: Presses Universitaires de Lille: 101-38.
Quéré, Louis, Zbigniew Smoreda, (eds) (2000). Le sexe du téléphone. [The gender of the
telephone]. Paris: Editions Hermes Science [le numéro 103 de la revue "Réseaux"; No. 103 of
the Review "Réseaux"]
Rae, J. (1994). “Social Fax: repair-mechanisms and intersubjectivity”. American Behavioral
Scientist, 37: 824-38.
Ramos, R. (1973). “A case in point”. Social Science Quarterly, 53: 905-919.
Ramos, R. (1979). “Movidas: The methodological and theoretical relevance of interactional
strategies”. Studies in Symbolic Interaction, 2: 141-165.
Rapley, M. & Antaki, C. (1996). “A conversation analysis of the acquiescence of people with
learning disabilities”. Journal of Community and Applied Psychology, 6: 371-91.
95
Rapley, M., Kiernan, P. & Antaki, C. (1998). “Invisible to themselves or negotiating identity?
The interactional management of "being intellectually disabled"”. Disability & Society,
13 (5), 807-27.
Rawls, A.W. (1985). “Reply to Gallant and Kleinman on symbolic interaction vs.
ethnomethodology”. Symbolic Interaction, 8 (1), 121-140.
Rawls, A.W. (1987). “The interaction order sui generis: Goffman's contribution to social
theory”. Sociological Theory, 5 (2), 136-149.
Rawls, A.W. (1989a). “Language, self, and social order: A re-evaluation of Goffman and
Sacks”. Human Studies, 12 (1), 149-174.
Rawls, A.W. (1989b). “Emergent sociality: Dialectic of commitment and order”. Symbolic
Interaction, 13 (1).
Rawls, A.W. (1989c). “Simmel and the interaction order: Reply to Levine”. Sociological
Theory, 7 (1).
Rawls, A.W. (1989d). “Interaction order or interaction ritual: Comment on Collins”. Symbolic
Interaction, 12 (1).
Rawls, A.W. (1989e). “Interaction vs interaction order: Reply to Fuchs”. Sociological Theory,
6 (1), 124-129.
Rawls, A.W. (1989f). “An ethnomethodological perspective on social theory”. In: Helm, D.T.,
Anderson, W.T., Meehan. A.J. & Rawls A.W. (eds) The interactional order: New
directions in the study of social order, pp. 4-20. New York, NY: Irvington Publishers.
Raymond, G. (2000). “The voice of authority: the local accomplishment of authoritative
discourse in live news broadcasts”. Discourse Studies, 2: 354-379.
Redmond, J. (1994). Ethnomethodological Exploration of Perception of Counselling in
Primary Health Care. M.Sc., University of Surrey.
Reed, D. & Ashmore, M. (2000). “The Naturally-Occurring Chat Machine”. M/C: A Journal
of Media and Culture, 3 (4). [Online] Available from
http://www.api-network.com/mc/0008/machine.html [Accessed
Relieu, M. (1993). “L'éthnométhodologie, une respécification radicale de la démarche
sociologique”. [Ethnomethodology: a radical respecification of sociology], Cahiers de
recherches Ethnométhodologiques. Laboratoire de Recherches Ethnométhodologiques,
Université de Paris VIII, N°1: 55-71
Relieu, M. (1994). “Les catégories dans l'action: l'apprentissage des traversées de rue par des
non-voyants2 [Categories in action: learning to cross the street by blind persons]. In:
Fradin, B., Quéré L. & Widmer, J. (eds) (1994) L'enquête sur les categories,
pp.185-218. Paris: École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales [Raisons pratiques:
Épistémologie, sociologie, théorie sociale/5]:
Relieu, M. (1995). “Notes sur Talk and Social Structure”, Cahiers de recherches
Ethnométhodologiques. Laboratoire de Recherches Ethnométhodologiques, Université
de Paris VIII, N°2: 125-135
Relieu, M. (1997). “L'observabilité des situations publiques problématiques: genèse des
propositions d'aide a des non-voyants” [The observability of problematic public
situations: genesis of proposals to assist blind persons]. In: Marcarino, A. (ed) Analisi
della conversatione e prospettive di recerca in etnometodologia, pp.219-34. Urbino:
Editioni QuattroVenti:
Relieu, M. (1999). “Parler en marchant: Pour une écologie dynamique des échanges de
paroles”. [Talking while walking: towards a dynamic ecology of verbal exchanges]
langage & société 89: 37-67.
Relieu, M. & Brock, F. (1995a). “L'infrastructure conversationnelle de la parole publique. Les
interviews télédiffusées et les meetings politiques”. [The conversational infrastructure
96
of public speech: television interviews and political meetings], Politix 31: 77-112
Parler en public, Presses de Sciences Po.
Rhoads, J.K. (1977). “Is ethnomethodology a revolutionary paradigm?”. The Annals of
Phenomenological Sociology, 2: 87-106.
Rhoads, J.K. (1981). “Ethnomethodology”. International Review of Modern Sociology, 11:
283-298.
Robillard, A.B. (1994). “Communication problems in the Intensive Care Unit”. Qualitative
Sociology 17: 383-395.
Robillard, A.B. (1996). “Anger in-the-social-order”. Body and Society, 2: 17-30.
Robillard, A.B. (1999). Meaning of a Disabiltiy: The Lived Experience of Paralysis.
Philadelphia: Temple University Press. [Note: A Review Symposium, with
contributions by Janet E. Price, Arthur W. Frank, John O'Neill, and Gerald Gold, has
been published in Body & Society, vol. 6/2, June 2000: 87-108]
Robillard, A.B., White, G.M. & Maretzki, T.W. (1983). “Informed consent in conversational
interaction”. In: Fisher, S. & Dundas Todd, A. (eds) Discourse and institutional
authority, pp.107-133. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex.
Robinson, K. (1986). “Accounts of health visiting”. In: White, A. (ed) Research in preventive
community nursing care. London, UK: Wiley.
Robinson, K. (with Hunt, M.) (1987). “Analysis of conversational interactions”. In: Calhoon,
M. (ed) Research methodology. Edinburgh, Scotland: Churchill Livingstone.
Rodgers, G.J. (1975). “Deviance: An ethnomethodological account”. Graduate Faculty
Journal of Sociology, 1: 37-56.
Roger, D. & Bull, P. (eds) (1989). Conversation: an interdisciplinary perspective. Clevedon:
Multilingual Matters.
Rogers, M.F. (1983). Sociology, ethnomethodology, and experience: A phenomenological
critique. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. [See discussion by Anderson,
R.J., Hughes, J.A. & Sharrock, W.W. (1985) In: Journal of the British Society for
Phenomenology] [Review: Torode, B. Sociology, 1984, 18(4), 596-598; Maynard, D.
(1984) Contemporary Sociology, 13 (5), 643-644.]
Rose, E. (available in 1991). Audiotapes of discussions with H. Garfinkel, H. Sacks, E.
Bittner, and others. The Edward Rose Collection, University Libraries, The Western
Historical Collections, The University of Colorado, Boulder.
Rose, E. (1992). The Werald. Boulder, Colorado: Waiting Room Press.
Roth, A. (1998). “Who makes news: descriptions of television news interviewees' public
personae”, Media, Culture and Society, 28: 79-107
Roth, D.R. (1974). “Intelligence testing as a social activity”. In: Cicourel, A.V. et al. (eds)
Language use and school performance. New York, NY: Academic.
Rubenstein, D. (1977). “The concept of action in the social sciences”. Journal for the Theory
of Social Behaviour, 7, 209-236.
Ruggerone, L. (1997). “The three stages of Garfinkel's ethnomethodology”. In: Marcarino, A.
(ed) Analisi della conversatione e prospettive di recerca in etnometodologia,
pp.287-92. Urbino: Editioni QuattroVenti.
Ruhleder, K. & Jordan, B. (1999). “Meaning-making across remote sites: How delays in
transmission affect interaction”. In: Bodker, S., Kyng, M. & Schmidt, K. (eds)
ECSCW '99: Proceedings of the Sixth European Conference on Computer Supported
Cooperative Work, pp.411-29. Dordrecht, Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Ruhleder, K. & Jordan, B. (2001). “Co-Constructing Non-Mutual Realities: Delay-Generated
Trouble in Distributed Interaction”. Journal of CSCW 10 (1), 113-138.
97
Ruhleder, K. & Jordan, B. (2001). “Managing Complex, Distributed Environments: Remote
Meeting Technologies at the "Chaotic Fringe"”. [Online] First Monday, 6 (5) (May 7).
Available from http://firstmonday.org/issues/issue6_5/ruhleder/
Ruhleder, K., Jordan, B. & Elmes, M. (1999). “Das Vernetzen der "neuen Organisation" durch
Integration moderner Kommunikationstechnologien und Teamarbeit”. In: Gester,
P.W., Schmitz, C. & Heitger, B. (eds) Managerie: Systemisches Denken und Handeln
im Management. 5. Jahrbuch, Heidelberg, Germany: Carl-Auer-Systeme Verlag: 5478.
Ryave, A.L. (1978). “On the achievement of a series of stories”. In: Schenkein, J.N. (ed)
Studies in the organization of conversational interaction, pp.113-32. New York:
Academic Press.
Ryave, A.L. (1979). “On the art of talking about the world”. In: Schwartz, H. & Jacobs, J.
Qualitative Sociology, pp.418-429. New York, NY: Free Press.
Ryave, A.L. & Schenkein, J.N. (1974). “Notes on the art of walking”. In: Turner, R. (ed)
Ethnomethodology, pp.265-274. Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.
Sacks, H. (1963). “On sociological description”. Berkeley Journal of Sociology 8: 116.
Sacks, H. (1967). “The search for help: no one to turn to”. In: Shneidman, E.S.(ed( Essays in
self destruction. Pp.203-223. New York: Science House.
Sacks, H. (1971). “Das ErzŠhlen von Geschichten Innerhalb von Unterhaltungen”. Kšlner
Zeitschrift fŸr Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 15, 307-317.
Sacks, H. (1972a). “An initial investigation of the usability of conversational data for doing
sociology”. In: Sudnow, D. (ed) Studies in social interaction. pp.31-74. New York:
Free Press.
Sacks, H. (1972b). “On the analyzability of stories by children”. In: Gumperz, J.J. & Hymes,
D. (ed) Directions in sociolinguistics: the ethnography of communication. pp.325-345.
New York: Rinehart & Winston. [Reprinted in Turner, R. (ed) (1974).
Ethnomethodology, pp. 216-232. Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.]
Sacks, H. (1972c). “Notes on police assessment of moral character”. In: Sudnow, D. (ed)
Studies in social interaction, pp.280-293. New York: Free Press [Reprinted in
Sanders, W. (ed) (1974). The sociologist as detective. New York, NY: Praeger.]
Sacks, H. (1973a). “On some puns with some intimations”. In: Shuy, R.W. (ed)
Sociolinguistics: current trends and prospects, pp.135-144 (Report of the 32rd annual
round table meeting on linguistics and language studies). Washington, D.C.:
Georgetown University Press.
Sacks, H. (1973b). “Tout le monde doit mentir”. [Everyone has to lie]. Communications, 20:
182-203.
Sacks, H. (1974). “An analysis of the course of a joke's telling in conversation”. In: Sherzer,
J. & Bauman, R. (eds) Explorations in the ethnography of speaking, pp.337-53.
London: Cambridge University Press.
Sacks, H. (1975). “Everyone has to lie”. In: Sanches, M. & Blount, B. (eds) Sociocultural
dimensions of language use. pp.57-80. New York: Academic Press.
Sacks, H. (1976). “On formulating context”. Pragmatics Microfiche, 1(7): F5-G8.
Sacks, H. (1978). “Some technical considerations of a dirty joke”. In: Schenkein, J.N. (ed.),
Studies in the organization of conversational interaction, pp. 249-70. New York:
Academic Press. [Four lectures (U. of C., Irvine) - Lectures 9-12 - by H. Sacks Nov
1971 compiled and edited by Gail Jefferson.]
Sacks, H. (1979). “Hotrodder: a revolutionary category”. In: Psathas, G. (ed) Everyday
language: studies in ethnomethodology. pp.7-14. New York: Irvington. [From a
lecture (UCLA) by H. Sacks (1966) compiled and edited by Gail Jefferson.]
98
Sacks, H. (1980). “Button button who's got the button?”. Sociological Inquiry, 50 (3/4), 318327. [From a lecture (UCLA) by H. Sacks (1966) compiled and edited by Gail
Jefferson.]
Sacks, H. (1984a). “Notes on methodology”. In: Atkinson, J.M. & Heritage, J. (eds)
Structures of Social Action: Studies in Conversation Analysis, pp.2-27 Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press. [From lectures by H. Sacks compiled and edited by Gail
Jefferson and the volume editors.]
Sacks, H. (1984b). “On doing "being ordinary"”. In: Atkinson, J.M. & Heritage, J. (eds)
Structures of Social Action: Studies in Conversation Analysis, pp.413-29. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press. [From lectures (U. of C., Irvine) by H. Sacks (1970,
1971) compiled and edited by Gail Jefferson.]
Sacks, H. (1985). “The inference-making machine”. In: Dijk, T.A. van (ed) Handbook of
discourse analysis, Vol. 3: Discourse and dialogue, pp.13-23. London, UK: Academic
Press. [This is an edited version of Lectures I and II, Winter 1964-Spring 1965,
delivered in a University of California, Los Angeles course in sociology. The
transcriber is unknown. Edited by Gail Jefferson.]
Sacks, H. (1986). “Some considerations of a story told in ordinary conversation”. Poetics 15:
127-138. [From unpublished lectures 1 and 2 (U. of C., Irvine) by H. Sacks (Winter,
1970) compiled and edited by Gail Jefferson.]
Sacks, H. (1987a). “On the preferences for agreement and contiguity in sequences in
conversation”. In: Button, G. & Lee, J.R.E. (eds) Talk and social organisation, pp.5469. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. [From a lecture by H. Sacks edited by E.A.
Schegloff with the assistance of J. Mandelbaum.]
Sacks, H. (1987b). “"You want to find out if anybody really does care"”. In: Button, G. &
Lee, J.R.E. (eds) Talk and social organisation, pp.219-25. Clevedon: Multilingual
Matters. [From a lecture (UCLA) by H. Sacks (1964) compiled and edited by Gail
Jefferson.]
Sacks, H. (1992). Lectures on conversation. 2 vols. edited by Gail Jefferson; with an
introduction by Emanuel A. Schegloff. Oxford: Basil Blackwell
Sacks, H. (1999). “Max Weber's Ancient Judaism”. Theory, Culture and Society, 16: 31-99.
Sacks, H. & Schegloff, E.A. (1979). “Two preferences in the organization of reference to
persons in conversation and their interaction”. In: Psathas, G. (ed) Everyday
language: studies in ethnomethodology. pp.15-21. New York: Irvington.
Sacks, H., Schegloff, E.A. & Jefferson, G. (1974). “A simplest systematics for the
organization of turn-taking in conversation”. Language, 50 (4), 696-735. [Version in
Schenkein, J. (ed) (1978). Studies in the organization of conversational interaction,
pp.7-55. New York, NY: Academic Press.]
Saft, S. (1998). “Some uses and meanings of utterance initial iya in Japanese Discourse”. In:
Akatsuka, N., Hoji, H., Iwasaki, S., Sohn, S. & Strauss, S. (eds) Japanese Korean
Linguistics 7, pp. 121-137. Stanford: CSLI Publications.
Saft, S. (1999). “Rethinking the connection between harmony and interaction in Japanese:
Baack-channels on a political debate program”. In: Verschueren, J. (ed.), Language an
sdIdeology: Select Papers from the 6th International Pragmatics Conference. Vol. 1,
pp. 477-491. Antwerp: International Pragmatics Association.
Sano, M. (1984). “Reiberingu ron ni kansuru genshogakuteki hihan”. [Phenomenological
critics of the labeling theory]. Toyo Daigaku Daigakuin Kiyo, [Toyo University
Graduate School Bulletin], 20. [Academic Year: 1983].
99
Sano, M. (1985). “Itsudatsu kenkyu to esunomesodoroji”. [Deviance study and
ethnomethodology]. Toyo Daigaku Daigakuin Kiyo [Toyo University Graduate School
Bulletin], 21. [Academic Year: 1984].
Schasfoort, M. (1984). “De conversatie-analytische beschrijving van gesprekken als sociale
interactie”. [The conversation analytic description of conversations as social
interaction]. Tijdschrift voor Taal- en Tekstwetenschap, 4: 41-67.
Schasfoort, M. (1986). “Conversatie-analyse in theorie en praktijk: Enkele methodologische
overwegingen”. [Conversation analysis in theory and practice: Some methodological
considerations]. In: Scholtens, A. & Springorum, A. (Red.) Gespreksanalyse:
Uitgangspunten en methoden in gespreksanalytisch onderzoek, pp.49-66. Overasselt:
Springorum.
Schegloff, E.A. (1963). “Toward a reading of psychiatric theory”, Berkeley Journal of
Sociology 8: 61-91.
Schegloff, E.A. (1968). “Sequencing in conversational openings”. American Anthropologist,
70: 1075-1095. [Reprinted in Gumperz J.J. & Hymes, D. (eds) (1972). Directions in
sociolinguistics, pp.346-380. New York, NY: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.] [Also
reprinted in Giglioli, P.P. (ed) (1972). Language and social context, pp.95-135.
Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.]
Schegloff, E.A. (1972). “Notes on a conversational practice: formulating place”. In: Sudnow,
D. (ed) Studies in social interaction, pp.75-119. New York: Free Press. [Excerpts
reprinted in Giglioli, P.P. (ed) (1972). Language and social context, pp.95-135.
Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.]
Schegloff, E.A. (1978). “On some questions and ambiguities in conversation”. In: Dressler,
W.U. (ed) Current trends in textlinguistics, pp.81-102. Berlin: De Gruyter. [Reprinted
In: Atkinson, J.M. & Heritage, J. (eds) Structures of Social Action: Studies in
Conversation Analysis, pp.28-52. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press]
Schegloff, E.A. (1979a). “Identification and recognition in telephone conversation openings”.
In: Psathas, G. (ed) Everyday language: studies in ethnomethodology, pp.23-78. New
York: Irvington. [A shortened version previously appeared in DeSola Pool, I. (ed)
(1976) The social impact of the telephone. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.]
Schegloff, E.A. (1979b). “The relevance of repair to syntax-for-conversation”. In: Givon, T.
(ed) Syntax and semantics, Vol.12: Discourse and syntax, pp.261-88. New York:
Academic Press.
Schegloff, E.A. (1980). “Preliminaries to preliminaries: "Can I ask you a question?"”.
Sociological Inquiry, 50: 104-52.
Schegloff, E.A. (1982). “Discourse as an interactional achievement: some uses of "uh huh"
and other things that come between sentences”. In: Tannen, D. (ed.), Analyzing
discourse: text and talk, pp.71-93. (Georgetown University Roundtable on Languages
and Linguistics). Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.
Schegloff, E.A. (1984a). “On some gestures relation to talk”. In: Atkinson, J.M. & Heritage,
J. (eds).. Structures of Social Action: Studies in Conversation Analysis, pp.266-296.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Schegloff, E.A. (1984b). “On some questions and ambiguities in conversation”. In: Atkinson,
J.M. & Heritage, J. (eds).. Structures of Social Action: Studies in Conversation
Analysis, pp. 28-52. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Schegloff, E.A. (1986). “The routine as achievement”. Human Studies, 9: 111-152.
Schegloff, E.A. (1987a). “Analyzing single episodes of interaction: an exercise in
conversation analysis”. Social Psychology Quarterly, 50: 101-114.
100
Schegloff, E.A. (1987b). “Recycled turn beginnings: a precise repair mechanism in
conversation's turntaking organization”. In: Button, G. & Lee, J.R.E. (eds) Talk and
social organisation, pp.70-85. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.
Schegloff, E.A. (1987c). “Between macro and micro: contexts and other connections”. In:
Alexander, J. et al. (eds) The micromacro link, pp.207-34. Berkeley and Los Angeles:
University of California Press.
Schegloff, E.A. (1987d). “Some sources of misunderstanding in talk-in-interaction”.
Linguistics, 25: 201-218.
Schegloff, E.A. (1988a) “Goffman and the analysis of conversation”. In: Drew, P. & Wootton,
A. (eds) Erving Goffman: exploring the interaction order, pp.89-135. Cambridge:
Polity Press.
Schegloff, E.A. (1988b). “On a virtual servomechanism for guessing bad news: a single-case
conjecture”. Social Problems 35: 442-457.
Schegloff, E.A. (1988c). “Description in the social sciences I: talk-in-interaction”. IPrA
Papers in Pragmatics 2: 1-24.
Schegloff, E.A. (1988d). “Discourse as an interactional achievement II: An exercise in
conversation analysis”. In: Tannen D. (ed) Linguistics in context: Connecting
observation and understanding, pp.135-159. (Vol. 29 in the series Advances in
Discourse Processes). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
Schegloff, E.A. (1988e). “On an actual virtual servo-mechanism for guessing bad news: A
single case analysis”. Social Problems, 35 (4), 442-457.
Schegloff, E.A. (1988f). “Presequences and indirection: Applying speech act theory to
ordinary conversation”. Journal of Pragmatics, 12: 55-62.
Schegloff, E.A. (1988/1989). “Reflections on l'affaire Bush/Rather”. Research on Language
and Social Interaction, 22: 215-240.
Schegloff, E.A. (1989). “From interview to confrontation: observations on the Bush/Rather
encounter”. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 22: 215-240.
Schegloff, E.A. (1990). “On the organization of sequences as a source of "coherence" in talkin-interaction”. In: Dorval, B. (ed) Conversational organization and its development,
pp.51-77. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex.
Schegloff, E.A. (1991a). “Reflections on talk and social structure”. In: Boden, D. &
Zimmerman, D.H. (eds) Talk and social structure: studies in ethnomethodology and
conversation analysis, pp.44-71. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Schegloff, E.A. (1991b). “Conversation Analysis and Socially Shared Cognition”. In:
Resnick, L., Levine, J. & Teasley S. (eds) Perspectives on Socially Shared Cognition,
pp.150-171 Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association.
Schegloff, E.A. (1992a). “Repair after next turn: The last structurally provided defence of
intersubjectivity in conversation”. American Journal of Sociology, 98:1295-1345.
Schegloff, E. A. (1992b). “To Searle on Conversation: A Note in Return”. In: Searle, J. R. et
al. (On) Searle on Conversation, pp.113-128. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John
Benjamins.
Schegloff, E.A. (1992c). “On talk and its institutional occasions”. In: Drew, P. & Heritage, J.
(eds) Talk at work: interaction in institutional settings, pp.101-134. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Schegloff, E.A. (1992d). “In another context”. In: Duranti, A. & Goodwin, C. (eds)
Rethinking context: language as an interactive phenomenon, pp.191-228.Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Schegloff, E.A. (1993). “Reflections on Quantification in the Study of Conversation”,
Research on Language and Social Interaction, 26: 99-128.
101
Schegloff, E.A. (1995). “Parties and joint talk: Two ways in which numbers are significant for
Talk-in-Interaction”. In: Have, P. ten & Psathas, G. (eds) Situated order: Studies in
the social organization of talk and embodied activities, pp.31-42. Washington, D.C.:
University Press of America.
Schegloff, E.A. (1996a). “Turn organization: one intersection of grammar and interaction”.
In: Ochs, E., Schegloff, E.A. & Thompson, S.A. (eds) Interaction and Grammar,
pp.52-133 Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Schegloff, E.A. (1996b) “Confirming allusions: towards an empirical account of action”.
American Journal of Sociology, 104: 161-216.
Schegloff, E.A. (1996/1997). “Some practices of referring to persons in talk-in-interaction: a
partial sketch of a systematics”. In: Fox, B. (ed) Studies in anaphora, pp.437-85.
Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Schegloff, E.A. (1997a). “Whose text? Whose context?”. Discourse & Society 8: 165-187.
Schegloff, E.A. (1997b). “Practices and Actions: Boundary Cases of Other-Initiated Repair”.
Discourse Processes, 23: 499-547.
Schegloff, E.A. (1997c). “"Narrative Analysis" Thirty Years Later”. Journal of Narrative and
Life History, 7: 97-106.
Schegloff, E.A. (1998a). “Reply to Wetherell”. Discourse & Society, 9 (3), 457-460.
Schegloff, E.A. (1998b). “Reflections on studying prosody in talk-in-interaction”. Language
and speech, 41: 235-263.
Schegloff, E. A. (1998c). “Body torque”. Social Research, 65: 535-586.
Schegloff, E.A. (1999a). “"On Sacks on Weber on Ancient Judaism: Introductory Notes and
Interpretive Resources”. Theory, Culture and Society, 16:1-29.
Schegloff, E.A. (1999b). “What Next?: Language and Social Interaction Study at the Century's
Turn”. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 32: 141-148.
Schegloff, E.A. (1999c). “Discourse, pragmatics, conversation, analysis”, Discourse Studies,
1: 405-436.
Schegloff, E.A. (2000). “Overlapping talk and the organization of turn-taking for
Conversation”. Language in Society, 29:1–6.
Schegloff, E.A., Jefferson, G. & Sacks, H. (1977). “The preference for self-correction in the
organization of repair in conversation”. Language 53: 361-82.
Schegloff, E.A., Ochs, S. & Thompson, S.A. (1996). “Introduction”. In: Ochs, S.A.,
Schegloff, E.A. & Thompson, S.A. (eds) Interaction and Grammar, pp1-51.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Schegloff, E.A., and Sacks, H. (1973). “Opening up closings”. Semiotica, 7: 289-327.
[Slightly abridged version in R. Turner (Ed.) (1974). Ethnomethodology, pp.233-264.
Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.]
Schenkein, J.N. (1972) 'Towards the analysis of natural conversation and the sense of
"heheh"', Semiotica 6: 344-77
Schenkein, J. (1976a). “Letzte Bemerkungen zur Ethnomethodologie”. In: Weingarten, E.,
Sack, F. & Schenkein, J. (Hrsg.) Ethnomethodologie. Frankfurt, BRD: Suhrkamp.
Schenkein, J. (1976b). “Review: Conversation analysis by D.E. Allen and R.F. Guy”.
Language in Society, 5(3), 387-389.
Schenkein, J.N. (ed) (1978a). Studies in the organization of conversational interaction. New
York: Academic Press. [Reviews: Streeck, J. Journal of Pragmatics, 4, 401-410;
Mehan, H. & Meihls, J.L. American Journal of Sociology, 1980.]
Schenkein, J. (1978b). “Sketch of an analytic mentality for the study of conversational
interaction”. In: Schenkein, ed., Studies in the organization of conversational
interaction, pp. 1-6. New York: Academic Press.
102
Schenkein, J. (1978c). 'Identity negotiations in conversation'. In: J.N. Schenkein, ed., Studies
in the organization of conversational interaction. New York: Academic Press: 57-78
Schenkein, J. (1978d). 'An introduction to the study of "socialization" through analyses of
conversational interaction', Semiotica 24: 277-304
Schenkein, J.N. (1979) 'The radio raiders story'. In: G. Psathas, ed. Everyday language:
studies in ethnomethodology. New York: Irvington: 187-202
Schenkein, J.N. (1980) 'A taxonomy for repeating action sequences in natural conversation'.
In: B. Butterworth, ed. Language production, vol. 1: Speech and talk. London:
Academic Press: 21-57
Schneider, B. (2000). “Managers as Evaluators: Invoking objectivity to achieve objectives”.
Journal of Applied Behavioural Science, 36: 159-173.
Schneider, W.L. (2000). “The Sequential Production of Social Acts in Conversation”. Human
Studies, 23 (2), April, 123-144.
Shneiderman, B. (1998). Designing the User Interface: Strategies for Effective HumanComputer Interaction. 3rd edition, Reading, MA: Addison Wesley,
Scholtens, A., Springorum, D., red. (1986) Gespreksanalyse: uitgangspunten en methoden in
gespreksanalytisch onderzoek. Overasselt: Springorum
Schutz, A. (1962). Collected papers. Vol.1: The problem of social reality; edited and
introduced by Maurice Natanson. The Hague: Nijhoff.
Schutz, A. (1964). Collected papers [of] Alfred Schutz. Vol. 2: Studies in social theory; edited
and introduced by Arvid Brodersen, The Hague: Nijhoff.
Schutz, A. (1966). Collected papers [of] Alfred Schutz, Vol. 3: Studies in phenomenological
philosophy; edited by I.Schutz. The Hague: Nijhoff.
Schutz, A. (1970). Alfred Schutz on phenomenology and social relations :selected writings.
edited and with an introduction by Helmut R. Wagner. Chicago; London: University of
Chicago Press.
Schutz, A. (1972). The phenomenology of the social world. translated (from the German) by
George Walsh and Frederick Lehnert ;with an introduction by George Walsh. London:
Heinemann Educational. [This translation originally published, Evanston (Ill.),
Northwestern University Press, 1967. - Translation of Der sinnhafte Aufbau der
sozialen Welt. Wien (Vienna), Springer, 1932.]
Schwartz, H. (1976). On recognizing mistakes: A case of practical reasoning in
psychotherapy. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 6, 55-73.
Schwartz, H. (1978). Understanding 'misunderstanding'. Analytic Sociology, 1(3), A¯3-C11.
Schwartz, H. (1979). Data: Who needs it?: Describing normal environments - examples and
methods. Analytic Sociology, 2(1), A¯4-C12.
Schwartz, H. (1989). “The life history of a social norm”. In: Helm, D.T., Anderson, W.T.,
Meehan, A.J. & . Rawls A.W. (eds) The interactional order: New directions in the
study of social order, pp. 162-185. New York, NY: Irvington Publishers.
Schwartz, H. & Jacobs, J. (1979). Qualitative sociology: A method to the madness. New York,
NY: Free Press. [Review: R.J. Anderson, British Journal of Sociology, 31(4), 586588.]
Sharrock, W.W. (1970b). “Some practical problems for the sociology of knowledge”.
Proceedings of the Conference of Teachers in Colleges and Departments of
Education.
Sharrock, W.W. (1974). “On owning knowledge”. In: Turner, R. (ed) Ethnomethodology, pp.
45-53. Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.
103
Sharrock, W.W. (1977). “The problem of order”. In: Worsley P. (Ed.) Introducing sociology,
2nd edition, pp. 477-566. Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.
Sharrock, W.W. (1979a). “Comments on Austin's "Symbols and culture"”. Social Analysis, 3:
65-68.
Sharrock, W.W. (1979b). “Ethnomethodology”. In: Mitchel, G.D. (ed.) A new dictionary of
the social sciences, pp. 71-72. New York, NY: Aldine.
Sharrock, W.W. (1980a). “Portraying the professional relationship”. In: Anderson, D.C. (ed)
Health education in context. London, UK: Croom Helm.
Sharrock, W.W. (1980b). “The possibility of social change”. In: Anderson D.C. (ed) The
ignorance of social intervention. London, UK: Croom Helm.
Sharrock, W.W. (1981). “The preservation of naturalness in social inquiry”. Analytic
Sociology, 2 (4). [A comment by Anderson, D.C. follows.]
Sharrock, W.W. (1982a). “Some problems with social research”. Institute of Economic Affairs
Papers.
Sharrock, W.W. (1982b). “Talk and teaching”. In: Payne, G.C.F. & Cuff E.C. (Eds.) Doing
teaching. London, UK: Batsford.
Sharrock, W.W. (1984). “The social realities of deviance”. In R.J. Anderson, and W.W.
Sharrock (Eds.) Applied sociological perspectives, pp. 86-105. London, UK: Allen and
Unwin.
Sharrock, W.W. (1987a). “Individual and society”. In: Anderson, R.J., Hughes, J.A. &
Sharrock, W.W. (Eds.) Classic disputes in sociology, pp. 126-156. London, UK: Allen
and Unwin.
Sharrock, W.W. (1987b). “Theoretical schools”. In: Worsley, P. (Ed.) The new introducing
sociology. Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.
Sharrock, W.W. (2001). “Where the simplest systematics fits: A response to Michael Lynch’s
‘The ethnomethodological foundations of conversation analysis’”. Text, 20 (4), 533.
Sharrock, W.W. (with Anderson, D.C.) (1980). Hospital signs as sociological data.
Information Design Journal. [See: McHoul, A.W. (1984).]
Sharrock, W.W. & Anderson, D.C. (1981). “Language, thought and reality, again”. Sociology,
15 (2), 287-293. [Review article: Language and ideology by Kress and Hodge;
Language and control by Fowler, Hodge, Kress and Trew; The Material word by
Silverman and Torode.]
Sharrock, W.W., & Anderson, D.C. (1982). “The persistent evasion of technical problems in
media studies: A reply to Murdock and McKeganey and Smith”. Sociology, 16 (1),
108-115. [Part 4 of four part debate. See: Anderson D.C. & Sharrock, W.W. 1979;
Murdock, G. 1980; and McKeganey, N. & Smith, B. 1980.]
Sharrock, W.W. (with Anderson, R.J.) (1980). “Ethnomethodology and British sociology”.
Transactions of the Annual Conference of the British Sociological Association.
Sharrock, W.W., & Anderson, R.J. (1982). “On the demise of the native: Some observations
on and a proposal for ethnography”. Human Studies, 5 (2), April-June, 119-135.
Sharrock, W.W., & Anderson, R.J. (1984) “The Wittgenstein Connection”. Human Studies,. 7
(3/4).
Sharrock, W.W. & Anderson, R.J. (1985a). “Magic, witchcraft, and the materialist mentality”.
Human Studies, 8: 357-375.
Sharrock, W.W. & Anderson, R.J. (1985b). “Criticizing forms of life”. Philosophy, 60: 394400.
Sharrock, W.W. & Anderson, R.J. (1986a). “Margaret Gilbert on the social nature of
language”. Synthese, 68: 553-558.
104
Sharrock, W.W. & Anderson, R.J. (1986b). “Understanding Peter Winch”. Inquiry, 28:119122.
Sharrock, W.W. & Anderson, R.J. (1986c). The ethnomethodologists. Chichester: Ellis
Horwood.
Sharrock, W.W. & Anderson, R.J. (1987a). “Work flow in a paediatric clinic”. In: Button, G.
& Lee, J.R.E. (eds) Talk and social organization, pp. 244-260. Clevedon, UK:
Multilingual Matters.
Sharrock, W.W. & Anderson, R.J. (1987b). “Epilogue: The definition of alternatives: Some
sources of confusion in interdisciplinary discussion”. In: Button, G. & Lee, J.R.E.
(eds) Talk and social organization, pp. 290-321. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.
Sharrock, W.W. (with Anderson, R.J.) (1988). “Two conceptions of orderliness and their
implementation”. Manchester Sociology Occasional Papers.
Sharrock, W.W. & Anderson, R.J. (1991). “Epistemology: professional scepticism”. In : In:
Button, G. (ed.) Ethnomethodology and the human sciences, pp. 51-76. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Sharrock, W.W. & Button, G. (1991). “The social actor: social action in real time”. In: Button,
G. (ed.) Ethnomethodology and the human sciences, pp. 137-175. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Sharrock, W.W. & Button, G. (1997a). “On the Relevance of Habermas' Theory of
Communicative Action for CSCW”. CSCW 6: 369-89.
Sharrock, W. & Button, G. (1997b). “Engineering investigations: practical sociological
reasoning in the work of engineers”. In: Bowker, G.C. & Star, S.L. (eds) Social
Science, Technical Systems and Cooperative Work: Beyond the Great Divide, pp. 79104. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Sharrock, W. & Button, G. (1999). “Do the Right Thing! Rule Finitism, RuleScepticism and
Rule Following” Human Studies, 22, (2-4) Oct.
Sharrock, W.W. & Coleman, W. (1999). “Seeking and finding society in the text”. In: Jalbert,
P.L. (ed.), Media Studies: Ethnomethodological Approaches, pp. 1-30. Lanham, New
York, Oxford: University Press of America.
Sharrock, W.W. & Coulter, J. (2001). “Reflexions sur le raisonnement”. In: de Fornel,
Michel., Albert Ogien, Louis Quéré (dir.) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie
radicale, pp. 75-98 [Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection
"Recherches"]
Sharrock, W.W. (with B. Katz) (1976). “Eine Darstellung des Kodierens”. In: Weingarten, E.,
Sack, F. & Schenkein, J. (Hrsg.) Ethnomethodologie. Frankfurt, BRD: Suhrkamp.
Sharrock, W.W. & Katz, B.A. (1978). “Playing with other minds”. Analytic Sociology, 1 (2),
F¯1-G13.
Sharrock, W.W. & Turner, R. (1978). “On a conversational environment for equivocality”. In:
Schenkein, J.N. (ed) Studies in the organization of conversational interaction, pp.
173-197. New York: Academic Press.
Sharrock, W.W. & Turner, R. (1980). “Observation, esoteric knowledge, and automobiles”.
Human Studies, 3 (1), January, 19-31.
Sharrock, W. & Watson, D. R. (1984). “What's the point of rescuing motives?”, British
Journal of Sociology 34: 435-451.
Sharrock, W.W. & Watson, D.R. (1986). “Re-locating motives”. British Journal of Sociology,
37 (4), 581-583. [Part 4 of four part debate. See: S. Bruce and R. Wallis, 1983 and
1985.]
105
Sharrock, W.W. (with Watson, D.R.) (1987a). “Control in the gaming situation”. In: Crookall,
D., Greenblat, C., Klabbers, J. & Coote, A. (eds) Simulation-gaming in the late 1980's.
Oxford, UK: Pergamon Press.
Sharrock, W.W. (with Watson, D.R.) (1987b). “Interactional aspects of the organisation of a
business game”. In: Crookall, D., Greenblat, C., Klabbers, J. & Coote, A. (eds)
Simulation-gaming in the late 1980's. Oxford, UK: Pergamon Press.
Sharrock, W. & Watson, R. (1988). “Autonomy among social theories: the incarnation of
social structures”. In: Fielding, N.G. (ed) Actions and structure: research methods
and social theory, pp. 56-77. London: Sage.
Sharrock, W.W. (with Watson, D.R.) (1988). “Reality management in simulation exercises”.
In: Crookall, D. (ed) Simulation-gaming in education and training. Oxford, UK:
Pergamon Press.
Shimoda, N. (1978). Shakaigakuteki shiko no kiso [Foundation of sociological thought].
Tokyo, Nippon: Shinsen Sha.
Shimoda, N. (1981). Shakaigakuteki shiko no kiso [Foundation of sociological thought].
Tokyo, Nippon: Shinsen Sha [Revised and enlarged edition of the Shimoda, N. (1978)
text].
Shinmei, M. (1977). “Shakaigaku niokeru 'Nichjo seikatsu' no gainen ni tsuite”. [The concept
'everyday life' in sociology]. Sociorojika, 1 (1). [Reprinted in Shinmei, M. (1979).
Gendaishakaigaku no shikaku. [Perspectives of contemporary sociology]. Tokyo,
Nippon: Kosesha Kosekaku.]
Silverman, D. (1973). Interview talk: Bringing off a research instrument. Sociology, 7(1), 3148.
Silverman, D. (1987). Communication and medical practice: social relations in the clinic.
London: Sage.
Silverman, D. (1993). “The Machinery of Interaction: Sacks’ Lectures on Conversation”.
Sociological Review, 41 (4) 731-752.
Silverman, D. (1994). “Describing Sexual Activities in HIV Counselling: the co-operative
management of the moral order”. Text, 14 (3), 427-453.
Silverman, D. (1995). “Delicate Boundaries: Bernstein, Sacks and the Machinery of
Interaction”. In: Delamont, S., Atkinson, P. & Davies, W.B. (eds) Discourse and the
Reproduction: Essays in Honour of Basil Berstein. New Jersey: Hampton Press.
Silverman, D. (1997). Discourses of Counselling: HIV Counselling as Social Interaction.
London: Sage.
Silverman, D. (1998a). Harvey Sacks: Social Science and Conversation Analysis. Oxford:
Policy Press.
Silverman, D. (1998b). “Analysing conversation”. In: Seale, C. (ed.), Researching society
and culture, pp. 261-74. London: Sage.
Silverman, D. (1999). “Warriors or Collaborators: Reworking Methodological Controversies
in the Study of Institutional Interaction”. In: Sarangi, S. & Roberts, C. (eds) Talk,
Work and Institiutional Order: Discourse in Medical Mediation and Management
Settings. Berlin: Mouton De Gruyter.
Silverman, D., Baker, C.D. & Keogh, J. (1998). “The Case of the Silent Child: Advice-Giving
and Advice-Reception in Parent-Teacher Interviews”. In: Hutchby, I. & Moran-Ellis,
J. (eds) Children and Social Competence: Arenas of Action, pp. 220-240. London,
Falmer.
Silverman, D., Bor, R., Miller, R. & Goldman, E. (1992). “Advice-Giving and AdviceReception in AIDS Counselling”. In: Aggleton, P. et al. (eds) AIDS: Rights, Risks and
Reason. Falmer Press.
106
Silverman, D. & Miller, G. (1995). “Troubles Talk and Counselling Discourse: A
Comparative Study”. Sociological Quarterly, 36 (4), 725-747.
Sirois, P. & Dorval, B. (1988). “The Role of Returns to a Prior Topic in the Negotiation of
Topic Change - a Developmental Investigation”. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research
17 (3), 185-210.
Skidmore, W. (1979). “Ethnomethodology”. In: Skidmore, W. Theoretical thinking in
sociology, pp. 236-260. Cambridge.
Slack, R. S. (1998) 'On the Potentialities and Problems of a WWW Based Naturalistic
Sociology ' Sociological Research Online, vol. 3, no. 2
[http://www.socresonline.org.uk/socresonline/3/2/3.html]
Slack, R.S. (2000a). “The Ethno-Inquiries of Edward Rose”. Ethographic Studies, 5: Autumn,
1-26.
Slack, R.S. (2000b). “Reflexivity or sociological practice: A reply to May” Sociological
Research Online, 5 (1), May, U180-U185. [See: May, T. (2000). “Reflexivity in social
life and sociological practice: A rejoinder to Roger Slack”. Sociological Research
Online, 5 (1), May, U186-U189.]
Smith, D.E. (1974a). The social construction of documentary reality. Sociological Inquiry, 44
(4), 257-268.
Smith, D.E. (1974b). Theorizing as ideology. In R. Turner (Ed.) Ethnomethodology (pp. 4144). Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.
Smith, D.E. (1978). K is mentally ill: The anatomy of a factual account. Sociology, 12, 23-53.
[German translation: (1976). K ist geisteskrank: Die Anatomie eines
Tatsachenberichts. In E. Weingarten, F. Sack, and J. Schenkein (Hrsg.) (1976).
Ethnomethodologie. Frankfurt, BRD: Suhrkamp.]
Smith, D.E. (1979). The intersubjective structuring of time: An analysis of how it was done on
a particular occasion. Analytic Sociology, 2(1), C13-E12. [ 1]
Smith, D.E. (1981). “On sociological description: A method from Marx”. Human Studies, 4
(4), October-Dec, 313-337.
Smith, D.E. (1982). The active text: An approach to analyzing texts as constituents of social
relations. Paper presented at the annual convention of the International Sociological
Association, Mexico City, August. [Forthcoming in a collection edited by D.E. Smith.]
Smith, D.E. (1983). “No one commits suicide: Textual analysis of ideological practices”.
Human Studies, 6 (4), Oct-Dec, 309-359.
Smith, D.E. (1984). Textually mediated social organization. International Social Sciences
Journal, 34, 59-75.
Smith, D.E. (1988). The everyday world as problematic. Toronto, Canada: University of
Toronto Press.
Snelgrove, S. & Hughes, D. (2000). “Inter-professional relations between doctors and nurses:
perspectives from South Wales”. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 31 (3): 661-667.
Soloman, P. (1997). “Conversation in Information Seeking Contexts: A Test of an Analytic
Framework”. Library & Information Science Research, 19 (8), 217-248.
Soloski, J. & Daley, P.J. (1980). “Symbolic interactionism and ethnomethodology: A
perspective on qualitative research”. Quarterly Journal of Ideology, 4(1), 1-21.
Sorjonen, M-J. (1996) 'On repeats and responses in Finnish conversation'. In: Ochs, E., E.A.
Schegloff, S.A. Thompson, eds., Interaction and Grammar. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press: 277-327
Sorjonen, M.L., J. Heritage (1990) 'And-prefacing as a feature of question design'. In: L.
Laitinen et al. eds., Asennonvaihtoja [Cganiges in foorting]: Essays in honour of Auli
Hakulinen. Helsinki: Vastapaino
107
Speier, M. (1970). The everyday world of the child. In J.D. Douglas (Ed.) Understanding
everyday life: Toward the reconstruction of sociological knowledge (pp. 188-218).
Chicago, IL: Aldine Publishing Co.
Speier, M. (1972) 'Some conversational problems for interactional analysis'. In: D. Sudnow,
ed. Studies in social interaction. New York: Free Press: 397-427
Speier, M. (1973) How to observe face-t-face communication: a sociological introduction.
Pacific Palisades, Cal.: Goodyear
Speier, M. (1976) 'The child as conversationalist: some culture contact features of
conversational interactions between adults and children'. In: M. Hammwersley, P.
Woods, eds. The process of schooling: a sociological reader. London: Rotledge &
Kegan Paul: 98-103
Stacey, M., Reid, M., Heath, C.C. & Dingwall, R. (eds) (1977). Heath Care and Health
Knowledge. London: Croom Helm.
Stenson, K., Travers,M. & Crowther, C. (1999) The Police and Inter-Ethnic Conflict: A
Report to the Metropolitan Police.
Stetson, J. (1999). “Victim, offender and witness in the employment of news stories”. In:
Jalbert, P.L. (ed.), Media Studies: Ethnomethodological Approaches, pp. 77-110.
Lanham, New York, Oxford: University Press of America.
Stivers, T. (1998), 'Pre-diagnostic Commentary in Veterinarian-Client Interaction', Research
on Language and Social Interaction 31: 241-77
Stoddart, K. (1974). “Pinched: Notes on the ethnographer's location of argot”. In: Turner, R.
(ed) Ethnomethodology (pp. 173-179). Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.
Stoddart, K. (1986) 'The presentation of everyday life: some textual strategies for "adequate
ethnography"', Urban Life 15: 103-21
Streeck, J. (1980). “Speech acts in interaction: A critique of Searle”. Discourse Processes, 3,
133-153.
Streeck, J. (1984). “Embodied contexts, transcontextuals, and the timing of speech acts”.
Journal of Pragmatics, 8: 113-137.
Streeck, J. (1993). “Gesture as communication I: Its coordination with gaze and speech”.
Communications Monographs, 60: 275-299.
Streeck, J. (1994). “Gestures as communication II: the audience as co-author”. Research on
Language and Social Interaction, 27: 239-267.
Streeck, J. (1996) “How to Do Things with Things. Objets trouvés and Symbolization”.
Human Studies, 19 (4), October.
Strong, P.M. (1979). The ceremonial order of the clinic: parents, doctors and medical
bureaucracies. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
Strong, P.M. (1983) “The importance of being Erving: Erving Goffman 1922-1982”.
Sociology of Health and Illness, 5: 345-355.
Suchman, L. (1987). Plans and situated action: the problem of human-machine
communication. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Suchman, L.A. (1988). 'Representing practice in cognitive science', Human Studies 11: 305325.
Suchman, L. (1992). 'Technologies of accountability: of lizards and airplanes'. In: G. Button,
ed. Technology in working order: studies of work, interaction and technology.
London: Routledge: 113-26
Suchman, L. (1993). 'Do Categories Have Politics: The Language-Action Perspective
Reconsidered'. In Proceedings of the Third European Conference on
Computer-Supported Cooperative Work. Dordrecht: Kluwer: 1-14
108
Suchman, L. (1993). 'Response to Vera and Simon's Situated Action: A Symbolic
Interpretation', Cognitive Science 17, 1993: 71-75
Suchman, L. (1994a). 'Do categories have politics?: The language/action perspective
reconsidered,' Computer Supported Cooperative Work 2: 177-190
Suchman, L. (1994b) 'Working relations of technology production and use', Computer
Supported Cooperative Work 2: 21-39
Suchman, L. (1996a) 'Constituting shared workspaces'. In: Y. Engeström, D. Middleton, eds.
Cognition and communication at work. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press:35-60
Suchman, L. (1996b) 'Supporting articulation work'. In: R. Kling, ed. Computerization and
controversy: value conflicts and social choices. 2nd ed. London: Academic Press: 40723
Suchman, L. (2000) 'Making a case: "Knowledge" and "Routine" work in document
production'. In Luff, P., J. Hindmarsh, C. Heath (eds.) (2000) Workplace Studies:
Recovering Work Practice and Informing Systems Design. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press: 29-45
Suchman, L. & Jordan, B. (1988). 'Computerization and women's knowledge'. In: K. Tijdens
et al. eds. Women, work and computerization: forming new alliances. Amsterdam:
North-Holland: 153-160
Suchman, L. & Jordan, B. (1990). 'Interactional troubles in face-to-face survey interviews',
Journal of the American Statistical Association, 85: 232-241
Suchman, L. & Jordan, B. (1991). 'Validity and the Collaborative Construction of Meaning in
Face-to-Face Surveys'. In: Judy Tanur, ed., Questions about Questions: Inquiries into
the Cognitive Bases of Surveys. New York: Russell Sage: 241-270
Suchman, L. & Jordan, B. (1997). 'Computerization and Women's Knowledge. In: Philip
Agre and Douglas Schuler, eds. Reinventing Technology, Rediscovering Community:
Critical Explorations of Computing as a Social Practice. Greenwich, CT: Ablex: 97105
Suchman, L.A., R.H. Trigg (1991) 'Understanding Practice: video as a medium for reflection
and design'. In: J. Greenbaum, M. Kyng, eds. Design at work: cooperative design of
computer systems. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum: 65-89
Suchman, L.A., R.H. Trigg (1993) 'Artificial Intelligence as Craftwork'. In S. Chaiklin, J.
Lave, eds., Understanding Practice: perspectives on activities and context. New York:
Cambridge University Press: 144-78
Sudnow, D. (1965) 'Normal crimes: sociological features of a penal code in a public
defender's office', Social Problems 12: 255-76
Sudnow, D. (1967) Passing on: the social organization of dying. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.:
Prentice-Hall
Sudnow, D. (1972a) 'Temporal parameters of interpersonal observation'. In: D. Sudnow, ed.
Studies in social interaction. New York: Free Press: 259-79
Sudnow, D., (ed) (1972b) Studies in social interaction. New York: Free Press. [Review: H.
Mehan, Language and Society, 1974, 3, 157-160.]
Sudnow, D. (1978) Ways of the hand: the organization of improvised conduct. London:
Routledge & Kegan Paul
Sudnow, D. (1979) Talk's body: a meditation between two keyboards. New York: Knopf
Sudnow, D. (1983) Pilgrim in a microworld. London: Heinemann
Swinkels, M. (1997) '"Een prettige vlucht"' ["Have a nive flight" a study of check-in
conversations]. In: L. Meeuwesen & H.Houtkoop-Steenstra (red.), Sociale Interactie in
Nederland. Utrecht: ISOR: 63-82
109
Takagi, T. (1999). “‘Questions’ in argument sequences in Japanese”. Human Studies. 22: 397423.
Takayama, M. (1987). Yakusha atogaki [Translator's postscript]. In 1987 Japanese translation
of Leiter, K. (1980). A primer on ethnomethodology. New York, NY: Oxford
University Press.
Tamura, S (1985). Characteristics of the British Ethnomethodologists and Their Citations.
M.Sc., University of Sheffield.
Tanaka, H. (1999a). “Grammar and social interaction in Japanese and Anglo-American
English: The display of context, social identity and social relation”. Human Studies, 22:
363-395.
Tanaka, H. (1999b). Turn-Taking in Japanese Conversation: A Study in Grammar and
Interaction. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Tanaka, H. (2000a). “Turn-Projection in Japanese Talk-in-Interaction”. Research on
Language and Social Interaction, 33 (1), 1-38.
Tanaka, H. (2000b). “The particle ne as a turn-management device in Japanese conversation”.
Journal of Pragmatics, 32: 1135-1176.
Tapsell, L. (2000). “Using applied conversation analysis to teach novice dietitians history
taking skills”. Human Studies, 23 (3), July, 281-307.
Tarplee, C. (1996) 'Working on young children's utterances: prosodic aspects of repetition
during picture labelling'. In: E. Couper-Kuhlen, M. Selting, eds. Prosody in
conversation: interactional studies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: 406-35
Tarplee, C., E. Barrow (1999) 'Delayed echoing as an interactional resource: a case study of a
3-year-old child on the autistic spectrum'. Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics 13: 449-82
Taylor, E.L. (1989). Language and the study of shared cultural knowledge. In Helm, D.T.,
Anderson, W.T., Meehan, A.J. & Rawls, A.W. (Eds.) The interactional order: New
directions in the study of social order (pp. 215-230). New York, NY: Irvington
Publishers.
Taylor, I., Walton, P. & Young, J. (1973). The new criminology: For a social theory of
deviance. London, UK: Routledge and Kegan Paul. [See discussion by J. Coulter
(1974); J.M. Atkinson, (1978) p. 181 ff.]
Taylor, T. & Cameron, D. (1987). Analysing conversation: Rules and units in the structure of
talk. Oxford, UK: Pergamon Press.
Terasaki, A. (1976). Pre-announcement sequences in conversation. Social Sciences Working
Paper No. 99, Irvine, CA: University of California. [Edited version in Analytic
Sociology, (1978), 1(4), C11-G13.
Tilley, N. (1980). “Popper, positivism and ethnomethodology”. British Journal of Sociology,
31, 28-45.
Tolmie, P., Hughes, J.A., O'Brien, J. & Rouncefield, M. (1998a).
The Importance of being Earnest: everyday managerial work in financial services.
[Online]. Available from
http://www.comp.lancs.ac.uk/sociology/TEPapers/ImpEarn.html [Accessed 26 June
2001].
Tolmie, P., Hughes, J.A., Rodden, T. & Rouncefield, M.(1998b).
How to 'represent' the workers? Understand the work of representations. [Online].
Available from http://www.comp.lancs.ac.uk/sociology/VSOC/IJHCSRep.html
[Accessed 26 June 2001].
Tolmie, P., Hughes, J.A., Rouncefield, M. & Sharrock, W.W. (1998c).
The 'Virtual' Manager?: Change and continuity in managerial work. [Online].
110
Available from http://www.comp.lancs.ac.uk/sociology/VSOC/WES.html [Accessed
26 June 2001].
Tolmie, P., Hughes, J.A., Rouncefield, M. & Sharrock, W.W. (1998d).
Managing Relationships - Where the 'virtual' meets the 'real'. [Online]. Available
from http://www.comp.lancs.ac.uk/sociology/VSOC/LisPaper.html [Accessed 26 June
2001].
Torode, B. (1980). “The essentialism of ethnomethodology”. In Silverman, D. & Torode, B.
(eds.) The material word: Some theories of language and its limits, pp. 143-170.
London, UK: Routledge.
Torode, B. (1984). The extra-ordinary in ordinary language: Social order in the talk of
teachers. Konteksten nr. 5. Rotterdam, Nederland: Instituut Preventieve en Sociale
Psychiatrie, Erasmus Universiteit Rotterdam.
Torode, B. (1985). Articulating educational discourses. In T. Hak, J. Hafkens, and G. Nijhof
(Eds.) Working Papers on Discourse and Conversational Analysis. Konteksten nr. 6
(pp. 137-150). Rotterdam, Nederland: Instituut Preventieve en Sociale Psychiatrie,
Erasmus Universiteit Rotterdam. [See response by P. ten Have in same issue.] [ 6]
Torode, B. (ed.) (1989a). Text and talk as social practice. Dordrecht, Nederland/Providence,
RI: Foris Publications.
Torode, B. (1989b). “Discourse analysis and everyday life”. In: Torode B. (ed.) Text and talk
as social practice, pp. xi-xxi. Dordrecht, Nederland/Providence, RI: Foris
Publications.
Travers, M. (1992). “Persuading the Client to Plead Guilty: An Ethnographic Examination of
a Routine Morning's Work in the Magistrates' Court”. Manchester Sociology
Occasional Paper, No.33.
Travers, M. (1993). “Putting Sociology Back into the Sociology of Law”. Journal of Law and
Society, 20 (4), 438-451.
Travers, M. (1993) “Review of Roger Cotterrell's The Sociology of Law: An Introduction
(second edition)”. International Journal of the Sociology of Law, 21 (2), 175-176.
Travers, M. (1994a). “Making Sociology Relevant in the 1990s” Network: Newsletter of the
British Sociological Association. No.58.
Travers, M. (1994b). “Measurement and Reality: Quality Assurance and the Work of a Firm
of Criminal Defence Solicitors in Northern England”. International Journal of the
Legal Profession, 1 (2),173-189.
Travers, M. (1994c). “The Phenomenon of the 'Radical Lawyer'”. Sociology, 28 (1), 245-258.
Travers, M. (1994d). “Extended Review of Maureen Cain and Christine Harrington (eds.)
Lawyers in a Postmodern World: Translation and Transgression”. Journal of Law and
Society, 21 (3), 406-408.
Travers, M. (1994e). “Review of Austin Sarat and Thomas Kearns (eds.)' Law in Everyday
Life”. International Journal of the Sociology of Law, 22 (2), 173-174.
Travers, M. (1997a). “Preaching to the Converted? Improving the Persuasiveness of Criminal
Justice Research”. British Journal of Criminology, 37 (3), 359-377.
Travers, M. (1997b). The Reality of Law: Work and Talk in a Firm of Criminal Lawyers.
Aldershot, UK: Ashgate (Socio-Legal Series).
Travers, M. (1997c). “Extended Review of Irving Louis Horowitz's The Decomposition of
Sociology”. Sociological Research OnLine, [Online], December. Available from
http://www.socresonline.org.uk/2/4/travers.htm. [Accessed 14 July 2001].
Travers, M. (1999a). “Review of Ian Hutchby and Robin Woofitt's Conversation Analysis:
Principles, Practices and Applications”. Discourse Studies, 1 (3), 373-374.
111
Travers, M. (1999b). “Review of Lisa Cuklanz's Rape on Trial: How the Mass Media
Construct Legal Reform and Social Change”. Discourse and Society, 10 (3), 442-444.
Travers, M. (1999c). “Review of Martha Komter's Dilemmas in the Courtroom: A Study of
Trials of Violent Crime in the Netherlands”. International Journal of the Sociology of
Law, 27 (1),119-120.
Travers, M. (1999d). The British Immigration Courts: A Study of Law and Politics. Bristol:
The Policy Press.
Travers, M. (1999e). "Qualitative Sociology and Social Class". Sociological Research
OnLine. Available from http://www.socresonline.org.uk/socresonline/4/1/travers.html.
[Accessed 14 July 2001].
Travers, M. (2001). Qualitative Research Through Case Studies. London: Sage.
Travers, M. & Manzo, J.F. (eds) (1997). Law in Action: Ethnomethodological & Conversation
Analytic Approaches to Law. Aldershot, UK: Ashgate (Socio-Legal Series).
Trognon, A., Dausendschön-Gay, U., Krafft, U., Riboni, C., eds. (1994) La construction
interactive du quotidien. [The interactive construction of everyday life] Nancy, Presses
universitaires de Nancy
Trotha, T. von (1977). Ethnomethodologie und abweichendes Verhalten. Kriminologisches
Journal, 9: 98-115.
Tudor, A. (1976). “Misunderstanding everyday life”. The Sociological Review, 24, 479-503.
Turner, R. (1967). “The ethnography of experiment”. American Behavioral Scientist, 10.
Turner, R. (1969). “A natural history of communication”. Canadian Speech Communication
Journal, 9, 30-33.
Turner, R. (1970). Words, utterances and activities. In J.D. Douglas (Ed.) Understanding
everyday life: Toward the reconstruction of sociological knowledge (pp. 169-187).
Chicago, IL: Aldine Publishing Co. [Reprinted in R. Turner (Ed.) (1974).
Ethnomethodology (pp. 197-215). Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.]
Turner, R. (1972) 'Some formal properties of therapy talk'. In: Sudnow, ed. Studies in social
interaction. New York: Free Press: 367-96
Turner, R., ed. (1974) Ethnomethodology: selected readings. Harmondsworth: Penguin
Turner, R. (1976) 'Utterance positioning as an interactional resource', Semiotica 17: 233-54
Twer, M. (1972) 'Tactics for determining persons' resources for depicting, contriving, and
describing behavioral episodes'. In: Sudnow, ed.: 339-66
Turner, R. (Ed.) (1974). Socialization: Acquisition of membership. New York.
Turner, R. (1975). Speech act theory and natural language use. Pragmatics Microfiche, 1(1).
Turner, R. (1976). Utterance positioning as an interactional resource. Semiotica, 17, 233-254.
Turner, R. (1985). Speech and the social contract. Inquiry, 28, 43-53.
Twyer, S. (1972). Tactics for determining persons' resources for depicting, contriving, and
describing behavioral episodes. In Sudnow, D.N. (Ed.) Studies in social interaction
(pp. 339-366). New York, NY: Free Press.
Tyler, T. (1974). The ethnomethodologist. Human Behavior, 3, 56-61.
vom Lehn, D., Heath, C.C. & Hindmarsh, J. (2001). “Exhibiting Interaction: Conduct and
Collaboration in Museums and Galleries”. Symbolic Interaction, 24 (2), 189-216.
Voysey, M. (1975) A constant burden: the reconstitution of family life. London: Routlegde &
Kegan Paul
Wagner, H.R. (1974). Ethnomethodology as a theory group. Phenomenological Sociology
Newletter, 2, 2-3.
Wagner, J., ed. (1996) `Conversation analysis of foreign language data'. Special Issue of
Journal of Pragmatics 26 (2), 145-259
112
Wagner, J. (1996) 'Language aquisition through foreign language interaction - a critical review
of studies in Second Language Aquisition'. Journal of Pragmatics 26: 215-35
Wagner, J., A. Firth (1997) 'Communication strategies at work'. In: E. Kellerman, G. Kasper,
eds. Communication strategies: psycholinguistics and sociolinguistic perspectives.
Oxford: Oxford University Press: 323-44
Wakin, W.A., D.H. Zimmerman (1999) 'Reduction and Specialization in Emergency and
Directory Assistance Calls', Research on Language and Social Interaction 32:
Walker, A.G. (1977). The reality of ethnomethodology. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 7,
189-198.
Walker, E. (1995) 'Making a bid for change: formulations in union/managment negotiations'.
In: A. Firth, ed. The discourse of negotiation: studies of language in the workplace.
Oxford: Pergamon: 101-40
Wallis, R. & Bruce, S. (1983). Accounting for action: Defending the common sense heresy.
Sociology, 17, 97-111.
Wasson, C. (2000). “Ethnography in the field of design”. Human Organization, 59 (4), 377388.
Watson, G., R.M. Seiler, eds. (1992) Text in Context: Contributions to ethnomethodology.
London: Sage
Watson, D.R. (1973). “The public announcement of fatality”. Working Papers in Cultural
Studies, (University of Birmingham), Vol. 4, Spring Issue.
Watson, D.R. (1974a). The language of help: Sociological aspects of calls to a suicide
prevention centre. Vita. (International Association of Suicide Prevention)
Watson, D.R. (1974b). The language of race relations: Making racial discriminations. Journal
of Comparative Sociology, 2, 89-101.
Watson, D.R. (1975). Instructional uses of pronouns. Pragmatics Microfiche, Vol. 1, fiche 2,
A4-C1.
Watson, D.R. (1976). Some conceptual issues in the social identification of "victims" and
"offenders". In Viano, E. (Ed.) Victims and society (pp. 60-71). Washington, DC:
Virage Press.
Watson, D.R. (1978a). “Analysing readings of Black American Speech: Some general
observations on descriptions in ordinary language”. Journal of Pragmatics.
Watson, D.R. (1978b). “Categorization, authorization and blame negotiation in conversation”.
Sociology, 12: 105-113.
Watson, D.R. (1978c). “Going for brothers' in Black American speech: Making sense of
analytic observations of Black ghetto culture in the U.S.A”. Analytic Sociology, 1 (3),
F¯2ff.
Watson, D.R. (1981). “Conversational and organisational uses of proper names: an aspect of
counsellor-client interaction”. In: Atkinson, P.A. Heath, C.C. (eds) Medical work:
realities and routines, pp. 91-106. Farnborough: Gower.
Watson, D.R. (1983a). “Goffman, talk and interaction: Some modulated responses”. Theory,
Culture and Society: Explorations in Critical Social Science, 2(1).
Watson, D.R. (1983b) 'The presentation of victim and motive in discourse: the case of police
interrogations and interviews', Victimology 8: 31-52 [reprinted in: Travers, M. & J.F.
Manzo, eds. (1997) Law in Action: Ethnomethodological & Conversation Analytic
Approaches to Law. Aldershot, UK: Dartmouth Publishing Co.: 77-97]
Watson, D.R. (1984a). Ethnomethodology as a topic. Videocassette: University of
Queensland, Sociology Department and Audio-Visual Services.
Watson, D.R. (1984b). “Racial and ethnic relations”. In: Anderson, R.J. & Sharrock, W.W.
(Eds.) Applied sociological perspectives (pp. 43-65). London, UK: Allen and Unwin.
113
Watson, D.R. (1984/85). Religious references in two locutionary environments: Some
theoretical and empirical considerations. Journal of Comparative Sociology and
Religion, 10/11.
Watson, D.R. (1985). Quelques remarques ˆ propos des descriptions sociologiques. In W.
Ackermann, B. Conein, C. Guigues, L. Qure, and L. Vidal (Eds.) Decrire: Un
imperatif? Description, explication, interpretation en sciences sociales, Tome 2 (pp.
148-159). Paris, France: Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales.
Watson, D.R. (1986). Doing the organization's work: An examination of aspects of the
operation of a crisis intervention centre. In S. Fisher and A.D. Todd (Eds.) Discourse
and institutional authority: Medicine, education, and law (pp. 91-120). Norwood, NJ:
Ablex.
Watson, D.R. (1987a). “Ethnomethodology and the sociology of education”. Columbian
Review of the Sociology of Education.
Watson, D.R. (1987b) 'Interdisciplinary considerations in the analysis of proterms'. In: Button,
G. & Lee, J.R.E. (eds) Talk and social organisation. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters:
261-89
Watson, D.R. (1988). “Two conceptions of the relevance of life history to sociological
analysis”. OPRep Newsletter. University of the West Indies, St. Augustine, Trinidad.
Watson, D.R. (1990) 'Some features of the elicitation of confessions in murder interrogations'.
In: G. Psathas, ed. Interactional Competence. Washington: University Press of
America: 263-96
Watson, R. (1992) 'The understanding of language use in everyday life: Is there a common
ground?'. In: Watson, G., R.M. Seiler, eds., Text in Context: Contributions to
ethnomethodology. London: Sage: 1-19
Watson, R. (1994) 'Harvey Sack's sociology of mind in action', Theory, Culture & Society 11:
169-86
Watson, R. (1994) 'Catégories, séquentialité et ordre social: un nouveau regard sur l'oeuvre de
Sacks'. In: B. Fradin, L. Quéré, J. Widmer, eds. (1994) L'enquête sur les catégories.
Paris: École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales [Raisons pratiques:
Épistémologie, sociologie, théorie sociale/5]: 151-84
Watson, R. (1997a) 'Some general reflections on 'Categorization' and 'Sequence' in the
analysis of conversation'. In: Hester, S. & Eglin, P. (eds) Culture in action: studies in
membership categorization analysis. Washington, D.C.: University Press of America:
49-76
Watson, R. (1997b) 'Ethnomethodology and textual analysis'. In: Silverman, D. ed.
Qualitative research: Theory, method and practice. London: Sage: 80-98
Watson, R. (1999). “Driving in the forest and mountains: a pure and applied ethnography”.
Ethographic Studies, 4: Autumn, 50-60
Watson, R. (2000). “The Character of ‘Institutional Talk: A Response to Hester and Francis”.
Text, 20 (3), 377.
Watson, R. (2001) 'Continuité et transformation de l'ethnométhodologie'. In: Fornel, Michel
de, Albert Ogien, Louis Quéré (dir.) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale
[Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection "Recherches"]: 17-30
Watson, D.R. (with Heritage, J.C.) (1976 or 1977). Recent developments in the sociology of
language in Britain. Sociolinguistics Newsletter, 8, 2-6.
Watson, D.R. (with W.W. Sharrock) (1985). 'Reality construction' in second-languagelearning (L2) simulations. System, 13(3).
114
Watson, D.R. & Sharrock, W.W. (1988). Some social-interactional aspects of a business game
for special purposes in the (L2) teaching of english. In Crookall, D. et al. (Eds.)
Simulation-gaming in education and training. Oxford, UK: Pergamon Press.
Watson, D.R. & W.W. Sharrock (1991) 'Something on accounts', D.A.R.G. Newsletter 7/2: 312
Watson, D.R. & Weinberg, T.S. (1982). Interviews and the interactional construction of
accounts of homosexual identity. Social Analysis, 11, 56-78.
Watts, T.D. (1974). Ethnomethodology. Cornell Journal of Social Relations, 9, 99-115.
Watts, T.D. (1981). Ethnomethodology. In R. M. Grinnel (Ed.) Social work research and
evaluation (pp. 361-372). Ithaca, IL.
Weeks, P.A.D. (1985). “Error-Correction Techniques and Sequences in Instructional Settings:
Toward a Comparative Framework”. Human Studies, 8 (3), 195-233.
Weeks, P.A.D. (1990) 'Musical time as a practical accomplishment: a change in tempo',
Human Studies 13: 323-360.
Weeks, P. (1996a) 'A rehearsal of a Beethoven passage: An analysis of correction talk',
Research on Language and Social Interaction, 29: 247-290.
Weeks, P. (1996b). “Synchrony Lost, Synchrony Regained: The Achievement of Musical Coordination”. Human Studies, 19 (2),
Wegmann, R.G. (1974). Sociology without society?: Mayrl and ethnomethodology. Catalyst,
8, 68-75. [See: W.M. Mayrl, 1973, 1974; B-H Chua, 1979.]
Weingarten, E., Sack, F. & Schenkein, J. hrsg. (1976). Ethnomethodologie: Beiträge zu einer
Soziologie des Alltagslebens. Frankfurt: Suhrkamp
Weingarten, E. & Sack, F. (1976). Ethnomethodologie: Die methodische Konstruktion der
RealitŠt. In E. Weingarten, F. Sack, und J. Schenkein (Hrsg.) Ethnomethodologie (pp.
7-26). Frankfurt, BRD: Suhrkamp.
Wells, B. J Local,. (1993) The sense of an ending: a case of prosodic delay, Clinical
Linguistics & Phonetics 7: 59-73
West, C. (1979). “'Against our will': Male interruptions of females in cross-sex
conversations”. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 327, 81-97.
West, C. (1982). “Why can't a woman be more like a man?: An interactional note on
organization game playing for managerial women”. Work and Occupations, 9, 5-29.
West, C. (1983). 'Ask me no questions...': An analysis of queries and replies in physicianpatient dialogues. In S. Fisher and A. D. Todd (Eds.) The social organization of
doctor-patient communication (pp. 75-106). Washington, DC: The Center for Applied
Linguistics.
West, C. (1984a). “Medical misfires: Mishearings, misgivings and misunderstandings in
physician-patient dialogues”. Discourse Processes, 7, 107-134.
West, C. (1984b) Routine Complications: Trouble with Talk between Doctors and Patients.
Bloomington: Indiana University Press [Reviews: D. Boden, Talking with doctors:
Conversation analysis in action. Contemporary Sociology, 1986, 15(5), 715-718; P.K.
Manning, Sociology of Health and Illness, 1986, 4, 178-186.]
West, C. (1990) 'Not just "doctor's orders": directive-response sequences in patients' visits to
women and men physicians', Discourse and Society 1: 85-112
West, C., A. Garcia (1988) 'Conversational shift work: a study of topical transition between
women and men', Social Problems 35: 551-75
West, C., and Zimmerman, D.H. (1977). Women's place in everyday talk: Reflections on
parent-child interaction. Social Problems, 24, 521-529.
115
West C., and Zimmerman, D.H. (1982). Conversation analysis. In K.R. Scherer and P. Ekman
(Eds.) Handbook of methods in nonverbal behavior research (pp. 506-541).
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
West, C., and Zimmerman, D.H. (1983). Small insults: A study of interruptions in cross-sex
conversations between unacquainted persons. In B. Thorne, C. Kramarae, and N.
Henley (Eds.) Language, gender, and society (pp. 102-117). Rowley, MA: Newbury
House.
West, C., and Zimmerman, D.H. (1985). Gender, language, and discourse. In T.A. Van Dijk
(Ed.) Handbook of discourse analysis, Vol. 4: Discourse analysis in society (pp. 103124). London, UK: Academic Press.
West, C., and Zimmerman, D.H. (1987). Doing gender. Gender and Society, 1, 125-151
Whalen, J. (1987). “Structures of Social-Action - Studies in Conversation Analysis Atkinson,Jm, Heritage,J”. Contemporary Sociology-a Journal of Reviews, 16 (5), 753756.
Whalen, J. (1991) 'Conversation Analysis'. In: E.F. Borgatta & M.L. Borgatta, eds. The
encyclopedia of sociology. New York: Macmillan
Whalen, J. (1995a) 'A technology of order production: Computer-aided dispatch in public
safety communication'. In. P. ten Have & G. Psathas, eds. Situated order: Studies in
the social organization of talk and embodied activities. Washington, D.C.: University
Press of America: 187-230
Whalen, J. (1995 b) 'Expert systems versus systems for experts: computer-aided dispatch as a
support system in realworld environments'. In: Thomas, P., ed., The Social and
Interactional Dimensions of HumanComputer Interfaces. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press: 161-83
Whalen, Jack, Eric Vinkhuyzen, 'Expert systems in (inter)action: diagnosing document
machine problems over the telephone'. In Luff, P., J. Hindmarsh, C. Heath (eds.)
(2000) Workplace Studies: Recovering Work Practice and Informing Systems Design.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: 92-140
Whalen, J. & Zimmerman, D.H. (1987). Sequential and institutional contexts in calls for help.
Social Psychology Quarterly, 50(2), 172-185.
Whalen, J. & Zimmerman, D.H. (1998) 'Observations on the display and management of
emotion in naturally occurring activities: the case of "Hysteria"in calls to 9-1-1', Social
Psychological Quarterly 61: 141-59
Whalen, J., Zimmerman, D.H. & Whalen, M.R. (1988) 'When words fail: a single case
analysis', Social Problems 35: 333-62
Whalen, M.R. (1995) 'Working toward play: complexity in children's fantasy activities',
Language in Society 24: 315-48
Whalen, M.R., D.H. Zimmerman, (1987) 'Sequential and institutional contexts in calls for
help', Social Psychology Quarterly 50: 172-85
Whalen, M.R., D.H. Zimmerman, (1990) 'Describing trouble: practical epistemology in
citizen calls to the police'. Language in Society 19: 465-92
White, G.M., A.B. Robbilard (1990) 'Doctor talk and Hawaiian 'talk story': the conversational
organization of a clinical encounter'. In: W. von Raffler-Engel, ed. Doctor-patient
interaction. Amsterdam, Philadelphia: John Benjamins: 197-213
White, S. (1989). “Back channels across cultures: A study of Americans and Japanese”.
Language in Society, 18: 59-77.
Widmer, J. (1981). Une minute de Watergate: Ressources structurelles et pouvoir [A minute
of Watergate: Structural resources and power]. Langage et SociŽtŽ, No. 17, 127-130.
116
Widmer, J. (1982a). Placement et structuration: Aspects interactionnels et linguistique d'une
intervention [Place and structuration: Interactional and linguistic aspects of an
intervention]. Cahiers de Linguistique Fran•aise, No. 4, 229-261.
Widmer, J. (1982b). Remarques sur les classements d'‰ge [Some observations about how we
use age as a resource for classifying people]. Revue Suisse de Sociologie, 9(2), 337364.
Widmer, J. (1983a). Espace et redondance [Space and redundancy]. DegrŽs, No. 35-36, 1-11.
Widmer, J. (1983b). Sens littŽral et organisation sociale [Literal meaning and social
organization]. Feuillets, No. 5, 13-18.
Widmer, J. (1984). Theme et maintien de l'ordre [Topic and the maintenance of order].
Feuillets, No. 6, 203-218.
Widmer, J. (1985a). RŽfŽrences et cadres de l'Žnonciation: Analyser Searle et une
plaisanterie douteuse [Referring and the frames of utterances: Analysing Searle and a
dirty joke]. Recherches en Linguistique Etrang•re, 159-183. [Annales LittŽraires de
l'UniversitŽ de Besangon. Paris, France: Les Belles Lettres.]
Widmer, J. (1985b). RationalitŽ et sens commun [Rationality and common sense]. In W.
Ackermann et al. (Eds.) DŽcrire un impŽratif: Description, Explication et
interpretation en sciences sociales, Tome 1 (pp. 49-77). Paris, France: Ecole des
Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales.
Widmer, J. (1985c). Que faire des descriptions sociales?: CatŽgories et relations sociales
[What should we do with social descriptions?: Social categories and relations]. In W.
Ackerman et al. (Eds.) DŽcrire un impŽratif: Description, Explication et interpretation
en sciences sociales, Tome 2 (pp. 43-59). Paris, France: Ecole des Hautes Etudes en
Sciences Sociales.
Widmer, J. (1986a) Langage et action sociale; aspects philosophique en sémiotiques du
langage dans la perspective de l'ethnomethodologie. Editions Universitaires Fribourg
Suisse
Widmer, J. (1986b). Les annŽes d'apprentissage de Harold Garfinkel [The years of
apprenticeship of Harold Garfinkel]. Pratiques de Formation, Analyses, 11/12, 89-97.
Widmer, J. (1986c). Wšrtliche Bedeutung und reflexiver Sinn [Literal meaning and reflexive
sense]. Zeitschrift fŸr Semiotik, 8(1/2), 63-69.
Widmer, J. (1987a). Aspects langagiers des totalitarismes [Aspects of language in
totalitarianism]. In P. Meyer-Bisch (Ed.) Forces et faiblesses des totalitarismes (pp.
73-84). Fribourg, Suisse: Editions Universitaires.
Widmer, J. (1987b). Quelques usages de l'‰ge: Exploration dans l'organisation du sens
[Some uses of age: Explorations in the organization of meaning]. Lexique, 5, 197-228.
Widmer, J. (1988a). L'image publicitaire: Marchandises et monde vŽcu [Image of advertising:
Commodities and Lebenswelt]. In L. Bosshart and J-P. Chuard (Eds.) Communication
visuelle: L'image dans la presse et la publicitŽ (pp. 91-117). Fribourg, Suisse: Editions
Universitaires.
Widmer, J. (1988b). Vendre du savoir [The selling of knowledge]. Education Permanente, 1,
13-16.
Widmer, J. (1989) 'Formes de communications et division du travail et changement dans une
administration publique'. In: Langage et travail, 1989: 397-405
Widmer, Jean (2001) 'Catégorisation, tours de parole et sociologie'. In: Fornel, Michel de,
Albert Ogien, Louis Quéré (dir.) L'ethnométhodologie: une sociologie radicale
[Colloque de Cerisy]. Paris: Editions La Découverte [Collection "Recherches"]: 20738
117
Wieder, D.L. (1970). On meaning by rule. In J.D. Douglas (Ed.) Understanding everyday life:
Toward the reconstruction of sociological knowledge (pp. 107-135). Chicago, IL:
Aldine Publishing Co.
Wieder, D.L. (1974a) Language and social reality: the case of telling the convict code. The
Hague: Mouton [Excerpts reprinted as: Telling the code. In R. Turner (Ed.) (1974).
Ethnomethodology (pp. 144-172). Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.] [Reissue:
Washington, DC: University Press of America, 1988.]
Wieder, D.L. (1974b). Generational experience and the development of freak culture. Journal
of Social Issues, 30, 137-161.
Wieder, D.L. (1976). Review: The social dynamics of George H. Mead by M. Natanson.
Sociology and Social Research, 110-111.
Wieder, D.L. (1977a). Remarks on "When is phenomenology sociological?". Annals of
Phenomenological Sociology, 2, 1-5.
Wieder, D.L. (1977b). Ethnomethodology and ethnosociology. Mid-American Review of
Sociology, 2, 1-18.
Wieder, D.L. (1978). Review: The dual vision: Alfred Schutz and the myth of
phenomenological social science by Gorman. Contemporary Sociology, 7(6), 801-802.
Wieder, D.L. (1980) 'Behavioristic operationalism and the lifeworld: chimpanzees and
chimpanzee researchers in face-to-face interaction', Sociological Inquiry 50: 75-103
Wieder, D.L. (1981). Some historians' methods in the analysis of thought. Studies in Social
Science, 16-25.
Wieder, D.L. (1988) 'From resource to topic: some aims of conversation analysis'. In: J.
Anderson, ed., Communication Yearbook 11. Beverly Hills: Sage: 444-54
Wieder, D.L. (1999) 'Ethnomethodology, Conversation, Analysis, Microanalysis, and the
Ethnography of Speaking (EM-CA-MA-ES)', Research on Language and Social
Interaction 32:
Wieder, D.L. & Pratt, S. (1990) 'On being a recognizable Indian among Indians'. In: D.
Carbaugh, ed. Cultural communication and intercultural contact. Hillsdale: Erlbaum:
45-64
Wieder, D.L., & Wright, C. (1982). Norms, conformity and deviance. In Rosenberg, Stebbins,
and Turoweta (Eds.) The sociology of deviance (pp. 258-287). New York, NY: St.
Martins Press.
Wieder, D.L., & Zimmerman, D.H. (1976). Regeln im ErklŠrungsprozess: Wissenschaftliche
und ethnowissenschaftliche Sociologie [On explaining by rule: Scientific and
ethnoscientific sociology]. In E. Weingarten, F. Sack, and J.N. Schenkein (Hrsg.)
Ethnomethodologie: BeitrŠge zu einer Sociologie des Alltagshandelns (pp. 105-129).
Frankfurt, BRD: Suhrkamp.
Wieting, S.G. (1976). Structuralism, systems theory and ethnomethodology in the sociology of
the family. Journal of Comparative Family Studies, 7, 375-395.
Wilkinson, R. (1999). “Special issue: Conversation analysis – Introduction”. Aphasiology, 13
(4-5) 251-258.
Wilkinson, R. (1999). “Sequentiality as a problem and resource for intersubjectivity in aphasic
conversation: analysis and implications for therapy”. Aphasiology, 13 (4-5) 327-343.
Williams, R. (2000). “Sociology and the vernacular voice: text, context and the Sociological
Imagination”. History of the Human Sciences, 13 (4), November, 73-95.
Wilson, T.P. (1970). Conceptions of interactions and forms of sociological explanation.
American Sociological Review, 35, 697-710. [German translation: (1981). Theorien
der Interaktion und Modelle soziologischer ErklŠrung. In Arbeitsgruppe Bielefelder
118
Soziologen (Hrsg.) Alltagswissen, Interaktion und gesellschaftliche Wirklichkeit
(pp.54-79). Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag.]
Wilson, T.P. (1970). Normative and interpretive paradigms in sociology. In J.D. Douglas
(Ed.) Understanding everyday life: Toward the reconstruction of sociological
knowledge (pp. 57-79). Chicago, IL: Aldine Publishing Co.
Wilson, T.P. (1982). Qualitative 'oder' quantitative Methoden in der Sozialforschung
[Qualitative 'versus' quantitative methods in social research]. Kšlner Zeitschrift fŸr
Soziologie und Sozial Psychologie, 34, 487-508. [Reprinted as: Qualitative 'versus'
quantitative methods in social research. Bulletin de Methodologie Sociologique,1986,
10, 25-51.]
Wilson, T.P. (1982). Social theory and modern logic: Reflections on Elster's Logic and
Society. Acta Sociologica, 25, 431-441.
Wilson, T.P. (1984). On the role of mathematics in the social sciences. The Journal of
Mathematical Sociology, 10, 221-239.
Wilson, T.P. (1987). Sociology and the mathematical method. In A. Giddens and J. Turner
(Eds.) Social theory today (pp. 383-404). Stanford University Press.
Wilson, T.P. (1991) 'Social structure and the sequential organization of interaction'. In: D.
Boden & D.H. Zimmerman, eds. Talk and social structure: studies in
ethnomethodology and conversation analysis. Cambridge: Polity Press: 22-43
Wilson, T.P., Wiemann, J. & Zimmerman D.H. (1984) 'Models of turntaking in
conversational interaction', Journal of Language and Social Psychology 3: 159-83
Wilson, T.P., Wiemann, J. & Zimmerman D.H. (1984). Silence and simultaneity: Models of
turn taking in conversational interaction. Journal of Language and Social Psychology,
3 (3), 159-183.
Wilson, T.P. & Zimmerman, D.H. (1980). “Ethnomethodology, sociology and theory”.
Humbolt Journal of Social Relations, 7: 52-88.
Wilson, T.P. & Zimmerman, D.H. (1986) “The structure of silence between turns in two-party
conversation”. Discourse Processes, 9: 375-390.
Wissicombe, S. & Wooffitt R. (1995). The language of youth subcultures: social identity in
action. Hemel Hempstead: Harvester Wheatsheaf.
Wittgenstein, L. (1953). Philosophical Investigations, trans [and ed.] by G.E.M. Anscombe,
Oxford: Basil Blackwell.
Wittgenstein, L. (1958). Preliminary studies for the "Philosophical Investigations," generally
known as "The blue and the brown Books". Oxford: Basil Blackwell.
Wolff, S. (1986). “Talk As Instrumental Action - Some Aspects of Social-Work”. Kolner
Zeitschrift Fur Soziologie Und Sozialpsychologie, 38 (1), 55-84
Wolff, S. (1995) Text und Schuld: Die Rhetorik psychiatrischer Gerichtsgutachten. [Text and
guilt: the rhetorics of psychiatric advice] Berlin/New York: Walter de Gruyter.
Wooffitt, R. (1992) Telling tales of the unexpected: the organization of factual discourse.
Hemel Hempstead: Harvester Wheatsheaf
Wooffitt, R. (1993). “Analysing accounts”. In: Gilbert, N. (ed) Researching social life. Pp.
287-305. London: Sage.
Wooffitt, R. (1996). “Rhetoric in English” In J. Maybin and N. Mercer (eds.) Using English:
From Conversation to Canon. London: Routledge, in association with the Open
University, 122-159.
Wooffitt, R. (1998) “Analysing Accounts of Paranormal Experiences”. In N.L. Zingrone, M.J.
Schlitz, C.S. Alvarado and J. Milton (eds.) Research in Parapsychology 1993, pp 8588. Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press.
119
Wooffitt, R. (2000a).'Reported speech and displays of mind' Special Issue of Communication
and Cognition on 'Accessing Aspects of Consciousness' (edited by M. Ball) 141-158
Wooffitt, R. (2000b).'Some properties of the interactional organisation of displays of
paranormal cognition in psychic-sitter interaction'. Sociology vol. 43, no 3, 457-479
Wooffitt, R. & Clarke, C. (1998) Mobilising discourse and social identities in knowledge talk'
in C. Antaki and S. Widdicombe (eds.) Identities in Talk. London: Sage, 107-120.
Wooffitt, R. (with Norman Fraser, Nigel Gilbert and Scott McGlashan) (1997).Humans,
Computers and Wizards: Conversation Analysis and Human (Simulated)Computer
Interaction. London: Routledge.
Wooffitt, R. & MacDermid, C. (1995). “Wizards and Social Control” In: P. Thomas (ed.) The
Social and Interactional Dimensions of Human-Computer Interfaces. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 126-141.
Wooffitt, R. (with Sue Widdicombe) (1995).The Language of Youth Subcultures: Social
Identity in Action. Hemel Hempstead: Harvester Wheatsheaf.
Woolgar, S. (1985). “Why not a sociology of machines? The case of sociology and artificial
intelligence”. Sociology 19, 557-572.
Woolgar, S. (1987). “Reconstructing man and machine: A note on the sociological critiques of
cognitivism”. In: Wiebe E. Bijker, Thomas P. Hughes, and Trevor J. Pinch, eds, The
Social Construction of Technological Systems: New Directions in the Sociology and
History of Technology. Cambridge: MIT Press.
Woolgar, S. (1991a). “Beyond the citation debate: towards a sociology of measurement
technologies and their use in science policy”. Science and Public Policy, 18 (5), 319326.
Woolgar, S. (1991b). “Configuring the user: The case of usability trials”. In: Law, J. (ed) A
Sociology of Monsters: Essays on Power, Technology and Domination. London:
Routledge.
Woolgar, S. (1994). “Re thinking agency: New moves in science and technology studies”.
Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis. 20, 213-240.
Woolgar, S. (1996). “Technologies as cultural artefacts”. In: Dutton, W.H. (ed) Visions and
Realities of Information and Communication Technologies. Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
Wootton, A.J. (1975). Dilemmas of discourse: Controversies about the sociological
interpretation of language. London, UK: Allen and Unwin.
Wootton, A.J. (1977). “Sharing: some notes on the organization of talk in a therapeutic
community”. Sociology. 11: 333-350.
Wootton, A.J. (1981a). “The management of grantings and rejections by parents in request
sequences”. Semiotica, 37: 59-89.
Wootton, A.J. (1981b). “Children's use of address terms”. In: French P. & Maclure M. (eds)
Adult-child conversation, pp. 142-158. London, UK: Croom Helm.
Wootton, A.J. (1981c). “Two request forms for four years olds”. Journal of Pragmatics, 5:
511-523.
Wootton, A.J. (1984).”Some aspects of children's use of "please" in request sequences”. In:
Auer, P. & Luzio A. di (eds) Interpretive sociolinguistics, pp. 147-163. Tübingen:
Verlag.
Wootton, A.J. (1986). “Rules in action: orderly features of action that formulate rules”. In:
Cook-Gumperz, J., Corsaro, W.A. & Streeck, J. (eds), Children's worlds and
children's language. pp. 147-168. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
120
Wootton, A.J. (1989a). 'Remarks on the methodology of conversation analysis'. In: Roger, D.
& Bull, P. (eds) Conversation: an interdisciplinary perspective. pp. 238-258.
Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.
Wootton, A.J. (1989b). “Speech from and to a severely retarded young Down's Syndrome
child”. In: Beveridge, M., Conti-Ramsden, G. & Leudar, I. (eds) The language and
communication of mentally handicapped people. London: Chapman.
Wootton, A. J. (1990). “Pointing and interaction initiation: the behaviour of young children
with Down's syndrome when looking at books”. Journal of Child Language, 17
Wootton, A. J. (1991). “Obtaining an object from a young child: the social organization of a
set of practices”. Sociological Studies of Child Development, 4: 155-179.
Wootton, A.J. (1994). “Object transfer, intersubjectivity and third position repair: early
developmental observations of one child”. Journal of Child Language, 21:543-564.
Wootton, A.J. (1997). Interaction and the development of mind. Cambridge: Cambridge U.P.
Wootton, A.J. (1999). “Delayed echoing in a child with autism”. First
Language, 19: 359-381.
Wootton, A.J. [with Local, J. K.] (1995). “Interactional aspects of immediate echolalia in
autism: a case study”. Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics. 9:155-184.
Wootton, A.J. [with Dersley, I.] (2000). “Complaint sequences within antagonistic argument”.
Research on Language and Social Interaction. 33:375-406.
Worsley, P.M. (1974). The state of theory and the status of theory. Sociology, 8, 1-17. [See
discussion by Atkinson, J.M. (1978) p. 181 ff.]
Wowk, M. (1984). Blame allocation, sex and gender in a murder interrogation. Women's
Studies, 7(1), 75-82.
Wowk, M.T. (1989) 'Emotion talk'. In: B. Torode, ed. Text and Talk as Social Practice.
Dordrecht/Providence, R.I.: Foris Publications: 51-71
Wowk, M. (1989). Unglossing emotion terms in counselling. Sociolinguistics.
Wright, R.A. (1983). An ethnomethodological analysis of significant life events. Quarterly
Journal of Ideology, 7(2), 62-71.
Yamada, H. (1992). American and Japanese Business Discourse: A Comparison of
Interactional Styles. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
Yamada, T. (1980). Kaishakuteki paradaimu saiko [Rethinking the interpretive paradigm].
Shakaigaku Nenpo [The Annual Reports of Sociology], 8, Tokyo, Nippon: Tohoku
Shakaigakkai.
Yamada, T. (1981). Esunomesodoroji no ronrikozo to kaiwabunseki [The logic of
ethnomethodology and conversation analysis]. Shakaigaku Hyoron [Japanese
Sociological Review], 125.
Yamada, T. (1982a). Gengo katsudo to bunkateki sotaisei [Speech acts and cultural relativity].
Shakaigaku Kenkyu [Studies in Sociology], 42/43.
Yamada, T. (1982b). Joshikiteki kategori no yuisei [The primacy of common sense
categories]. Shakaigaku Kenkyu [Studies in Sociology], 44.
Yamada, T. (1983). Gengo to kodo [Language and activity]. Shakaigaku Kenkyu [Studies in
Sociology], 45.
Yamada, T. (1984a). On the status of ethnomethodological knowledge. Yamaguchi Joshi
Daigaku Kenkyu Hokoku [Yamaguchi Women's University Studies], 9.
Yamada, T. (1984b). Chishikiron to shiteno esunomesodoroji [Ethnomethodology as a theory
of knowledge]. Shakaigaku Kenkyu [Studies in Sociology], 47.
Yamada, T. (1985a). Purakutisu toshiteno bunka [Culture as practices]. In Ehara and
Yamagishi (Eds.) Genshogakuteki shakaigaku [Phenomenological sociology]. Tokyo,
Nippon: Sanwa Shobo.
121
Yamada, T. (1985b). Kodomo no kaiwa to kodomo no sekai [Children's conversation and
children's world]. Yamaguchi Joshi Daigaku Kenkyu Hokoku [Yamaguchi Women's
University Studies], 11.
Yamada, T. (1986a). Hakubutsushi to shiteno esunomesodoroji: Kaisetsu [Comment on
ethnomethodology as natural history]. Gendai Shiso [Review of Contemporary
Thought], 14(14) (December), 165-167.
Yamada, T. (1986b). 'Hitotsuse Byoin' no esunogurafi [An ethnography of 'Hitotsuse
Hospital']. Kaiho Shakaigaku Kenkyu, [Studies in the Sociology of Liberation], 1.
Tokyo, Nippon: Akashi Shobo.
Yamada, T. (1987a). 'Seishin iryo' wo meguru chi, aruiwa gensetsu (Disukuru) [Knowledge
and discourse around 'psychiatric treatment']. Maidan, 11(January).
Yamada, T. (1987b). Atogaki [Postscript]. In T. Yamada, H. Yoshii, and K. Yamazaki,
(Eds. and Trans.) Esunomesodoroji [Ethnomethodology] (pp. 311-328). Tokyo,
Nippon: Serika Shobo.
Yamada, T. (1987c). Seikatsu sekai to komyunikeshon [Life world and communication]. In
Suzuki, H. (Ed.) Gendai shakai wo kaidokusuru [Reading contemporary society].
Tokyo, Nippon: Mineruva Shobo.
Yamada, T., Yoshii, H., and Yamazaki, K. (Eds. and Trans.) (1987). Esunomesodoroji
[Ethnomethodology] (pp. 311-328). Tokyo, Nippon: Serika Shobo.
Yamaguchi, S. (1975). Genshogaku to shakaigaku [Phenomenology and sociology].
Gendaishakaigaku, [Contemporary Sociology], 2(1), 75-98. Kodan Sha. [Reprinted in
S. Yamaguchi (1982). Shakai to imi [Society and meanings]. Tokyo, Nippon: Keiso
Shobo.
Yamaguchi, S. (1976). Witogenshutain to esunomesodoroji [Wittgenstein and
ethnomethodology]. UP, 45(5).
Yamaguchi, S. (1979). Kaishakugaku to shakaigaku [Hermeneutics and sociology]. Shiso
[Thought], 5, 100-123. [Reprinted as: Kaishakuteki paradaimu kara kaishakugakuteki
paradaimu e [From the interpretative paradigm to the hermeneutics paradigm] in S.
Yamaguchi (1982). Shakai to imi [Society and meanings]. Tokyo, Nippon: Keiso
Shobo.
Yamaguchi, S. (1982). Shakai to imi [Society and meanings]. Tokyo, Nippon: Keiso Shobo.
Yamamoto, K. (1981). Shakaigensho toshiteno rikaihoho [The interpretive method as social
phenomenon]. Ritsumeikan Sangyoshakai Ronshu [Ritumeikan Review of Industrial
Society], 28, 31-74.
Yamamura, M. (1982). Kaishakuteki paradaimu to kyoiku kenkyu [Interpretative paradigm
and studies of education]. Kyoiku Shakaigaku Kenkyu [Studies in the Sociology of
Education], 37, 20-33.
Yamazaki, K. (1981). Ichi to imi [Place and meaning]. Waseda Daigaku Daigakuin Bungaku
Kenkyuka Kiyo [Waseda University Graduate School Literature Department Bulletin],
No. 27.
Yamazaki, K. (1982). Joshikiteki kategori to kagakuteki kategori [Common-sense categories
and scientific categories]. Shakaigaku Nenshi [The Annals of Sociology], 23, 97-114.
Yamazaki, K. (1983). Shakaiteki koi to esunomesodoroji [Social action theory and
ethnomethodology]. Soshiorogosu [Sociologos], 7, 88-107.
Yamazaki, K. (1985a). Ningen no kategorika nitsuite [On categorization of human beings].
Bungaku kenkyuka Bessatsu 11 Shu: Tetsugaku Shigaku Hen [Special Edition of the
Literature Department, Vol. 11: Philosophy and History
122
Yamazaki, K. (1985b). Otoko to onna [Men and women]. In Ehara and Yamagishi (Eds.)
Genshogakuteki shakaigaku [Phenomenological sociology]. Tokyo, Nippon: Sanwa
Shobo.
Yamazaki, K. (1987). Kaiwateki koi niokeru imi to kisoku [Meaning and rules in social
action]. Jinbungakuho [The Journal of Social Science and Humanities]
Yamazaki, K., and Yoshii, H. (1984). Kaiwa no junbantori shisutemu [The turn taking system
in conversation]. Gengo [Language], 13(7).
Yazawa, S. (1984). Gendai Amerika shakaigakushi kenkyu [A study of the history of
contemporary American sociology]. Tokyo, Nippon: Tokyo Daigaku Shuppankai.
Yoshii, H. (1982). Jissenteki suironkatsudo no san iso [Three phases of practical reasoning
activities]. Soshiorogosu [Sociologos], 7, 70-87.
Yoshii, H. (1985). Nichijo gensho toshiteno seisabetsu [Sex discrimination as ordinary
phenomenon]. In Ehara and Yamagishi (Eds.) Genshogakuteki shakaigaku
[Phenomenological sociology]. Tokyo, Nippon: Sanwa Shobo.
Yoshii, H. (1987a). 'Atarimae' e tabidatsu [Traveling to the 'ordinary']. In T. Yamada, H.
Yoshii, and K. Yamazaki (1987). (Eds. and Trans.). Esunomesodoroji [Ethnomethodology].
Tokyo, Nippon: Serika Shobo.
Yoshii, H. (1987b). 'Esunomesodoroji wo ikiru' tameni [For 'living with ethnomethodology'].
In Yamagishi (Ed.) Nichijoseikatsu to shakairiron [Everyday life and social theories].
Tokyo, Nippon: Keio Tsushin.
Yoshii, H. (1988a). Joshikiteki suiron to sabetsushiteshimau kanosei [Practical reasoning and
possibilities of discrimination]. Kaiho Shakaigaku Kenkyu [Studies in the Sociology of
Liberation], 2, 78-91.
Yoshii, H. (1988b). Esunomesodoroji [Ethnomethodology]. In Atarashi and Misawa (Eds.)
Gendai Amerika no shakai [Contemporary sociological theories in the U.S.A.]. Tokyo,
Nippon: Koseisha Koseikaku.
Young, T.R. (1971). The politics of sociology: Gouldner, Goffman, and Garfinkel. The
American Sociologist, 6, 276-281.
Zimmerman, D.H. (1969a). Record keeping and the intake process in a public welfare agency.
In S. Wheeler (Ed.) On record: Files and dossiers in American life (pp. 319-354).
New York, NY: Russel Sage. [Abridged version reprinted as: Fact as a practical
accomplishment. In R. Turner (Ed.) (1974). Ethnomethodology (pp. 128-143).
Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin.]
Zimmerman, D.H. (1969b). Tasks and troubles: The practical bases of work activities in a
public assistance agency. In D.H. Hansen (Ed.) Explorations in sociology and
counselling (pp. 237-266). New York, NY: Houghton Mifflin.
Zimmerman, D.H. (1970). The practicalities of rule use. In J.D. Douglas (Ed.) Understanding
everyday life: Toward the reconstruction of sociological knowledge (pp. 221-238).
Chicago, IL: Aldine Publishing Co. [Reprinted in G. Salamen and K. Thompson (Eds.)
People and organizations (pp. 250-265). London, UK: Longmans.]
Zimmerman, D.H. (1974). Preface. In D.L. Wieder (Ed.) Language and reality (pp. 9-26). The
Hague, Nederland: Mouton.
Zimmerman, D.H. (1976a). Review: Phenomenology, language, and the social sciences, by
Maurice Roche. American Journal of Sociology, 81, 939-942.
Zimmerman, D.H. (1976b). A reply to Professor Coser. The American Sociologist, 11, 4-13.
[See: L. Coser, 1975 and 1976.]
Zimmerman, D.H. (1978a) 'Ethnomethodology', The American Sociologist 13: 6-15
Zimmerman, D.H. (1978b). Normen im Alltag [Norms in everyday life]. Kšlner Zeitschrift fŸr
Soziologie und Sozial Psychologie, 20, 86-99.
123
Zimmerman, D.H. (1983). “Review essay: Social structure and social interaction: Review of
Language as a social resource, by Allen D”. Grimshaw. Contemporary Sociology, 12,
602-604.
Zimmerman, D.H. (1984) 'Talk and its occasion: the case of calling the police'. In: D.
Shiffren, ed. Meaning, form and use in context: linguistic applications. (Georgetown
Roundtable on Languages and Linguistics) Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University
Press: 210-28
Zimmerman, D.H. (1987). Studies in ethnomethodology: Twenty years later. The Discourse
Analysis Research Group Newsletter, 3 (2), 20-25.
Zimmerman, D.H. (1988) 'On conversation: the conversation analytic perspective'. In:
Anderson, J. ed., Communication Yearbook 11. Beverly Hills: Sage: 406-32 [See
commentary by D.L. Wieder (1988).]
Zimmerman, D.H. (1992) 'Achieving context: openings in emergency calls'. In: G. Watson,
R.M. Seiler, eds. Text in Context: Contributions to ethnomethodology. London: Sage:
35-51
Zimmerman, D.H. (1992) 'The interactional organization of calls for emergency'. In: P. Drew,
J. Heritage, eds. Talk at work: interaction in institutional settings. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press: 418-69
Zimmerman, D. (1993) 'Acknowledgement tokens and speakership incipiency revisited',
Research on Language and Social Interaction 26: 179-94
Zimmerman. D.H. (1999) 'Horizontal and Vertical Comparative Research in Language and
Social Interaction', Research on Language and Social Interaction 32:
Zimmerman, D.H. & Boden, D. (1991) 'Structure-in-Action'. In: D. Boden & D.H.
Zimmerman, eds. Talk and social structure: studies in ethnomethodology and
conversation analysis. Cambridge: Polity Press: 3-21
Zimmerman, D.H., and Pollner, M. (1970). “The everyday world as a phenomenon”. In H.
Pepinsky (Ed.) People and information (pp. 33-65). Praeger. [Reprinted in J.D.
Douglas (Ed.) (1970). Understanding everyday life: Toward the reconstruction of
sociological knowledge (pp. 80-103). Chicago: Aldine Publishing Co.] [German
translation: Die Alltagswelt als PhŠnomen. In E. Weingarten, F. Sack, und J.
Schenkein (Hrsg.) (1976). Ethnomethodologie (pp. 64-104). Frankfurt, BRD:
Suhrkamp.]
Zimmerman, D.H., and West, C. (1975). Sex roles, interruptions and silences in conversation.
In B. Thorne and N. Henley (Eds.) Language and sex: Differences and dominance (pp.
105-129). Rowley, MA: Newbury House. [Reprinted in M.A. Lourie and N.F. Conklin
(Eds.) (1978). A pluralistic nation: The language issue in the United States (pp. 225274). Rowley, MA: Newbury House.]
Zimmerman, D.H., and West, C. (Eds.) (1980). Special Issue: Language and social interaction.
Sociological Inquiry, 50,(3/4).
Zimmerman, D.H. & Weider, D.L. (1970). “Ethnomethodology and the problem of order:
Comment on Denzin”. In: Douglas, J.D. (ed) Understanding everyday life: Toward
the reconstruction of sociological knowledge (pp. 285-298). Chicago, IL: Aldine
Publishing Co.
Zimmerman, D.H., D.L. Wieder (1977) 'You can't help but get stoned: notes on the social
organization of marijuana smoking', Social Problems 25: 198-207
_______________
(2001) M.R.Treadwell
124